MMN · E-5 BIB · Entry 1 of 3 · Publication

VOLUME V (REVISION-D) (WITH CHANGE-5), JOINT FLEET MAINTENANCE MANUAL VOLUME V QUALITY MAINTENANCE

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 · CHAPTER 10, 11, 2, 5, 9

CHAPTER 2 - FLEET TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE

p. 4

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 iv 2.7.3 Considerations for Providing Assistance ...................................................... VI-2-10 2.7.4 Funding ......................................................................................................... VI-2-11 2.8 Post-Fleet Technical Assistance Administrative Requirements .................................. VI-2-12 Appendices A Area Regional Maintenance Center Fleet Technical Assistance Contact Information ..................................................................................... VI-2A-1 B Sample Technical Assistance Visit Report (TAVR) Message .................... VI-2B-1 C Sample E-Mail Technical Assistance Visit Report (E-TAVR) ................... VI-2C-1 D Submarine Fleet Technical Support Providers Roles and Responsibilities ............................................................................................ VI-2D-1 CHAPTER 3 - SUBMARINE MODERNIZATION 3.1 Purpose .......................................................................................................................... VI-3-1 3.1.1 Scope ............................................................................................................... VI-3-1 3.1.2 Definition ........................................................................................................ VI-3-2 3.2 Responsibilities ............................................................................................................. VI-3-2 3.2.1 Immediate Superior In Command (Squadron or Naval Submarine Support Command) ........................................................................................ VI-3-2 3.2.2 Fleet Maintenance Activity ............................................................................. VI-3-4 3.2.3 Ship’s Alteration Coordinator ......................................................................... VI-3-5 3.3 Alteration Programs ...................................................................................................... VI-3-6 3.3.1 Reactor Plant Ship Alteration Package Program (Nuclear Powered Ships only) ................................................................................................................ VI-3-6 3.3.2 Alteration Installation Team Program ............................................................ VI-3-6 3.3.3 Type Commander Alteration Kit Program ..................................................... VI-3-6 3.3.4 Alteration and Improvement Item Program .................................................... VI-3-7 3.3.5 Command, Control, Communications, Computer, Combat Systems, Intelligence, Surveillance and Reconnaissance (C5ISR) Modernization Program (C5IMP) .......................................................................................... VI-3-7 3.4 Monitoring of Alteration Status .................................................................................... VI-3-7 3.4.1 Type Commander Alteration Management System ........................................ VI-3-7 3.4.2 Navy Data Environment - Navy Modernization ............................................. VI-3-7 3.4.3 Submarine Modernization and Alteration Requirements Tool ....................... VI-3-8 3.4.4 Nuclear Alteration Technical Documentation Compact Disk ........................ VI-3-8 3.5 Liaison Action Request ................................................................................................. VI-3-8 3.6 Alteration Feedback ...................................................................................................... VI-3-8 3.7 Alteration Requests ....................................................................................................... VI-3-8 3.8 TYCOM Modernization Websites ................................................................................ VI-3-8 3.9 Permanent Modifications to Tenders with Nuclear Support Facilities ......................... VI-3-8 Appendices A Major Ship Alteration Types Executive Summary ...................................... VI-3A-1

CHAPTER 9 - METROLOGY AND CALIBRATION PROGRAM

p. 9

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 ix 9.3 Calibration Management ............................................................................................... VI-9-5 9.3.1 Shipboard Gage Calibration Program Field Calibration Activity ................... VI-9-5 9.3.2 Calibration Accounting ................................................................................... VI-9-7 9.3.3 Shipboard Calibration Recall Inventories for MEASURE, TCR, and MCMS ...................................................................................................... VI-9-8 9.4 Regional Loan Pools ..................................................................................................... VI-9-8 9.5 Replacement of General Purpose Electronic Test Equipment/Calibration Standards .. VI-9-9 9.5.1 Depot Level Repairables ................................................................................. VI-9-9 9.5.2 Navy Stock Funded ......................................................................................... VI-9-9 9.6 Test Measurement Diagnostic Equipment Management .............................................. VI-9-9 9.6.1 Ship’s Portable Electronic Test Equipment Requirements List ...................... VI-9-9 9.6.2 Test Measurement Diagnostic Equipment Index ............................................ VI-9-9 9.6.3 Sub-Category Code ....................................................................................... VI-9-10 9.6.4 Ship’s Configuration and Logistics Support Information System Index ...... VI-9-10 9.6.5 Consolidated Test, Measurement and Diagnostic Equipment Readiness Assessment .................................................................................................... VI-9-10 9.7 Shipboard Instrumentation and System Calibration .................................................... VI-9-11 9.7.1 Calibration Requirements List ...................................................................... VI-9-13 9.7.2 Calibration Interval ....................................................................................... VI-9-14 9.7.3 Markings for Test, Measurement and Diagnostic Equipment ...................... VI-9-15 9.7.4 SISCAL System Level Calibration Guidance for Ship Conversion Navy Platforms and Platforms in CNO or other Maintenance Availabilities ........ VI-9-15 9.8 LHA and LHD Class Ship Metrology and Calibration Program ................................ VI-9-17 9.8.1 Purpose .......................................................................................................... VI-9-17 9.8.2 Background ................................................................................................... VI-9-17 9.8.3 Discussion ..................................................................................................... VI-9-17 9.8.4 Scope ............................................................................................................. VI-9-17 9.8.5 Applicability ................................................................................................. VI-9-18 9.8.6 Action ............................................................................................................ VI-9-18 9.9 Nuclear Propulsion Calibration Requirements ............................................................ VI-9-21 CHAPTER 10 - MOTOR GASOLINE HANDLING AND STORAGE 10.1 Purpose ........................................................................................................................ VI-10-1 10.2 Characteristics ............................................................................................................. VI-10-1 10.3 Personnel Hazards ....................................................................................................... VI-10-2 10.4 Storage and Handling .................................................................................................. VI-10-2 10.4.1 Tank Conditions ............................................................................................ VI-10-2 10.4.2 Loading and Off-loading............................................................................... VI-10-3 10.4.3 Identification and Sampling Requirements ................................................... VI-10-4 10.4.4 Safe Handling of Motor Gasoline ................................................................. VI-10-4 10.4.5 Containerized Motor Gasoline ...................................................................... VI-10-4 10.4.6 LPD 17 Class MOGAS System .................................................................... VI-10-4

CHAPTER 10 - MOTOR GASOLINE HANDLING AND STORAGE

p. 10

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 x 10.5 Motor Gasoline Assessment Program ......................................................................... VI-10-5 CHAPTER 11 - MAINTENANCE, REPAIR AND OVERHAUL OF SERVICE CRAFT, LANDING CRAFT AND SMALL BOATS 11.1 Purpose ........................................................................................................................ VI-11-1 11.2 Material Readiness ...................................................................................................... VI-11-1 11.3 Maintenance of Landing Craft and Small Boats Assigned to Afloat Units ................ VI-11-2 11.4 Landing Craft and Small Boat Repairs During Chief of Naval Operations Maintenance Availability ............................................................................................ VI-11-3 11.5 Maintenance of Service Craft, Landing Craft and Small Boats Assigned to Shore Activities, Group and Squadron Commanders ............................................................ VI-11-3 11.5.1 Unit Level Maintenance ................................................................................ VI-11-3 11.5.2 Fleet Maintenance Activity Level/Contractor Assist Maintenance .............. VI-11-4 11.5.3 Overhaul of Service/Landing Craft and Small Boats ................................... VI-11-4 11.6 Responsibilities ........................................................................................................... VI-11-5 11.6.1 Type Commander.......................................................................................... VI-11-5 11.6.2 Immediate Superior In Command ................................................................. VI-11-5 11.6.3 Commanding Officers of Parent Commands ................................................ VI-11-6 11.7 Repair and Overhaul of Small Boat Engines .............................................................. VI-11-6 11.8 Boat Alterations ........................................................................................................... VI-11-6 11.9 Operation of Small Boat Engines ................................................................................ VI-11-6 CHAPTER 12 - DEGAUSSING 12.1 Purpose ........................................................................................................................ VI-12-1 12.2 Degaussing Definitions ............................................................................................... VI-12-1 12.2.1 Check Ranging .............................................................................................. VI-12-1 12.2.2 Degaussing Folder ........................................................................................ VI-12-1 12.2.3 Degaussing System ....................................................................................... VI-12-1 12.2.4 Degaussing System Calibration .................................................................... VI-12-2 12.2.5 Deperming..................................................................................................... VI-12-2 12.2.6 Magnetic Compass Compensation ................................................................ VI-12-2 12.3 Surface Ships and Submarines With Degaussing Systems ......................................... VI-12-2 12.3.1 Check Ranging .............................................................................................. VI-12-3 12.3.2 Responsibilities ............................................................................................. VI-12-3 12.4 Submarines Without Installed Degaussing Systems ................................................... VI-12-4 12.4.1 Check Ranging .............................................................................................. VI-12-4 12.4.2 Responsibilities ............................................................................................. VI-12-5 12.5 Surface Ships Without Degaussing Systems ............................................................... VI-12-5 CHAPTER 13 - SURFACE SHIP CORROSION CONTROL

CHAPTER 22 - TRIDENT SYSTEM AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE PLANS

p. 19

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 xix 22.2.2 Deployed SSGN Unplanned TRIPER Change Out ...................................... VI-22-2 22.2.3 Major Shore Spare ........................................................................................ VI-22-3 22.2.4 Fleet Logistics Agent .................................................................................... VI-22-3 22.2.5 Updating of Submarine Logistics Technical Data ........................................ VI-22-4 22.2.6 Planned Refit Work Lists .............................................................................. VI-22-4 Appendices A TRIPER Information Sheet ........................................................................ VI-22A-1 CHAPTER 23 - SUBMARINE NOISE REDUCTION 23.1 Purpose ........................................................................................................................ VI-23-1 23.1.1 Scope ............................................................................................................. VI-23-1 23.1.2 Background ................................................................................................... VI-23-2 23.2 Noise Reduction Program Elements ........................................................................... VI-23-2 23.2.1 Radiated Noise Surveys ................................................................................ VI-23-2 23.2.2 Onboard Noise Surveys ................................................................................ VI-23-3 23.2.3 Shipboard Noise Reduction Program ............................................................ VI-23-5 23.2.4 Training ......................................................................................................... VI-23-6 23.3 Responsibilities ........................................................................................................... VI-23-6 23.3.1 Immediate Superior In Command ................................................................. VI-23-6 23.3.2 Industrial Activity ......................................................................................... VI-23-7 23.3.3 Submarine Commanding Officer .................................................................. VI-23-7 Appendices A Supplemental Noise Measurements ........................................................... VI-23A-1 B Beartrap Acoustic Radiated Trials (BART) ............................................... VI-23B-1 C Shipboard Noise Reduction Instruction ..................................................... VI-23C-1 D Predeployment Noise Inspection ............................................................... VI-23D-1 E Submarine Silencing Publications ............................................................. VI-23E-1 F Sample Propeller Changeout Message....................................................... VI-23F-1 CHAPTER 24 - PERIODIC MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT PROGRAM 24.1 Purpose ........................................................................................................................ VI-24-1 24.2 Type Commander Scheduling System ........................................................................ VI-24-1 24.2.1 Periodic Maintenance Requirements Schedule ............................................. VI-24-2 24.2.2 Scheduling Periodic Maintenance Requirements Work ............................... VI-24-2 24.2.3 Periodic Maintenance Requirements Calldown/Brokering .......................... VI-24-2 24.2.4 Calculating Adjusted Last Maintenance Action Date ................................... VI-24-2 24.2.5 Calculating Due Dates .................................................................................. VI-24-3 24.3 Periodic Maintenance Requirements Accomplishment .............................................. VI-24-3 24.4 Material Support for Fleet Maintenance Activity Accomplished Periodic Maintenance Requirements ......................................................................................... VI-24-3 24.4.1 Mandatory Parts ............................................................................................ VI-24-3 24.4.2 Contingency Parts ......................................................................................... VI-24-3 24.4.3 Requisitioning Procedures ............................................................................ VI-24-3

CHAPTER 24 - PERIODIC MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT PROGRAM

p. 20

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 xx 24.4.4 Material Support Provided by the Advance Equipment Repair Program ..... VI-24-3 24.4.5 Material Support Provided by the TRIDENT Planned Equipment Replacement Program ................................................................................... VI-24-4 24.5 Corrective Maintenance of Equipment Using Periodic Maintenance Requirements .. VI-24-4 24.6 Periodic Maintenance Requirements Accomplishment During Chief of Naval Operations Maintenance Availabilities ....................................................................... VI-24-5 24.7 Periodic Maintenance Requirement Accomplishment During Dry Deck Shelter Maintenance Availabilities .......................................................................................... VI-24-6 24.7.1 Regular Overhaul .......................................................................................... VI-24-6 24.7.2 Restricted Availabilities (RAV) .................................................................... VI-24-7 24.8 Responsibilities ........................................................................................................... VI-24-7 24.8.1 Type Commander.......................................................................................... VI-24-7 24.8.2 Submarine Maintenance Engineering, Planning and Procurement Activity VI-24-7 24.8.3 Immediate Superior In Command ................................................................. VI-24-8 24.8.4 Fleet Maintenance Activity ......................................................................... VI-24-11 24.8.5 Submarine Commanding Officer ................................................................ VI-24-12 24.8.6 Deep Submergence System Commanding Officer ..................................... VI-24-13 Appendices A Submarine Periodic Maintenance Requirement (PMR) Management Process ....................................................................................................... VI-24A-1 B Work Package Supplement - Shipyard Planning and Feedback Report .... VI-24B-1 C Work Package - Ship’s System Work Description Part 4.13 ..................... VI-24C-1 CHAPTER 25 - UNRESTRICTED OPERATIONS 25.1 Purpose ........................................................................................................................ VI-25-1 25.2 Unrestricted Operation Maintenance Scheduling, Planning and Reporting................ VI-25-1 25.2.1 Maintenance Requirements for Continued Unrestricted Operation to Design Test Depth......................................................................................... VI-25-1 25.2.2 Scheduling and Reporting ............................................................................. VI-25-1 25.2.3 Baseline and Due Dates ................................................................................ VI-25-2 25.2.4 Periodicity Extensions .................................................................................. VI-25-3 25.2.5 Scheduling, Planning and Reporting Unrestricted Operation Accomplishment at Ship/Fleet Maintenance Activity Level ........................ VI-25-3 25.2.6 Unrestricted Operation Maintenance Requirement Card Accomplishment During Chief of Naval Operations Maintenance Availabilities .................... VI-25-4 25.2.7 Unrestricted Operation Maintenance Requirement Card Completion Reporting....................................................................................................... VI-25-4 25.2.8 Operating Cycle/Interval Extensions ............................................................ VI-25-5 25.3 Responsibilities ........................................................................................................... VI-25-5 25.3.1 Type Commander.......................................................................................... VI-25-5 25.3.2 Submarine Maintenance Engineering, Planning and Procurement Activity ......................................................................................................... VI-25-5 25.3.3 Immediate Superior In Command ................................................................. VI-25-6

CHAPTER 25 - UNRESTRICTED OPERATIONS

p. 21

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 xxi 25.3.4 Submarine Commanding Officer ................................................................ VI-25-10 Appendices A URO MRC Automated Work Request for Ship’s Force Accomplishment ........................................................................................ VI-25A-1 B URO MRC Automated Work Request for FMA Accomplishment ........... VI-25B-1 C SUBMEPP URO MRC Inventory ............................................................. VI-25C-1 D SUBMEPP URO MRC Schedule .............................................................. VI-25D-1 E Request for URO MRC Periodicity Extension Format .............................. VI-25E-1 F Sample Work Package Supplement ........................................................... VI-25F-1 CHAPTER 26 - OPERATING DEPTH POLICY 26.1 Purpose ........................................................................................................................ VI-26-1 26.2 Initial Tightness Dive .................................................................................................. VI-26-1 26.3 Deep Dive or Controlled Dive..................................................................................... VI-26-2 26.3.1 Depth Limitations ......................................................................................... VI-26-2 26.3.2 Conduct of Deep Dives or Controlled Dives ................................................ VI-26-2 26.3.3 Deep Submergence Bill ................................................................................ VI-26-2 26.3.4 Valve Operation ............................................................................................ VI-26-2 CHAPTER 27 - SCHEDULED PRESERVATION UPKEEP COORDINATED EFFORT 27.1 Purpose ........................................................................................................................ VI-27-1 27.2 Scheduling ................................................................................................................... VI-27-1 27.3 Responsibilities ........................................................................................................... VI-27-2 27.3.1 Type Commander.......................................................................................... VI-27-2 27.3.2 Immediate Superior In Command ................................................................. VI-27-2 27.3.3 Fleet Maintenance Activity ........................................................................... VI-27-3 27.3.4 Submarine Commanding Officer .................................................................. VI-27-3 Appendices A SPRUCE Key Event Schedule ................................................................... VI-27A-1 B SPRUCE Report Form ............................................................................... VI-27B-1 C SPRUCE Check List .................................................................................. VI-27C-1 CHAPTER 28 - CABLEWAY ASSESSMENT 28.1 Purpose ........................................................................................................................ VI-28-1 28.2 Hazard Categories ....................................................................................................... VI-28-1 28.3 Deficiency Correction ................................................................................................. VI-28-1 28.4 Assessment Scheduling ............................................................................................... VI-28-1 28.4.1 Initial Assessment ......................................................................................... VI-28-1 28.4.2 Follow-up Assessments ................................................................................ VI-28-2 28.4.3 Partial Assessments ....................................................................................... VI-28-2 28.5 Cableway Assessment/Assist Team Composition and Procedures ............................. VI-28-2

CHAPTER 28 - CABLEWAY ASSESSMENT

p. 22

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 xxii 28.6 Responsibilities ........................................................................................................... VI-28-2 28.6.1 Immediate Superior In Command ................................................................. VI-28-2 28.6.2 Regional Maintenance Center ....................................................................... VI-28-2 28.6.3 Fleet Maintenance Activity ........................................................................... VI-28-2 28.6.4 Cableway Assessment Team......................................................................... VI-28-3 28.6.5 Ship Commanding Officer ............................................................................ VI-28-3 28.7 Reports ........................................................................................................................ VI-28-3 Appendices A Sample Cableway Assessment Message .................................................... VI-28A-1 CHAPTER 29 - HEAT STRESS CONTROL AND REPAIR OF THERMAL INSULATION 29.1 Purpose ........................................................................................................................ VI-29-1 29.2 Heat Stress ................................................................................................................... VI-29-1 29.2.1 Measurement of Insulation Surface Temperatures ....................................... VI-29-2 29.2.2 Heat Stress Area Stay Times......................................................................... VI-29-2 29.3 Industrial Availability Lagging Plan ........................................................................... VI-29-2 29.4 Asbestos Lagging and Insulation ................................................................................ VI-29-2 29.4.1 Asbestos Control and Safety ......................................................................... VI-29-2 29.4.2 Repairs to Asbestos Lagging or Insulation ................................................... VI-29-3 29.4.3 Removal of Asbestos Lagging or Insulation ................................................. VI-29-3 Appendices A Inspection Guide for Excessive Heat ......................................................... VI-29A-1 CHAPTER 30 - PORTABLE TOOL ASSISTANCE PROGRAM 30.1 Purpose ........................................................................................................................ VI-30-1 30.2 Portable Tool Inventory Policy ................................................................................... VI-30-1 30.2.1 Distribution Priorities.................................................................................... VI-30-1 30.2.2 Borrowing Procedures .................................................................................. VI-30-1 30.2.3 Borrowing Ship’s Responsibilities ............................................................... VI-30-1 CHAPTER 31 - SURFACE FORCE SHIP MAINTENANCE PLACEMENT AND OVERSIGHT BUSINESS RULES 31.1 Purpose ........................................................................................................................ VI-31-1 31.2 Background ................................................................................................................. VI-31-1 31.3 Ship Maintenance Funding Management Business Rules .......................................... VI-31-1 31.3.1 Scope ............................................................................................................. VI-31-1 31.3.2 Ship and Maintenance Team Business Responsibilities ............................... VI-31-1 31.3.3 Regional Maintenance Center Business Responsibilities ............................. VI-31-4 31.3.4 Type Commander Responsibilities ............................................................... VI-31-5 31.4 Maintenance Proposal Review .................................................................................... VI-31-6 31.4.1 Concept ......................................................................................................... VI-31-6

CHAPTER 2

p. 35

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CH 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-2-2 k. Diver life support systems. l. Non-Program of Record (pre-prototype) programs. m. Naval Supply Systems Co mmand (NAVSUP) (e.g., Navy Cash) n. Navy Personnel Command (NAVPER S) (e.g., RAPIDS, MIAP, NSIPS) 2.4 FLEET TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE POLICY. NOTE: WHEN CONTACTING AN AREA RMC, UTILIZE SECURE COMMUNICATIONS AS APPROPRIATE TO MAINTAIN SECURITY OF CLASSIFIED EQUIPMENT AND OPERATIONAL PARAMETERS. 2.4.1 Requesting Assistance. It is important that ships develop and exercise self-sufficiency for shipboard system maintenance to the fullest extent possible. If unable to resolve a technical problem internally, or by other means available within their Strike Group, and there are no RMC representatives or Other Source of Support Subject Matter Experts (SME) already onboard, the ship will contact the Area RMC as outlined in paragraph 2.7.2 of this chapter using the contact information found in Appendix A of this chapter. When requesting assistance the ship will provide the pertinent information listed in paragraph 2.4.2 of this chapter. In the case where the applicable RMC representatives or Other Source of Support SMEs are onboard and available, ships will coordinate with the cognizant Area RMC when requesting to utilize onboard SMEs for immediate support. 2.4.2 Required Fleet Technical Assistance Request Information. A Casualty Report (CASREP) solely to establish an FTA is not required. When requesting Technical Assistance, the following information is necessary to assist in a timely and accurate response, regardless if the RMC representative or Other Source of Support SME is onboard for immediate response: a. Job Control Number (JCN) (required) and Casualty Report (if applicable) numbers. b. Equipment identification: (Noun name, no menclature, model, MK or MOD, etc.). c. Equipment failure mode: Detailed descri ption of the nature of failure or casualty, including symptoms and operational condition at time of casualty, current symptoms and indications and any other relevant information available to assist in diagnosing the problem. d. Repair actions taken to date: [Include any extra-unit assistance (e.g., Ship Repair Facility, Tender, etc.)]. e. Parts status: (Indicate spare parts requ ired, estimated delivery date, document numbers, document status, etc., if known). f. Technical manual: ( NAVSEA, NAVSHIPS, NAVORD Technical manual number or Commercial Off-The-Shelf manufacturer's publication identification, if available). g. Dates: (Include earliest through latest possible dates assist is required. Provide alternate dates if possible). h. Location: (Country, port, Na val Base, pier, berth, etc.).

p. 36

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CH 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-2-3 i. Contact information: (Ship or staff Po int of Contact name(s) and rate and rank, DSN, INMARSAT, commercial phone numbers, FAX number, SIPRNET or NIPRNET E- mail addresses). j. Manufacturer of equipment for wh ich assistance is required (if known). k. Equipment Allowance Parts List or Record Identification Number. l. Commanding Officer assessment as to effect on ship’s mission in the event Distance Support is unsuccessful. 2.4.3 Chief of Naval Operations Availability Fleet Technical Assistance Procedures. Fleet units may request technical assistance while in a Chief of Naval Operations scheduled maintenance availability. The request must be submitted to the cognizant Area RMC, which will coordinate with the appropriate Naval Supervising Authority (NSA) (if not the same as the cognizant Area RMC) for technical assistance related to systems or equipment that are under the NSA’s cognizance or are part of an availability work package. When the cognizant Area RMC is the NSA, the RMC will provide technical support. If not the NSA, the cognizant Area RMC may also do so, as necessary and coordinated with the NSA. 2.4.4 Initial Response. The initial response to all FTA requests will be via Distance Support. If the Operational Commander or Type Commander (TYCOM) determines on-site support is necessary, it is incumbent on them to inform the cognizant area RMC that on-site support is required. 2.4.5 On-Site Support. In a port without a RMC or while underway, if Distance Support is determined unsuccessful by the RMC, the Operational Commander or TYCOM will determine whether the cognizant Area RMC will transition to on-site assistance. In a port with a RMC, the RMC may determine transition to on-site support, as prioritized by guidance in paragraph 2.7.4.a. of this chapter. 2.5 COMPLETION. NOTE: THERE WILL BE OCCASIONS WH EN AN UNDERWAY SHIP MAY NOT REQUIRE ALL SYSTEMS TO BE FULLY OPERATIONAL. SUCH SYSTEM DEFICIENCIES MAY BE THE SUBJECT OF A CASREP OR THEY MAY ONLY BE DOCUMENTED IN THE SHIP’S CURRENT SHIP’S MAINTENANCE PROJECT. 2.5.1 Fleet Technical Assistance Completion. To complete the FTA the ship must concur that the cognizant RMC or Other Source of Support has completed one of the following: a. The fault is resolved. b. Parts are identified to resolve the fault. c. Original fault troubleshooting is complete and the deficiency is identified (i.e., Ship understands what needs to be repaired). 2.5.2 Transition to Repair. A completed FTA may require a subsequent deferral (TA-1, TA-2) for repair activity action or Ship’s Force corrective maintenance (TA-4). 2.6 RESPONSIBILITIES.

p. 37

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CH 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-2-4 2.6.1 Ship’s Commanding Officer. Ship’s Commanding Officer will: a. Ensure all FTA requests ar e accurate, complete and timely. b. Ensure all FTA requests reference a JCN and contain a detailed problem description per paragraph 2.4.2 of this chapter to enable technical assistance personnel to adequately research the problem and provide timely and accurate technical assistance. Ensure the 2-kilo is up-lined within 24 hours. c. For FTA requests associated with sy stems that are not required to meet current/projected mission tasking, ensure associated CASREP, 2-Kilo, or both, address whether or not on-site assistance will be required if Distance Support is unable to resolve the issue. d. Ensure that TYCOM, Immediate Supe rior In Command (ISIC) and Operational Commander are kept informed of technical issues and technical assistance requests following existing guidance. e. While a ship is underway or in anothe r port without a RMC, ensure Distance Support alternatives are exhausted before on-site technical assistance is requested. This policy is in place to ensure satisfactory crew and technical assistance personnel Distance Support procedure training and proficiency so they are able to efficiently use Distance Support when the ship is deployed. f. Ensure Ship’s Force te chnicians who are qualified on the systems and equipment in question are available to support technical assistance personnel. g. Immediately upon completion of an on-s ite FTA visit per paragraph 2.5.1 of this chapter, the Fleet unit will release the FTA personnel. When redirection of the same personnel to other problems is desired, the Fleet unit will coordinate with the cognizant Area RMC. h. Ships will establish a central, secure E- mail account that will be available to all appropriately cleared technical assistance personnel who visit the ship. The account will be used by visiting technical representatives to communicate with their home office or detachment for technical support or information. The account will be [email protected] where "Ship" is the name of the vessel. i. Ship will issue arrival and departure message keeping all apprised of technical representative movement. 2.6.2 Regional Maintenance Center Commanders. RMC Commanders will ensure: a. Sufficient capability exists to provid e timely response to all requests for technical assistance, either with RMC personnel or other sources of support. The RMC is responsible for coordinating the response from other sources of support as detailed in paragraph 2.6.3 of this chapter. b. RMC mission funds are used to fund FTA ef forts per paragraph 2.7.4 of this chapter. c. Technical support is provided to Fleet units per this directive. In the event there is a work priority conflict, the Area RMC will coordinate resolution with the appropriate TYCOM, Operational Commander or Fleet Maintenance Officer Staff, as necessary.

p. 38

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CH 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-2-5 d. The initial response to FTA requests is via Distance Support whether in port or at-sea. The use of Distance Support while the ship is in a port with a RMC is encouraged, although not required. It is a tool that can be utilized by the RMC in order to prioritize work assignments and service a wider customer base. On-site support while a ship is in a port with a RMC can allow for quicker identification of the problem and training of Ship’s Force technicians. When Distance Support fails to meet the requirements of paragraph 2.5.1 of this chapter, the distance support provider will notify the cognizant Area RMC at the earliest opportunity. The cognizant Area RMC will determine what level of additional support is required and if on-site assistance is appropriate, based on guidance in paragraph 2.7.4.1 of this chapter. If appropriate, the Area RMC will provide on-site FTA from RMC resources or coordinate provision of on-site support from other government or contractor organizations as discussed in paragraph 2.6.3 of this chapter. e. Personnel responding to a request for tec hnical assistance are thorough in their review of the specific technical problem, including system trouble shooting, fault isolation, root cause analysis, failed parts identification, logistic support and system restoration assistance while imparting the maximum amount of onboard maintenance training to Ship's Force personnel. Troubleshooting must be conducted per Volume V, Part I, Chapter 2, paragraph 2.4 of this manual. f. Acknowledgment and response to all FTA requests within 24 hours, via phone conversation, e-mail or Naval Message. g. Personnel providing on-site t echnical assistance keep the cognizant ship's department head or designated representative informed of the scope of the problem and the recommended corrective action. h. A message Technical Assistance Visit Repor t (TAVR) (Naval), in the format provided in Appendix B, is required at the completion of an on-site FTA anytime one or more of the following criteria are met: (1) Personnel or Equipment safety issue. (2) Submarine FTA. i. An E-mail TAVR (E-TAVR), in the format provided in Appendix C, is required at the completion of an on-site FTA on Surface Force Ships and Carriers anytime one or more of the following criteria are met: (1) C3 or C4 CASREP. (2) Repetitive system or equipment failure or long-term improvement recommendations. (3) FTA responsibility passed to another RMC or other Source of Support. (4) Loss of mission capabiliti es (e.g., AAW, MOB, ASW). (5) Significant follow-on repair recommendations. (6) High visibility.

p. 39

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CH 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-2-6 j. Task other Source of Support provider w ho responds to an on-site FTA, coordinated by his or her RMC, to submit a TAVR as required by paragraph 2.6.3.e of this chapter or task them to provide the technical information necessary for the cognizant RMC to generate a TAVR. k. Submission of a message report if an on-site assist visit is terminated. Technicians who are not adequately supported by Ship's Force personnel must immediately notify the ISIC or TYCOM. If the lack of support by Ship's Force personnel cannot be resolved, then the technicians are authorized to depart the ship and terminate the visit. Termination of the ship visit under these circumstances will be detailed in a follow-up message to the appropriate TYCOM or ISIC with information to the appropriate Fleet Commander (N43). l. Track all requests for FTA using approved FTA software. Currently, this is the Fleet Technical Support (FTS) for Surface Force ships and submarines. m. Ensure Submarine Warfare Federated T actical System or Non-Propulsion Electronic System technicians providing FTA to submarines with systems, subsystems or equipment postured at the Sensitive Compartmented Information level are eligible for access to Sensitive Compartmented Information based on a current Single Scope Background Investigation. n. (Submarines Only) Accomplish assigned Fleet Technical Support as outlined in Appendix D. 2.6.3 Other Source of Support Providers. Examples of other source of support providers include: Naval Warfare Center, Original Equipment Manufacturer, commercial repair firms, Systems Command, non-RMC Naval Shipyard, other Area RMC, Propulsion Plant Engineering Activity, etc. Other source of support providers will: a. Acknowledge receipt of FTA assignment to the tasking Area RMC and the requesting unit. b. First, use Distance Suppor t to resolve the problem. Provide the tasking Area RMC with timely Distance Support status and results. c. Coordinate with the tasking Area RMC a nd execute an on-site technical assist if Distance Support is unable to resolve the problem. Ensure personnel providing on-site technical assistance are thorough in their review of the specific technical problem, including system trouble shooting, fault isolation, root cause analysis, failed parts identification, logistic support and system restoration assistance, while imparting the maximum amount of onboard maintenance training to Ship's Force personnel. d. Ensure that personnel providi ng on-site technical assistance keep the cognizant ship's department head or designated representative and Area RMC informed of the scope of the problem and the recommended corrective action. e. At the completion of on-site technica l assistance, comply with administrative requirements addressed in paragraph 2.8 of this chapter within 5 working days of the visit completion.

p. 40

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CH 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-2-7 f. In the cases where Other Source of S upport SMEs are onboard and directly tasked by the ship to perform FTA beyond the original purpose of the on-site support, the responding activity will coordinate with the cognizant Area RMC and provide FTA data upon completion for tracking purposes. If the additional support will cause additional cost, the responding activity will need pre-approval from the cognizant Area RMC. The administrative requirements in paragraph 2.8 of this chapter also apply. Where Other Source of Support SMEs are onboard for FTA and provide non- FTA support, whether solicited or unsolicited, the cognizant Area RMC is not responsible for funding this work outside of FTA. g. (Submarines Only) Accomplish assigned Fleet Technical Support as outlined in Appendix D. 2.7 REGIONAL MAINTENANCE CENTERS. 2.7.1 Regional Maintenance Centers. RMCs will serve as the primary source of Fleet Technical Assistance. For purposes of this specific FTA policy, use of the term "RMC" includes Regional Support Group New London and TRIDENT Refit Facility Kings Bay since these two activities will be serving as “Area RMCs” in providing FTA as noted in Table 2-1 of this chapter. 2.7.2 Area Regional Maintenance Center Area of Responsibility Assignments. Area RMC Area of Responsibility (AOR) assignments are listed in Table 2-1. Figure 2-1 graphically supplements Table 2-1 in depicting the AOR for each RMC. The AOR in which a ship is operating at the time an FTA request is initiated will dictate which Area RMC is responsible for coordinating or providing that FTA (becomes the “cognizant Area RMC”). If a ship is located in an AOR other than their homeport AOR, and the ship initiates a routine FTA request (one that does not require the cognizant Area RMC to expend travel or overtime funds for on-site support in the event Distance Support is unsuccessful), the homeport Area RMC will assume cognizance of that FTA request and accomplish it as a routine priority via Distance Support or, if necessary, via on-site FTA when the ship returns to homeport. AREA RMC AREA OF RESPONSIBILITY (AOR) Southwest Regional Maintenance Center (SWRMC), San Diego, CA Ships, SSNs*, aircraft carriers and craft in port or operating off the U.S. West Coast from the San Francisco Bay area south to the southern point of South America and selected mine warfare systems worldwide. Puget Sound Naval Shipyard & Intermediate Maintenance Facility (IMF), Bremerton, WA Ships, SSNs, aircraft carriers and craft in port or operating in the PACNORWEST area from North of San Francisco, CA, to northern Pacific or Alaska area and all SSBN and SSGN units in PACFLT. Pearl Harbor Naval Shipyard & IMF, Pearl Harbor, HI Ships, aircraft carriers, craft and SSN 688 and SSN 774 Class submarines in port or operating in the MIDPAC area and all non-SSBN or SSGN submarines (excluding SSN 21 Class) and submarine tenders operating in the Seventh Fleet AOR (excluding those SSN 688 and SSN 774 Class submarines

p. 41

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CH 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-2-8 operating in port or operating out of Diego Garcia, UK). Ship Repair Facility (SRF) and Japan Regional Maintenance Center (JRMC), Yokosuka, Japan Ships, aircraft carriers and craft in port or operating in the Seventh Fleet AOR. Mid-Atlantic Regional Maintenance Center (MARMC), Norfolk, VA Ships, aircraft carriers and craft in port or operating in the Atlantic Ocean from Charleston, SC, latitude northward extending to the Azores longitude eastward. Submarines* in port and all SSN 688 and SSN 774 Class submarines operating in the Second, Fourth, Fifth and Sixth Fleet AOR and those submarines operating in port or out of Diego Garcia, UK, excluding those submarines in port or in the Groton and New London, CT regional waters. Forward Deployed Regional Maintenance Center (FDRMC) Naples, Italy FDRMC Detachment Bahrain FDRMC Detachment Rota, Spain Ships, aircraft carriers and craft in port or operating from the Azores longitude eastward to include the Fifth Fleet and Sixth Fleet AOR. Regional Support Group or Submarine Technical Support Center (STSC) Groton, CT SSN 688 and SSN 774 Class submarines* in port or operating in the Groton-New London, CT regional waters. TRIDENT Refit Facility, Kings Bay, GA All Atlantic Fleet SSBN and SSGN units. Southeast Regional Maintenance Center (SERMC), Mayport, FL Ships, aircraft carriers and craft in port or operating south of the Charleston, SC latitude in the Atlantic Ocean to the southern tip of South America. * Puget Sound Naval Shipyard & Intermediate Maintenance Facility has responsibility for all SSN 21 Class submarines regardless of location. Table 2-1 RMC Area of Responsibility Assignments

p. 42

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CH 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-2-9

Figure 2-1 RMC Area of Responsibility FDRMC FDRMC

p. 43

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CH 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-2-10 2.7.3 Considerations for Providing Assistance. 2.7.3.1 Distance Support. Costs to provide FTA can be dramatically reduced using Distance Support especially when a ship is underway or is not in a port with a RMC. Distance Support may include various forms of two-way communication such as telephone, e-mail, web "chat", streaming video, etc. Additionally, its use has facilitated a more effective use of limited technical resources to service a larger number of customers more efficiently. Normally, the cognizant Area RMC will have a subject matter expert available to respond to FTA requests via Distance Support, but in the event that such an expert is not readily available, the cognizant Area RMC is encouraged to contact another Area RMC to enlist their assistance in providing such Distance Support. In support of the Chief of Naval Operation's guidance to shift away from a risk averse culture in the Navy, not all FTA requests will be responded to with on-site support. However, the Operational Commander or TYCOM may direct immediate on-site support, if warranted. 2.7.3.2 On-Site Support. If the use of on-site support is warranted, the cognizant Area RMC will provide or obtain personnel to affect on-site assistance. When a ship transits from one AOR to another, the cognizant area RMC will validate the need for on-site support before transitioning from Distance Support provided by the homeport. The cognizant Area RMC will take into account the ship's operational schedule, as well as ship, ISIC, Operational Commander and TYCOM requirements, when determining if and at what point to shift from Distance Support to on-site support. Paragraph 2.7.4.1 of this chapter provides additional specific guidance regarding when on-site support will be provided and the prioritization of such responses should there be multiple requirements for the same FTA support personnel. 2.7.3.3 Fleet Technical Assistance Support Transfer and Acceptance. The cognizant Area RMC is responsible for providing or obtaining FTA support and is responsible for its completion. If the cognizant area RMC has neither the capability nor capacity to provide the FTA support required, the cognizant RMC will request FTA support from another source of support. 2.7.3.4 Transferring Regional Maintenance Center. The RMC transferring the FTA will transmit a TAVR via appropriately classified e-mail or Naval message, using the samples provided as Appendix B or C of this chapter, synopsizing actions taken to date on the FTA after reaching agreement with another source of support to accept responsibility for the FTA. The accepting source of support and new Point of Contact information will be identified in the TAVR. For Surface Ships and Carriers, the transferring RMC will document all time and actions taken and will pass the task to the accepting source of support in approved FTA software. For submarines, the ship’s homeport will broker the 2-kilo to the accepting source of support. 2.7.3.5 Accepting Source of Support. The accepting source of support for the FTA assumes responsibility to provide the necessary support to resolve the FTA. If the source of support cannot resolve the FTA, they must request the cognizant Area RMC obtain the necessary support to resolve the FTA. The accepting source of support will also document all time and actions taken related to the FTA, and inform the cognizant Area RMC on the status of the FTA. 2.7.3.6 Support Coordination. If another source of support is required, close coordination should be maintained between the supporting activity providing such assistance and the cognizant Area RMC to ensure the highest level of responsiveness is being provided. Assistance from another Area RMC does not abrogate the cognizant Area RMC's responsibility to ensure

p. 44

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CH 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-2-11 completion of the FTA request and the cognizant Area RMC retains full responsibilities as outlined in this manual. 2.7.4 Funding. a. Expenditure of funds for on-site FTAs has been significantly reduced by increased use of Distance Support. The source selection to provide on-site FTA must consider overall resource availability and total cost to the Government (e.g., labor, travel, per diem, administration, etc.) balanced against criticality of need and required speed of response. Resources to meet on-site FTA needs should be considered in the following priority order: (1) cognizant Area RMC personnel. (2) other Area RMC personnel. (3) other government resources. (4) private sector. b. If personnel from another Area RMC are used to support the FTA requirement, the Area RMC providing the personnel will pay all costs for those personnel including base salary, overtime, travel and per diem. For all other sources of support, the cognizant Area RMC will pay all costs for providing the on-site support. Area RMCs will notify the Fleets if their total FTA related expenditures in support of ships home ported in other RMC locations become significant. The Fleets will review these submissions and determine if funds transfer(s) are required to ensure RMC mission completion. NOTE 1: PER REFERENCE (a), FORWARD DEPLOYED NAVAL FORCES CONTINUOUSLY OPERATE WITHIN THE INTEGRATED OR SUSTAINMENT PHASE UNLESS IN A CNO AVAILABILITY. NOTE 2: IF U.S. COAST GUARD OR FOREIGN NAVY VESSELS ARE PART OF A CARRIER STRIKE GROUP OR EXPEDITIONARY STRIKE GROUP, EITHER IN WORK-UP PHASE OR DEPLOYMENT, THEY WILL RECEIVE FTA SUPPORT PRIORITIZATION AS THOUGH THEY WERE UNITED STATES NAVY SHIPS (PRIORITIES 1-7 APPLY). REIMBURSEMENT FOR ALL COSTS TO PROVIDE SUCH FTA SERVICES WILL BE FOLLOWING THE MEMORANDUM OF AGREEMENT OR MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDING THAT IS NORMALLY SIGNED BETWEEN THE SERVICES OR GOVERNMENTS WHEN SUCH JOINT OPERATIONAL ARRANGEMENTS EXIST. 2.7.4.1 On-Site Support. If Distance Support is unsuccessful or if the nature of the FTA request warrants immediate transition to on-site support, the cognizant Area RMC will coordinate and provide such on-site support as prioritized: Priority 1 - Casualties requiring clear and immediate action to offset personnel safety hazards or catastrophic equipment damage.

p. 45

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CH 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-2-12 Priority 2 - Services to deployed ships. If resource constrained when there are multiple requirements to provide on-site support to deployed ships, prioritization of response will be: (1) SSBN FTAs; (2) FTAs associated with a CASR EP as determined by the TYCOM; (3) Other FTA requirements as determined by the Operational Commander and TYCOM. Priority 3 - Services to ships that are classified as within the pre-deployment or post- deployment part of the Sustainment Phase of reference (b). If resource constrained when there are multiple requirements to provide on-site support, prioritization of response will be: (1) SSBN FTAs; (2) FTAs associated with a CASR EP as determined by the TYCOM; (3) Other FTA requirements as determined by the Operational Commander and TYCOM. Priority 4 - Services to ships that are classifi ed as within the Integrated phase of reference (b), or ship’s that are classified as Independent Unit Ready for Tasking. If resource constrained when there are multiple requirements to provide on-site support, prioritization of response will be: (1) SSBN FTAs; (2) FTAs associated with a CASR EP as determined by the TYCOM; (3) Other FTA requirements as determined by the Operational Commander and TYCOM. Priority 5 - Services to ships that are classified as within the Basic phase of reference (b). If resource constrained when there are multiple requirements to provide on-site support, prioritization of response will be: (1) SSBN FTAs; (2) FTAs associated with a CASR EP as determined by the TYCOM; (3) Other FTA requirements as determined by the Operational Commander and TYCOM. Priority 6 - Other U.S. Navy FTA requests no t addressed in one of these priorities (e.g., FTA support during Chief of Naval Operations availabilities addressed in paragraph 2.4.3 of this chapter). Priority 7 - Technical assistance requests from non-Navy organizations (e.g., Coast Guard, U.S. Army, U.S. Air Force, Foreign Military Sales, etc.). 2.8. POST-FLEET TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS. a. At the conclusion of an on-site techni cal assistance visit, the cognizant Area RMC representative(s) will assist the ship in completing the 2-Kilo and provide a final

p. 46

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CH 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-2-13 debrief to the ship’s cognizant Department Head, or his or her designated representative, prior to departing the ship. Information collected for the FTA must be uploaded to 3M history. b. A TAVR is required at the completion of on- site FTA visits as addressed in paragraph 2.6.2.h through 2.6.2.k of this chapter. TAVRs should be submitted within 5 working days after departure from the ship. In cases where urgent information needs to be conveyed, an e-mail will be sent to the ISIC or TYCOM while the TAVR is in routing.

p. 47

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CH 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-2A-1 APPENDIX A APPENDIX A AREA REGIONAL MAINTENANCE CENTER FLEET TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE CONTACT INFORMATION AREA RMC COVERAGE HOURS PHONE E-mail/Message PLADs Mid-Atlantic Regional Maintenance Center (MARMC) Norfolk, VA 24/7/365 Comm: 757-400-0000 Secure: 757-400-3174 CDO: 757-739-5324 NIPRNET: [email protected] SIPRNET: [email protected] MSG PLAD: MARMC NORFOLK VA// Forward Deployed Regional Maintenance Center (FDRMC NAPLES) Naples, Italy 0600-1800 Weekdays 0800-1200 Weekends & Holidays Comm: 011-39-081-568-7857 DSN: 314-626-7857 NIPRNET: [email protected] SIPRNET: [email protected] MSG PLAD: FDRMC NAPLES IT// FDMRC Detachment Bahrain Hours: 0730- 1600 Sunday- Thursday (TD available after normal hours) Comm: 011-973-1785-3777 DSN: 318-439-3777

NIPRNET: [email protected] SIPRNET: [email protected] MSG PLAD: FDRMC DET BAHRAIN// FDRMC Detachment Rota, Spain Hours: 0730- 1600 Monday- Friday (TD available after normal hours) Comm: 011-34-956-82-2883 DSN: 314-727-2725

NIPRNET: [email protected] SIPRNET: [email protected] MSG PLAD: FDRMC DET ROTA SP//

p. 48

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CH 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-2A-2 APPENDIX A AREA RMC COVERAGE HOURS PHONE E-mail and Message PLADs Regional Support Group Groton/ Submarine Technical Support Center (STSC) Groton, CT 0700-1630 Weekdays CDO after hours Comm: 860-694-7872 Admin: 860-694-4714 DSN: 694-7872/4714 STSC Groton CDO after hours: 860-625-3230 NIPRNET: [email protected] MSG PLAD: COMREGSUPPGRU STSC GROTON CT// Puget Sound Naval Shipyard & IMF (North West Regional Maintenance Center) PSNS Code 210 Everett, WA (Surface) 0630-1500 Weekdays CDO - 24/7

Comm: 425-304-5449 DSN: 727-5449 Duty Phone: 360-340-6811 Everett, WA NIPRNET: [email protected] MSG PLAD: NAVSHIPYD AND IMF PUGET SOUND WA//210/290// Puget Sound Naval Shipyard & IMF (North West Regional Maintenance Center) PSNS Code 290EE Bremerton, WA (SSNs, SSGNs, SSBNs undergoing overhaul) 0630-1500 Weekdays CDO - 24/7 Comm: 360-476-5734 DSN: 439-5734 CDO: 360-340-0106 Bremerton, WA NIPRNET: [email protected] SIPRNET: [email protected] MSG PLAD: NAVSHIPYD AND IMF PUGET SOUND WA//290// TRIDENT Refit Facility (TRF) Bangor (North West Regional Maintenance Center) TRF Code 740 Bangor, WA (SSBNs) 0630-1500 WEEKDAYS CDO - 24/7

Comm: 360-315-1336 DSN: 322-1336 CDO: 360-340-7430 360-315-1297/98/99 DSN: 322-1297/98/99 Bangor, WA NIPRNET: [email protected] SIPRNET: [email protected] MSG PLAD: TRIREFFAC BANGOR WA//740//

p. 49

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CH 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-2A-3 APPENDIX A AREA RMC COVERAGE HOURS PHONE E-mail/Message PLADs South West Regional Maintenance Center (SWRMC) San Diego, CA 24/7/365 DSOC: 619-556-3608 DSN: 526-3608 Secure: 619-556-8710 CDO CELL: 619-381-6632 NIPRNET: [email protected] SIPRNET: [email protected] MSG PLAD: SOUTHWEST RMC SAN DIEGO CA// TRIDENT Refit Facility (TRF) Kings Bay Kings Bay, GA 24/7/365

CDO: 912-674-3125 NIPRNET: [email protected] MSG PLAD: TRIREFFAC KINGS BAY GA// Pearl Harbor Naval Shipyard and IMF Hawaii Regional Maintenance Center (HRMC) Pearl Harbor, HI 24/7/365 Comm: 808-630-7762 DSN: 315-473-0614 Code 210 DO: 808-630-7762 NIPRNET: [email protected] SIPRNET: [email protected] MSG PLAD: NAVSHIPYD AND IMF PEARL HARBOR HI//101/200/210// Ship Repair Facility (SRF) and Japan Regional Maintenance Center (JRMC) Yokosuka, Japan 0730-1630 Mon-Fri CDO after hours CDO DSN: 011-81-46-816-5488 CDO Cell: 011-81-9006-7005 NIPRNET: [email protected] SIPRNET: [email protected] MSG PLAD: NAVSHIPREPFAC AND JAPAN RMC YOKOSUKA JA// South East Regional Maintenance Center (SERMC) Mayport, FL Call CDO If no CDO contact, call Quarterdeck CDO: 904-591-8008 Quarterdeck: 904-270-5126 DSN: 270-5126 NIPRNET: [email protected] MSG PLAD: SOUTHEAST RMC MAYPORT FL//

p. 50

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CH 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-2B-1 APPENDIX B APPENDIX B SAMPLE TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE VISIT REPORT (TAVR) MESSAGE FROM ON-SITE FTA PERFORMING ACTIVITY// (Could be RMC, NSY, NWC, etc.) TO: SHIP REQUESTING ASSISTANCE ADDITIONAL ACTION ADDRESSEES (AS APPROPRIATE, TO INCLUDE ACCEPTING RMC FOR FTA TRANSFERS) INFO: COMUSFLTFORCOM NORFOLK VA// (AS APPROPRIATE) COMPACFLT PEARL HARBOR HI// (AS APPROPRIATE) NUMBERED FLEET COMMANDER TYCOM GROUP SQUADRON COMNAVSEASYSCOM WASHINGTON DC//(PROGRAM MANAGER)// ISEA/PROGRAM MANAGER// COMNAVWARSYSCOM SAN DIEGO CA// (FOR ASSISTS ON C4I) OTHER REGIONAL MAINTENANCE CENTER (AS APPROPRIATE) RMC DET (AS APPROPRIATE) NAVAL SURFACE WARFARE CENTER CORONA CA// (FOR ASSISTS ON C5I AND HM&E SYSTEMS) COMNAVSAFECEN NORFOLK VA// (SAFETY RELATED ITEMS ONLY) NETC PENSACOLA FL// (TRAINING ISSUES ONLY) SERVSCOLCOM GREAT LAKES IL// (TRAINING ISSUES ONLY) FLEASWTRACEN SAN DIEGO CA// (ASW TRAINING ISSUES ONLY) FCTCLANT DAM NECK VA// (FOR ASSISTS ON C4I/COMBAT SYSTEM) SWRMC// (FOR PACFLT SSN ONLY) NAVSUBSCOL GROTON CT// (FOR SUBMARINES ONLY) TRITRAFAC KINGS BAY GA// (FOR SSBN/SSGN SUBMARINES) NWRMC// (FOR SSBN/SSGN SUBMARINES) SUBMEPP// (ALL SUBMARINES) SURFMEPP// (AS APPLICABLE) CPA// (AS APPLICABLE) OTHERS (AS APPROPRIATE) BT UNCLAS //N0XXXX// MSGID/GENADMIN/RMC XXXX// SUBJ/USS XXXX (HULL) EQUIPMENT NAME-NOMENCLATURE TECH ASSIST VISIT REPORT// REF/A/CASREP/MSG/TELCON REQUESTING TECH ASSIST// REF/B/DOC/APPLICABLE TECH MANUAL/(OPTIONAL)// REF/C/OTHER REFS AS NECESSARY// NARR/REF A IS SHIP MESSAGE OR TELCON BETWEEN XXXX/X AND XXXX/X.// POC/NAME/CIV/CODE/-/TEL:DSN XXX-XXXX/TEL:XXX XXX-XXXX// RMKS/1. BACKGROUND: REF A REPORTED (PROBLEM). AS REQ REF A, RMCXXXX REP, (NAME) PROVIDED TECH ASSIST (DATE) AT (LOCATION) TO

p. 51

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CH 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-2B-2 APPENDIX B ASSIST WITH CORRECTION OF THE PROBLEM. REF B IS THE APPLICABLE TECHNICAL MANUAL. 2. FINDINGS: A. BRIEF PROBLEM DESCRIPTION: B. SUMMARIZE FINDINGS & CORRE CTIVE ACTION ON HARDWARE. (STATE WHY DISTANCE SUPPORT WAS UNABLE TO RESOLVE THIS ISSUE. IF THIS TAVR IS TO DOCUMENT AN FTA TRANSFER, SO STATE AND INCLUDE FTA ACCEPTING RMC COMMAND TITLE AND SPECIFIC POC INFO.). C. SUMMARIZE FINDINGS & CORRE CTIVE ACTION ON LOGISTICS (IF ANY). 3. CONCLUSION: A. STATEMENT ON CAUSE OF PROBLEM (IF NOT OBVIOUS). B. SOMETIMES CONVENIENT TO COMBINE WITH FINDINGS. 4. LEVEL OF SHIP'S FORCE SUPPORT: A. ABOVE AVERAGE/AVERAGE/BELOW AVERAGE. B. NUMBER OF SHIP'S FORCE PE RSONNEL TRAINED DURING VISIT. 5. RECOMMENDATIONS: A. FOR USS XXXXX: (1) IDENTIFY FOLLOW-ON ACTION. (2) ABOVE DISCUSSED WITH (NAME) PRIOR TO DEPARTING SHIP. B. FOR TYCOM/RMC: (1) IDENTIFY FOLLOW-ON ACTION. (2) ABOVE DISCUSSED WITH (NAME) ON (DATE). C. FOR NAVSEA/ISEA: (1) IDENTIFY FOLLOW-ON ACTION. (2) ABOVE DISCUSSED WITH (NAME) ON (DATE). 6. INFORMATION FOR BLOCK 35 OF 2-KILO PROVIDED TO SHIP DURING DEBRIEF. JCN APPLIES. 7. A. MAN HOURS EXPENDED FOR TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE. B. MAN HOURS EXPENDED FOR TRAINING. C. MATERIAL COSTS. 8. EVALUATION OF NECESSITY FOR TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE: A. WAS ADEQUATE TECHNICAL DOC UMENTATION AVAILABLE TO SHIP’S FORCE TO CORRECT PROBLEM? B. WERE ADEQUATE TOOLS AVAILA BLE TO SHIP'S FORCE TO CORRECT THE PROBLEM? C. WERE ADEQUATE MATERIALS/SPA RE PARTS AVAILABLE TO SHIP’S FORCE TO CORRECT THE PROBLEM? D. WAS SHIP’S FORCE LEVEL OF KNOWLEDGE ADEQUATE TO CORRECT THE PROBLEM? BT NOTE: ENSURE MESSAGES ARE FOLLO WING CURRENT MESSAGE FORMAT AND CURRENT PLAIN LANGUAGE ADDRESS DIRECTORY (PLAD) IS UTILIZED.

p. 52

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CH 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-2C-1 APPENDIX C APPENDIX C SAMPLE E-MAIL TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE VISIT REPORT (E-TAVR) E-mail TAVR distribution will include the following: TO: SHIP REQUESTING ASSISTANCE (C.O., X.O., DEPT HEADS) ADDITIONAL ACTION ADDRESSEES (AS APPROPRIATE, TO INCLUDE ACCEPTING RMC FOR FTA TRANSFERS) CC: U.S. FLEET FORCES COMMAND N43 COMMANDER U.S. PACIFIC FLEET N43 FLEET COMMANDERS: (as appropriate) TYPE COMMANDERS: (as appropriate) NAVSEA/NAVWAR PROGRAM MANAGERS: (as appropriate) NSWC/SSC IN-SERVICE ENGINEERING AGENTS: (as appropriate) RMCS: (as appropriate) TRAINING COMMANDS: (TRAINING ISSUES ONLY, as appropriate) NAVAL SURFACE WARFARE CENTER CORONA ([email protected]) Email TAVR format will be: SUBJ/USS XXX (HULL) EQUIPMENT NAME TECH ASSIST VISIT REPORT// (Insert brief equipment description; for ex. T 1348 Transmitter) REF/A/CASREP/DTG//(Reference Designation, change as necessary/Change as necessary/Date Time Group of reference) REF/B/DOC/2-KILO// REF/C/TEL/TELCON INFO// NARR/REF A IS XXXXXXX. REF B IS XXXXXX. REF C IS XXXXXX.// (Summary of Tech Assist request. For ex., REF A is CASREP Initial 04003 request for tech assist) POC/NAME/GRADE-RATE/TEL:DSN /TEL: // (Identify RMC Technician/RMC Technician Grade/Rank. For ex., GS-12 or E7 / RMC Technician DSN/extention/RMC Technician Comm/extention) 1. BACKGROUND: REF A REPORTED (Problem). AS REQUESTED REF A, RMCXXXC REP, (Name) PROVIDED TECH ASSIST (Date) AT (Location) TO ASSIST WITH CORRECTION OF THE PROBLEM. REF B IS THE APPLICABLE TECH MANUAL. 2. FINDINGS/CORRECTIVE ACTION: A. BRIEF PROBLEM STATEMENT. B. SUMMARIZE FINDINGS AND CORRECTIV E ACTIONS. (State why distance support was unable to resolve problem. If this TAVR is to document an FTA transfer, so state and include FTA accepting RMC command title and specific POC info.). 3. CONCLUSION: A. STATEMENT ON CAUSE OF PROBLEM/ROOT CAUSE. B. SOMETIMES CONVENIENT TO COMBINE WITH FINDINGS. 4. LEVEL OF SF SUPPORT: A. ABOVE AVERAGE/AVERAGE/BELOW AVERAGE B. NUMBER OF SHIPS FORCE PE RSONNEL TRAINED DURING VISIT

p. 53

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CH 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-2C-2 APPENDIX C 5. RECOMMENDATIONS: A. FOR USS XXXX: (1) IDENTIFY FOLLOW-ON ACTION (2) ABOVE DISCUSSED WITH (Name) PRIOR TO DEPARTING SHIP B. FOR TYCOM/RMC: (1) IDENTIFY FOLLOW-ON ACTION (2) ABOVE DISCUSSED WITH (Name) ON (Date) C. FOR NAVSEA/ISEA: (1) IDENTIFY FOLLOW-ON ACTION (2) ABOVE DISCUSSED WITH (Name) ON (Date) 6. INFORMATION FOR THE 2-KILO PROVIDED TO SHIP DURING DEBRIEF. JCN ____________ APPLIES. 7. A. MANHOURS EXPENDED FOR TECH ASSIST. B. MANHOURS EXPENDED FOR TRAINING. 8. EVALUATION OF NECESSITY FOR TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE: A. WAS ADEQUATE TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION AVAILABLE TO SHIP’S FORCE TO CORRECT THE PROBLEM? B. WERE ADEQUATE TOOLS AVAILAB LE TO SHIP’S FORCE TO CORRECT THE PROBLEM? C. WERE ADEQUATE MATERIAL/SPA RE PARTS AVAILABLE TO SHIP’S FORCE TO CORRECT THE PROBLEM? D. WAS SHIP’S FORCE LEVEL OF KNOWLEDGE ADEQUATE TO CORRECT THE PROBLEM? NOTE: DEFAULT TO NAVAL MESSAGE TAVR IF NECESSARY EMAIL ADDRESSES ARE NOT KNOWN.

p. 54

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CH 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-2D-1 APPENDIX D APPENDIX D SUBMARINE FLEET TECHNICAL SUPPORT PROVIDERS ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES 1. The purpose of this Appendix is to provide standard policy for direction on Fleet Technical Support (FTS) for Submarine Regional Maintenance Centers (RMCs). 2. For the purpose of the FTS policies of this Appendix, use of the term “RMC” includes all Fleet funded activities (i.e., RMC, FMA, NSY, SRF, IMF, RSG, TRF) that execute FTS mission tasks for Submarines. 3. Submarine RMC Commanding Officers are accountable and responsible for accomplishing assigned FTS as outlined here: a. Execute FTS mission tasks for Fleet and Type Commander (TYCOM) customers using FTS mission funding. b. Work with the TYCOM and other FTS pr oviders in the execution of assigned FTS tasks. c. Work with the TYCOM to forecast a nnual FTS workload and identify resources required to accomplish projected workload. d. Manage, track and report actual FTS workload and expenditures to TYCOM and CNRMC. e. Utilize common reporting mechanisms, sta ndard reports, metrics and processes in reporting FTS workload and financial data. f. Provide resources required to mana ge and accomplish FTS in assigned AOR. g. Categorize FTS mission tasks us ing the following six functions: (1) Function F1. Fleet Technical Assistance (FTA). FTA is characterized by performing troubleshooting and fault isolation. FTA support consists of waterfront and deck-plate engineering, technical, logistics, management and coordination assistance and services; technical over-sight and consultation; over-the-shoulder maintenance training; and FTA data collection and reporting. (2) Function F2. System or equipment operational and maintenance assessment. System or equipment operational and maintenance assessments include scheduled shipboard assessments (i.e., Total Ship Readiness Assessment (TSRA), Combat Systems Assessments (CSA)) and continuous operational and maintenance data assessments (i.e., Top Managements Actions (TMA), Submarine Continuous Operational and Maintenance Assessment). Scheduled shipboard assessments are characterized by teams of Subject Matter Experts (SMEs) led by a Test or Assessment Director performing authorized or approved test plans or procedures to determine material or mission readiness; identifying, resolving, and reporting discrepancies; and providing over-the- shoulder maintenance training to ships force. Continuous data assessments are

p. 55

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CH 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-2D-2 APPENDIX D characterized by system or equipment analysts and SMEs working together and analyzing fleet maintenance data to identify or address fleet system/equipment problems and trends and provide “Actionable Data” to Fleet, TYCOM and SYSCOM customers in order to make “Data Driven Decisions” to improve mission readiness, system or equipment design, and life-cycle support. Also included in the (F2) Assessment Function is SME waterfront, engineering, technical, and logistics support and feedback to Fleet, TYCOM, SYSCOM, and ISEA customers at Technical Conferences, Lean Events, Working Groups, Integrated Product Teams, etc., for system or equipment maintenance or maintainability and product improvement. (3) Function F3 – Modernization or In stallation support. Modernization or installation support consists of Alteration Installation Team (AIT) support including dockside, at-sea, pre- and post-modernization or installation testing (PICO and SOVT) and shipboard technical and logistics support during system or equipment modernization installations. (4) Function F4. Shipyard, Availabili ty, IMA support. Maintenance support is characterized by SMEs providing technical assistance to shipyard or IMA engineering and ship personnel in troubleshooting and fault isolation; pre-post- availability inspections and grooms; work packages and Task Group Instructions (TGIs) review; provide engineering technical, logistics oversight, guidance, and support to shipyard and IMA personnel during repair, replacement, overhaul, and testing. Maintenance support also includes providing system or equipment operation and maintenance on-the-job training to shipyard and IMA personnel. (5) Function F5. Onboard logistics a nd configuration management support. Onboard logistics and configuration management support is characterized by SMEs and logistics personnel working with Fleet, TYCOM, SYSCOM, ISEA, OEM, NAVSUP WSS, Class CDM, shipyard, IMA, and ships force personnel to identify and resolve logistics and configuration management problems to improve material condition readiness. Onboard logistics and configuration management support includes system or equipment specific logistics and configuration management support for all of the FTS Functions (1-4) such as FTA CASREP material support; assist or support parts identification, requisition, expedition, and delivery; identify or address system, equipment, and material configuration issues; TSRA and CSA logistics or CM audits; assisting ships force in updating supply or COSAL records; installation of ILS products; RMMCO support; and generating 4790CKs. (6) Function F6. CHENG or Engineerin g Technical Authority support. CHENG or Engineering Technical Authority support is characterized by managers, engineers, and SMEs working with and providing engineering and technical support or recommendations to the AOR Chief Engineer (CHENG) to support the resolution of technical authority issues or questions which arise out of FTS and waterfront work executed in their homeport or AOR. Only activities with a warranted CHENG may charge to this functional area.

p. 56

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-3-1 VOLUME VI CHAPTER 3 SUBMARINE MODERNIZATION REFERENCES. (a) NAVSEA SL720-AA-MAN-030 - Navy Mode rnization Process Management and Operations Manual (NMP MOM) (b) NAVSEAINST 9210.4 - Changes, Repairs and Maintenance to Nuclear Powered Ships (c) NAVSEAINST 4790.8 - Ships’ Maintenance a nd Material Management (3-M) Manual (d) NAVSEA 0989-LP-037-2000 - Commissione d Submarine General Reactor Plant Overhaul and Repair Specification (e) NAVSEA S9213-45-MAN-000 - Navy Nucl ear Material Management Manual (f) NAVSEAINST 4720.14 - Temporary Alterations to Active Fleet Submarines; Control of (g) NAVSEA Technical Specif ication 9090-310 - Alteration to Ships Accomplished by Alteration Installation Teams (h) NAVSEA T9044-AD-MAN-010 - Requirement s Manual for Submarine Fly-By-Wire Ship Control Systems (i) COMUSFLTFORCOMINST/COMPACFLT INST 4720.3 - Commander United States Fleet Forces Command (COMUSFLTFORCOM)/Commander Pacific Fleet (COMPACFLT) C5ISR Modernization Policy (j) COMSUBFORINST 4720.15 - Submar ine C5ISR Modernization Policy (k) NAVSEA Technical Specification 9090-100A - Liaison Action Record (l) NAVSEA 0989-LP-058-1000 - Destroyer Tender and Submarine Tender Nuclear Support Facilities Overhaul and Repair Specification LISTING OF APPENDICES. A Major Ship Alteration Types Executive Summary B Submarine Alteration Request Format C Sample TEMPALT or OPALT Reporting Message D TYKIT Requisition Form E TYCOM Alteration Management System Interpretation Guide F Sample Alteration Feedback Message and Email Format 3.1 PURPOSE. To establish procedures, policy and responsibilities for fleet level management and execution of the Navy Modernization Program (NMP) as it pertains to the Submarine Force. Additional information is contained in references (a) and (b). 3.1.1 Scope. The scope of this chapter is limited to Ship Alterations (SHIPALT), Naval Sea Systems Command Nuclear Propulsion Directorate (NAVSEA 08) Alterations (NUCALT), Alteration and Improvement (A&I) Items, Type Zero (TZ) Improvements, Engineering Changes, Field Changes (FC), Ordnance Alterations (ORDALT), Temporary Alterations (TEMPALT), Operational Alterations (OPALT), TRIDENT Command and Control System Modifications,

CHAPTER 5

p. 86

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-5-2 to make recommendations for maintenance actions that can improve the ship’s readiness to perform a mission or task. Further, it allows the maintenance community working with constrained budgets to better prioritize maintenance that can most improve the activity’s material readiness for a known mission or task. c. Ship operations involve performing various Naval Tasks when, where and how required. While there may be multiple alternate means to accomplish any particular Naval Task to adequately support operations, equipment and systems must function as designed. Constrained resources (time, funds, and manpower) require better synchronization and prioritization of the maintenance effort. d. Not all 4790/2Ks impact current material readiness reporting. (1) Condition Based Maintenance (i.e., degraded equipment). Condition Based Maintenance deficiencies drive activity material readiness reporting. The reality of Naval operations is that equipment breaks and system performance is impacted. Condition Based Maintenance is the art of managing material failures. Condition Based Maintenance items run the scope from administrative requirements (placards, stenciling, etc.), run to fail items (e.g., light bulbs, fuses, etc.), gracefully degrading distributed systems (e.g., deck covering, lagging, corrosion, minor leaks, etc.) through catastrophic failures. The Equipment Operational Capability (EOC) Value, Descriptions and Example Table (Appendix A) describes graduations of material condition (fix it after it breaks, fix it before it breaks or fix it because it is about to break). (2) Engineered Maintenance (i.e., CMP or Planned Maintenance System (PMS)). Until they exceed periodicity, engineered maintenance does not impact activity material readiness reporting. Typically, time directed maintenance actions encompass the art of anticipating failure. Engineered maintenance includes both push and pull CMP items, items written to arrange services or order parts to support future PMS and Baseline Automated Work Packages written by life cycle managers as placeholders for historically anticipated depot work. (3) Modernization (i.e., alterations). See Chapter 3 (Submarine Fleet Modernization Program) and Chapter 36 (Surface Force Ship and Aircraft Carrier Modernization Program of this volume. Planned modernization does not impact activity material readiness reporting. Modernization encompasses replacing obsolete equipment or systems, increasing capacity beyond installed design or adding new capabilities. However, because material deficiencies on replaced or removed equipment or systems are no longer applicable to the activity, material readiness may be positively impacted once modernization is accomplished. (4) Services (i.e., tasks that support main tenance). Services do not impact activity material readiness. Services are overhead items (force protection, berthing ashore, cranes, etc.) in support of maintenance availabilities. 5.1.2 Scope. Except where indicated, this chapter applies to all ships and activities of the Navy (active and reserve). It does not apply to civilian operated ships assigned to the Military Sealift Command. Throughout this chapter, the term “ship” refers to all surface ships, aircraft carriers,

p. 87

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-5-3 submarines, shore activities and service craft specified in reference (a) and the term “activity” refers to both ship and shore activities. Ship’s Force refers to personnel assigned to any “activity”. Reference (b) provides policy and guidance for maintenance of service craft and boats not addressed in reference (c). 5.1.3 Definitions. 5.1.3.1 Material Readiness. Material Readiness, a term interchangeably used with Material Condition, is a value relative to the observed performance of a single component up to and including a system. The value is obtained through a process of the operator’s observation of the parameters for a component and comparing this measurement to a standard (e.g., design criteria or normal operating parameters). The result of the comparison is the value of Material Readiness or Material Condition. The Fleet Measure of Effectiveness is called the EOC. Found in Appendix A, for the full range of this dimensionless value is the Color Representation when displayed, a specific Definition, a Description and Shipboard Examples. 5.1.3.2 Maintenance Figure of Merit Index Value. The Maintenance Figure of Merit (MFOM) was developed as part of the Defense Readiness Reporting System (DRRS) to provide an objective measure of the true material condition of an activity. The MFOM Index Value is an objectively calculated value where the scale of values and definitions are the same as the EOC as described in Appendix A. 5.1.3.3 Maintenance Worthy. Maintenance Worthy is any object (system, equipment, component, sub component, part, etc.) that is Danger or Caution tagged or part of a tag out (i.e., tag hung on it) per reference (d), has maintenance preformed on it that is either planned (e.g., PMS, calibration, CMP, etc.) or corrective and has maintenance information (e.g., material history, meter readings, test information) recorded about it. Maintenance Worthy is contextually different from Configuration Worthy. Traditionally, Configuration Worthy was a term used to describe the sparing plan requirements associated with onboard repair parts that enabled ships to be “maintenance self-sufficient” for periods of time away from home port or parent tender. Accordingly, the Consolidated Onboard Shipboard Allowance List provided great merit or support to self-sufficiency. The support of accurate and timely material readiness reporting necessitates the use of a broader term. 5.1.3.4 Current Ship’s Maintenance Project. The CSMP, per references (c) and (e), is the primary repository of information concerning the material condition of the activity. The CSMP consists of two files, shipboard (local) file and the master (shore) file. a. The Shipboard File must be maintained by Ship’s Force in a complete and current status at all times. The CSMP must be used by the activity to document all completed without prior deferral preventive and corrective maintenance requirements. These deferred items must be validated by Ship’s Force and entered into the CSMP per reference (e) guidelines. b. The Master File contains the material de ficiencies uploaded from the shipboard (local) file, other work identified by shore-based managers and tasks from CMPs. c. Reconciliation of the Shipboard File and Ma ster File is the process of insuring that the two files are essentially the same. NOTE: THE TERMS “4790/2K”, “2K”, “2 KILO”, “AWR”, “AUTOMATED WORK

p. 88

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-5-4 REQUEST”, “AUTOMATED WORK NOTIFICATION”, “NOTIFICATIONS”, “AWN” AND “WORK CANDIDATE” ARE USED GENERICALLY THROUGH OUT THIS CHAPTER AND THIS MANUAL TO DESCRIBE ANY SHIP MAINTENANCE ACTION FORM. 5.1.3.5 Ship Maintenance Action Form. The Ship Maintenance Action Form (4790/2K), located at https://navalforms.documentservices.dla.mil/formsDir/_OPNAV_4790_2k__IMF_VER__ 3915.pdf and discussed in chapter 19 of this volume, is the principal means used to document material deficiencies and completed maintenance actions. a. A Maintenance Ready 4790/2K contains correct and complete information, and provides an accurate diagnosis of the deficiency affecting the object. b. Validated Maintenance Ready 4790/2K pr operly supports the planning and executing activities ability to understand the maintenance requirement; does not require the expenditure of additional manpower or time to obtain missing required data or information. c. Completion 4790/2K contains: (1) A detailed and comprehensive de scription of the "as found" condition. (2) A synopsis of tasks and actions taken to complete the maintenance requirement. (3) Failure Mode and Root Cause identified. (4) Documentation of la bor and material costs. 5.1.3.6 Casualty Report. The CASREP, per reference (f), is used to both notify the chain of command and the readiness stakeholders of degradations to operational readiness caused by deficiencies in an activity’s material condition and alert support activities to the nature of outside assistance required for correction. A CASREP is made on a system or equipment which has a maintenance requirement that cannot be corrected within 48 hours and the maintenance requirement reduces the activity’s ability to perform an assigned task or mission (primary or secondary). The CASREP category (C2, C3 and C4) must be determined per reference (f). 5.1.3.7 Department of Defense Readiness Reporting System. The DRRS was established by the Department of Defense (DoD) Directive 7730.65 (June 2, 2002) establishing the requirement and means to manage and report the readiness of the DoD and its subordinate components to execute the National Military Strategy as assigned by the Secretary of Defense in the Defense Planning Guidance, Contingency Planning Guidance, Theater Security Cooperation Guidance and the Unified Command Plan. All DoD components will align their readiness reporting processes to DRRS. The DRRS will build upon processes and readiness assessment tools used in the DoD to establish a capabilities-based, adaptive, near real-time readiness reporting system. All DoD Components will use the DRRS to identify critical readiness deficiencies, develop strategies for rectifying these deficiencies and ensure they are addressed in program or budget planning and other DoD management systems. 5.1.3.7.1 Joint Mission Essential Tasks. Joint Mission Essential Tasks are developed in support of missions as assigned by the Secretary of Defense. The Joint Mission Essential Tasks will be based on tasks derived from mission analysis using the language of the Universal Joint Task List.

p. 89

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-5-5 Additionally, the DoD components will develop Mission Essential Tasks or similar indicators for all assigned missions, and use information technology to collect near real-time data on the readiness of military forces and support organizations to perform these missions. The Mission Essential Tasks are based on mission analysis and approved by the commander as absolutely necessary, indispensable or critical to the success of a mission. For a given mission there is generally more than one Mission Essential Task that the object supports. 5.1.3.7.2 Navy Capabilities Readiness Reporting System. Subsequent guidance (NAVADMIN 172345ZAUG05) identified DRRS-N (Navy) as Navy’s Capabilities Readiness Reporting System, identified OPNAV N4 as Resource Sponsor and identified United States Fleet Forces Command as executive agent. 5.1.3.8 Item Unique Identification. Item Unique Identification (IUID) is an asset identification system instituted by the United States DoD to uniquely identify a discrete tangible item or asset and distinguish it from other like or unlike tangible items. Reference (g) provides evolving clarification, increased insight and guidance regarding implementation of Machine-Readable Information (MRI) for item identification marking and automatic data capture associated with IUID. The IUID is used by MFOM and the Navy’s Configuration Data Base of Record, Ship’s Configuration and Logistics Support Information System to uniquely differentiate an object from other objects. IUIDs are either installed by the original manufacture or for legacy items, through the use of the eSOMS software and per reference (d). 5.2 RESPONSIBILITIES. Chapter 19 of this volume provides detailed responsibilities with respect to the implementation of policies for the Maintenance and Material Management (3-M) system as set forth in reference (e). The responsibilities delineated here represent an overview of those policies. 5.2.1 Ship’s Force. a. Ship’s Force will comply with the guid ance provided in reference (c) and Chapter 19 of this volume when submitting a 4790/2K. b. Ship’s Force will comply with guidance provided in reference (f) and paragraph 5.3.2 of this chapter when submitting a CASREP. 5.2.2 Immediate Superior In Command. a. The Immediate Superior In Command is responsible for screening and technically reviewing all submitted 4790/2Ks. b. The Immediate Superior In Command is responsible for technically reviewing all submitted CASREPs. 5.2.3 Maintenance Team. The Maintenance Team is responsible for reviewing and validating all submitted 4790/2Ks for content and technical correctness. When directed by the Type Commander (TYCOM), members of the Maintenance Team are responsible for validating, screening and brokering all 4790/2Ks. 5.2.4 Type Commander. a. The TYCOM is responsible for valida ting, screening and brokering all 4790/2Ks.

p. 90

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-5-6 b. The TYCOM is responsible for broker ing all 4790/2Ks associated with any outstanding C3 or C4 CASREP during the next scheduled maintenance availability if it has not previously been corrected as an emergent availability. c. The TYCOM is responsible for: (1) Complying with the policy provide d in paragraph 5.3.2.3 of this chapter. (2) Enforcing compliance with the poli cy of paragraph 5.3.2.2 of this chapter. 5.2.5 Fleet Maintenance Activity. The Fleet Maintenance Activity, as described in Volume II, Part I, Chapter 4 of this manual, will comply with paragraph 5.1.3.5.c of this chapter when preparing end of availability completion data associated with each 4790/2K. 5.3 GUIDANCE. 5.3.1 Generation of a Ship Maintenance Action Form OPNAV 4790/2K. The 4790/2K is the principal means used to document material deficiencies and completed maintenance actions. These actions require the highest degree of accuracy and accomplishment in a timely and expeditious fashion. Chapter 19 of this volume provides policy and assigns responsibility applicable to specified 4790/2K data elements critical to obtaining outside support and material readiness reporting. 5.3.1.1 Procedures for Documenting a Maintenance Action. A 4790/2K must be filled out per Chapter 19 of this volume and the Software Users Guide for the Automated Information System being used. All Unclassified Non-Nuclear Naval Propulsion Information will be handled per current regulations and standing guidance from NAVSEA 08. The following policy guidance for data elements is provided: a. The 4790/2K associated with a CASREP will remain open, even after the CASREP is cancelled, until repairs have been completed. b. Every active CASREP must have at leas t one active associated 4790/2K. To ensure timely, accurate material readiness reporting when the CASREP is updated, the 4790/2K must be updated concurrently. If circumstances dictate, a more appropriate active 4790/2K may be associated with the CASREP and the existing 4790/2K closed or canceled. c. The associated 4790/2K to the CASREPs must have a comparable or equivalent severity coding per reference (e). In particular, Ship’s Force will ensure that the Equipment Status Code corresponds directly to the equipment configuration (Allowance Parts List (APL) or Equipment Identification Code (EIC), Location) that the 4790/2K is written against. Examples where attention to detail is particularly warranted: (1) 4790/2K written against the Main Engine when a thermometer is Out Of Commission (OOC). Equipment Status Code 2 (non-operational) should not be used since it indicates the Main Engine is OOC. (2) 4790/2K written against a Weapons Sy stem when construction of storage space was requested. Assigning a Status Code 2 indicates the Weapons System is OOC.

p. 91

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-5-7 d. Attention to detail when selecting equipment configuration is critical. To support repair part ordering, some configuration data may be generic (e.g., circuit breaker in the Consolidated Onboard Shipboard Allowance List could have multiple applications). For readiness reporting purposes, it is important to specify which application. Determine if the reported configuration would support an equipment Tag- Out. Configuration elements include: (1) APL or Allowance Equipage List (AEL) . Must be written against the sub APL or AEL where applicable. Avoid using just any higher level APL or AEL for the system or equipment. (2) EIC. Must be for the lowest affect ed assembly, not just any higher level EIC for the system or equipment. The selected level of assembly should be lowest that fully encompasses the material deficiency. (3) Equipment Serial Number: When multiple equipment (fire pumps, main engines, radio transceivers) have the same APL or EIC, ensure the serial number designation is appended. (4) Location. (5) Equipment Noun Name. Must be the same name that would be used on a Danger or Caution Tag per reference (d). 5.3.2 Generation of a Casualty Report. The CASREP is used to both notify the chain of command and readiness stakeholders of degradations to operational readiness caused by deficiencies in an activity’s material condition and alert outside support activities to the nature of outside assistance required for correction. The CASREP is not a onetime report, but has four distinct types; initial, update, correct or cancel, as specified and described in reference (f). Submitting a CASREP does not relieve the requirement for timely submission of work notifications (OPNAV 4790/2K) or material requisitions. 5.3.2.1 Guidance on Initial Documenting with a Casualty Report. A CASREP must be prepared per reference (f) and the Software Users Guide for the Automated Information System being used. This section does not apply to Fleet Ballistic Missile systems under the cognizance of Strategic Systems Programs. All Unclassified Non-Nuclear Naval Propulsion Information will be handled per current regulations and standing guidance from NAVSEA 08. The following policy guidance is provided: a. C3 or C4 CASREPs identify severe task or mission degradation that generally requires emergent repairs be effected at the earliest opportunity. C2 CASREPs are less severe and are generally corrected during scheduled maintenance availabilities. C2 CASREPs requiring Fleet Technical Assistance (i.e., Distance Support or onboard Technical Assistance) in determining repairs should result in the technical assistance completed well enough in advance of the scheduled maintenance availability to facilitate repairs during the maintenance availability. (1) CASREP category must be assigned per reference (f). It must not be elevated solely to expedite onboard technical assistance, services, parts delivery or repairs.

p. 92

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-5-8 (2) Any outstanding C3 or C4 CASREP requiring repair assistance should be repaired during the next scheduled maintenance availability if it has not previously been corrected in an emergent availability. (3) If an outstanding C2 CASREP requiri ng repair assistance is not scheduled for repairs during the next scheduled maintenance availability, it should not be canceled and repairs should be pursued following the normal C2 CASREP procedures. b. Submitting a CASREP during ma intenance availabilities is only justified if repairs to the system or equipment resulting in the task or mission degradation will not be corrected during the maintenance availability. c. An activity must submit a cancellation CASREP (Casualty Cancellation (CASCAN)) upon the commencement of a maintenance availability for which the effected system or equipment is scheduled for repair. d. Do not CASREP hardware or software th at have not completed system operational testing or have not been turned over to the activity for operational use (e.g., System Operation Verification Testing, Acceptance Trials, post availability testing). e. Ship’s Force or others may not submit a CASREP for installation of an alteration that will provide for either modernization of existing systems or equipment, or add new capability. CASREPs are used to document material readiness issues with installed systems or equipment. See Volume II, Part I, Chapter 2, Section 2.6 of this manual for questions concerning alterations. f. Any system or equipment cas ualty that would threaten to cause or cause a discharge of oil or oily waste to sea must be reported with a CASREP. g. Any equipment mishap involving dama ges or losses exceeding $50,000 must be reported with a CASREP. The CASREP alerts the Naval Safety Center an incident has occurred that requires a mishap investigation. h. Estimated Time to Repair (ETR). The ETR must be realistic and an accurate ETR is required for all repairs. Simply extending the ETR by three days (or 30 days for C2) every update period does not support the intent of providing an ETR. If the problem will not be corrected within 24 hours of the ETR, send an update to change the ETR. i. A 4790/2K is required to receive off-ship assistance (technical, repair, parts) or to document Ship’s Force work. Every active CASREP must be associated with an active JCN – no exceptions. (1) CASREPs must never be generated with associated 4790/2Ks that have an Equipment Status Code of 1 (operational) or 0 (N/A), or a Priority code of 4 (routine). If the CASREP is required, then the Equipment Status Code and Priority code for the 4790/2K need to be updated. (2) The associated 4790/2K must have th e correct configuration data (e.g., APL, EIC) to the lowest assembly and that configuration data must be reported on the CASREP.

p. 93

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-5-9 (3) To associate multiple 4790/2Ks with a CASREP, pick a primary 4790/2K to list as JCN and list the remaining 4790/2Ks in the remarks section. If parts are ordered against other APLs than the APL used on the primary associated 4790/2K, those APLs must be listed in the amplification line of the parts section. j. An assist line is mandatory for an initi al CASREP and optional on subsequent updates. In the ASSIST AMPN line, clearly specify type of off-ship assistance and the time frame desired by the activity. Clearly identify Distance Support efforts. The following options are acceptable: (1) Assist, Technical or Distance. (2) Assist, Other or Distance. (3) Assist or none. k. CASREP description and remarks should be concise and consistent with the 4790/2K without sacrificing clarity. The system or equipment listed in the casualty line must indicate the affected assembly. Wording must accurately portray present and potential impacts on the task or mission. The remarks section for an initial CASREP must contain the sub-paragraphs here. Indicate the classification at the beginning of individual sub-paragraphs to facilitate access to non-classified information. (1) Summary or Impact: Brief executiv e overview of casualty and specific Naval Tactical Task(s) or ROC-POE mission(s). (a) Indicate if this message reflects a downgrade to C2 or upgrade to C3 or C4. (b) Identify any loss of operationa l capabilities such as speed, power output, detection range, self-defense, loss of a sensor, etc. (c) Equipment serial number, location and number of similar equipment (backup or redundancy). (d) Identify which warfare area(s) are impacted, what capabilities or functions are degraded and to what degree. (2) Technical Description: Concise synopsis of sufficient granularity to facilitate future Distance support or prepare shore maintenance support services. (a) How and when the casualty was di scovered. Provide description of the casualty to include information on operating configuration, symptoms and indications, initial follow-up and troubleshooting. (b) Repair efforts completed to date, or technical assistance received. (c) To facilitate distance support, include any test results from troubleshooting. (3) Pending Actions: Any ongoing or antic ipated actions to be taken by Ship’s Force or any outside activity.

p. 94

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-5-10 (4) Activity Point of Contact: Include na me, best time period and the best way to contact the Point of Contact in Zulu time. Typically, phone numbers and E- mail addresses are provided. (5) Mishap Report: (If required) Is re quired to identify whether it has been completed or is still in progress. If in progress, an estimated completion time should be provided. (6) Ships Schedule: For the next 30 da ys at a minimum. Where appropriate, indicate next scheduled maintenance availability. (7) Minimize Considered: (When require d) Ensure this statement is included inside the remarks section. l. CASREP transmission, receipt and processing. (1) Ship’s Force is responsible to veri fy CASREPs reach the intended recipients. There have been incidents where a CASREP has been released via naval message, but has not reached the intended recipients intact. Attention to detail with respect to Plain Language Addressees (PLAD), a well-trained Radio Central and a controlled chop process are key to success. At a minimum, COMUSFLTFORCOM Norfolk VA (AIG 6842 or 6843) must be included on all CASREPs to ensure the CASREP is captured in the shore based CASREP Automated Information System. (2) Ship’s Force must ensure CASREPs are forwarded in a timely manner when requested. 5.3.2.2 Guidance on Updating a Casualty Report. Follow the format guidelines defined in paragraph 5.3.2.1 of this chapter for Initial CASREPs. CASREP update is required for: a. Revisions to previously submitted information. b. Changes in parts status including receipt of parts. c. Requests for additional assistan ce (an assist line is mandatory). d. Substitution of an alternate active 4790/2K in place of a closed or canceled one. e. Changes to ship’s schedule. f. Changes to ETR (CASREP updates are to me made 24 hours prior to the expiration of the ETR). g. C4 CASREP, at least every 72 hours. h. C3 CASREP at least every 10 days. i. C2 CASREP every 30 days. NOTE: IF A DEFERRED CASREP IS CORRECTED AT ANYTIME DURING THE DEFERRED PERIOD, A CASCOR MUST BE SUBMITTED. 5.3.2.3 Guidance on Deferral of a Casualty Report. The TYCOM is required to approve any planned delay of action on a CASREP. In the event that the delay effectively constitutes a CASREP deferral, the activity will forward the deferral recommendation to the TYCOM for

p. 95

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-5-11 approval. A CASREP Deferral is submitted when it is determined that the CASREP will not be corrected while the activity is in the Sustainment Phase (i.e., deployment or surge). This action places the CASREP in an inactive status which reduces the support and eliminates the activity’s requirement for updating the CASREP. a. The activity must not report a CASREP as deferred until directed by the TYCOM or his designated representative. b. The activity must submit a CASREP update with the word DEFRD in the estimated time of repair section of a CASREP update. See reference (f) for details. NOTE: CASREPS WILL NOT REMAIN OPEN FOR RECEIPT OF PARTS IF THE SYSTEM OR EQUIPMENT IS OPERATIONAL. SENDING A CASUALTY CORRECTION (CASCOR) WITH PARTS REQUESTED VIA A WHISKEY NUMBER WILL NOT CANCEL THE PARTS REQUISITION. 5.3.2.4 Guidance on Correction of a Casualty Report. a. CASREP Correction is required: (1) After repairs are completed to the aff ected system or equipment to restore to operational condition. If the system or equipment subsequently fails operational testing, a new CASREP must be submitted. NOTE: MAINTENANCE ASSIST MODU LES INSTALLED ASSEMBLIES ARE CONSIDERED TEMPORARY REPAIRS. (2) After temporary repairs have been accomplished, and the system or equipment restored to operational status to support the task or mission. Most temporary repairs will require a DFS (see Volume V, Part I, Chapter 8 of this manual) with its associated active 4790/2K until permanent repairs are completed per all technical requirements. b. Include in the remark s section of the CASCOR: (1) A detailed but concise summery of repairs. If operational testing was not completed, include an estimated date for accomplishment. (2) Ship’s Force understanding of what the root cause was for the failure (e.g., normal wear and tear, inadequate design, power transient, etc.). Normally the root cause will mirror the input for block 8 on the 4790/2K. (3) Hours since last failure of the system or equipment prior to the initiation of the CASREP. (4) Adequacy of Ship’s Force resources to prevent or correct the CASREP. Details should be provided as to what contributed to the CASREP (e.g., troubleshooting procedures, PMS coverage, parts support, test equipment, conduct of drills, operational policy, technical documentation, training, manning, etc.). Include actions taken to correct lack of resources. 5.3.2.5 Guidance on Cancellation of a Casualty Report.

p. 96

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-5-12 a. An activity must submit a cancellati on CASREP (CASCAN) upon the commencement of a maintenance availability for which the affected system or equipment is scheduled for repair. Ensure the maintenance availability for which repairs are scheduled is recorded in the remarks section of the CASCAN. b. If all associated 4790/2Ks are closed or cancelled without repairs being affected, the corresponding CASREP must be cancelled (CASCAN).

p. 97

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-5A-1 APPENDIX A APPENDIX A EQUIPMENT OPERATIONAL CAPABILITY RANGE OF VALUES AND DEFINITIONS Examples are: EOC Value - 1.0 (Green) EOC DEFINITION - Fully Operable. EOC Description – Configuration or maintenance worthy object appears to be in very good material condition. It has no evidence of corrosion or noticeable discrepancies. Notification created only for Preventive Maintenance actions or ordering parts. Actions – Document man-hour expenditures. EOC Value - 0.9 (Green) EOC DEFINITION - Fully Operable with Cosmetic Discrepancies. EOC Description – Maintenance worthy object works with only cosmetic discrepancies. It may have slight corrosion. The documented discrepancy does not affect performance. There are no anticipated problems or a need for troubleshooting. Actions - Equipment requires cleaning or minor maintenance that may be accomplished by Ship's Force. Document man hour expenditures. Shipboard Examples: AIR - Minor leaks (moisture, drips) that do not present a safety hazard. Missing label plates or stenciling. Worn paint or scratches on consoles. Surface Dirty. Minor Surface rust present. C4I, CS - Minor leaks (moisture, drips) that do not present a safety hazard. Missing label plates or stenciling. Worn paint or scratches on consoles. Surface Dirty. Minor Surface rust present. HM&E - Minor leaks (moisture, drips) that do not present a safety hazard. Missing label plates or stenciling. Worn paint or scratches on consoles. Surface Dirty. Minor Surface rust present. Corrosion - Minor Surface rust present. Few corroded topside fasteners. Tank coatings recently inspected. Lifelines have light rust. EOC Value - 0.8 (Green) EOC DEFINITION – Fully Operable with No Performance Impacting Discrepancies. EOC Description - Maintenance worthy object works with no loss in performance but has minor discrepancies or minimal corrosion. Problems are anticipated or troubleshooting is necessary. Minor redundancy impacted with no effect on performance. Actions – Document man-hour expenditures and 4790/2K deferral for future Ship’s Force actions. Shipboard Examples: AIR - Centrifugal pumps cavitate too much. Indicator lights are burnt out. Filters need to be changed. C4I, CS - Centrifugal pumps cavitate too much. A minor number of redundant modules within electronic systems (SLQ-32, SPY-1, etc.) are inoperative. Indicator lights are burnt out. Filters need to be changed.

p. 98

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-5A-2 APPENDIX A HM&E - Centrifugal pumps cavitate too much. Indicator lights are burnt out. Filters need to be changed. Corrosion - Some running rust topside. Bilge foundations need preservation. Discolored deck non-skid. Vent plenums have some minor corrosion damage EOC Value - 0.7 (Yellow) EOC DEFINITION - Operable with minor discrepancies that do not impact performance. EOC Description – Maintenance worthy object works with no loss in performance but has significant discrepancies that need to be corrected or monitored. One of many modes may be inoperative. Minor corrosion. Actions – 4790/2k notification needs to be created for discrepancies or requesting outside activity assistance in troubleshooting. Troubleshooting procedures should be initiated. Consult reference (d) for proper usage of Yellow Caution Tags. Shipboard Examples: AIR - Vibration levels for rotating equipment are approaching limits or rising. Object running hotter than normal. Pressure drops more than maximum. Radar fails minimum transmit power specification by a small amount. Significant leakage of fluid(s). Expansion tank levels dropping. Chemistry difficult to maintain. C4I, CS - Vibration levels for rotating equipment are approaching limits or rising. Object running hotter than normal. Pressure Drops more than maximum. Radar fails minimum transmit power specification by a small amount. Significant leakage of fluid(s). Expansion tank levels dropping. Chemistry difficult to maintain. HM&E - Vibration levels for rotating equipment are approaching limits or rising. Object running hotter than normal. Pressure drops more than maximum. Significant leakage of fluid(s). Expansion tank levels dropping. Chemistry difficult to maintain. Corrosion - Running rust in several topside areas. Fasteners in topside boxes need replacement. Tank coating work package close to availability maximum. Watertight Door hinges and latches rusted. EOC Value - 0.6 (Yellow) EOC DEFINITION - Oper able with discrepancies that could potentially impact performance in the future. No Restrictions. EOC Description – Maintenance worthy object works with no current loss in performance but performance degradation is anticipated. Significant discrepancies need to be corrected or troubleshooting initiated to prevent performance degradation. Corrosion could impact performance if not corrected. Actions – A standing order must be issued to ensure all watch standers are aware of the work around modification to operating instructions and procedures. 4790/2K notification needs to be created for discrepancies. Consult Volume V, Part I, Chapter 8 of this manual for requirements for submitting a DFS. Shipboard Examples: AIR - Leaks that can be controlled (prevented from becoming a safety issue) by wiping up. Temperature that can be controlled by using artificial cooling. Electronic cooling water low flow alarm bypassed because of a faulty flow switch and flow must be monitored by a designated watch stander.

p. 99

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-5A-3 APPENDIX A C4I, CS - Leaks that can be controlled (prevented from becoming a safety issue) by wiping up. Temperature that can be controlled by using artificial cooling. Electronic cooling water low flow alarm bypassed because of a faulty flow switch and flow must be monitored by a designated watch stander. HM&E - Leaks that can be controlled (prevented from becoming a safety issue) by wiping up. Temperature that can be controlled by using artificial cooling. Electronic cooling water low flow alarm bypassed because of a faulty flow switch and flow must be monitored by a designated watch stander. Testing salinity manually or sounding tanks manually with alarms disabled. Shifting steering could only be accomplished in after steering with bridge syncro OOC. Corrosion - Incipient damage to structure due to corrosion. Tank work package at limit for next availability. Bilges have loose rust. Fasteners broken due to heavy corrosion. Crew engaged in extensive topside preservation. Some cause code 8 2Ks in CSMP. Vent Plenums significant rusting. EOC Value - 0.5 (Yellow) EOC DEFINITION - Operable with discrepancies that effect performance. No restrictions on operation. EOC Description – Maintenance worthy object is capable of performing intended functions, but not to all designed performance standards, or not capable of performing required functions in all operating modes. Actions – A standing order must be issued to ensure all watch standers are aware of the work around modification to operating instructions and procedures. 4790/2K notification needs to be created for discrepancies. Based on status of related equipment or systems, consult reference (f) for requirements for submitting a CASREP. Consult reference (d) for proper usage of Red Tags for troubleshooting. Shipboard Examples: C4I, CS - Primary power to weapons system has failed and system is operating on alternate power. HM&E - Ship speed degraded due to hull fouling. Evaporators operating at reduced capacity (less than 50% of optimum capacity). Corrosion - Corrosion induced structural damage. Hull thinning based on UT measurements. Loose topside fixtures due to missing or corroded fasteners. Localized non-skid coating failures. EOC Value - 0.4 (Red) EOC DEFINITION - Restricted operation. Significant discrepancies. EOC Description – Maintenance worthy object not operating correctly and no means or work-around allow the object to do everything it was designed to perform. Actions – 4790/2K notification needs to be created for discrepancies. Based on status of related equipment or systems, consult reference (f) for requirements for submitting a CASREP. Consult reference (d) for proper usage of Red Tags. Shipboard Examples: AIR - Radar operates but to a reduced range. C4I, CS - Radar operates but to a reduced range. HM&E - Main Engine Lube Oil Pump sequencing not consistent.

p. 100

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-5A-4 APPENDIX A Corrosion - Tank contents contaminated due to leakage. Ladder corrosion limits personnel access. Many tanks require immediate preservation. Non-skid Coefficient of Friction failures. EOC Value - 0.3 (Red) EOC DEFINITION - Severely degraded with major operational restrictions. EOC Description – Maintenance worthy object not operating correctly or performing intended functions. Not a threat to personnel safety but further equipment damage may occur from continued operation. Actions – 4790/2K notification needs to be created for discrepancies. Based on status of related equipment or systems, consult reference (f) for requirements for submitting a CASREP. Consult reference (d) for proper usage of Red Tags. Shipboard Examples: AIR - Can operate a piece of equipment in local manual subject to the watch stander's response time, but not in remote automatic as designed. Remote operators are all inoperative, so space isolation can only be accomplished locally. C4I, CS - Can operate a piece of equipment in local manual subject to the watch stander’s response time, but not in remote automatic as designed. Weapons system cannot accept engagement orders from Combat Direction System, but can be operated manually. Remote operators are all inoperative, so space isolation can only be accomplished locally. HM&E - Can operate a piece of equipment in local manual subject to the watch stander’s response time, but not in remote automatic as designed. Remote operators are all inoperative, so space isolation can only be accomplished locally. Corrosion- Structural damage to superstructure due to corrosion that restricts access. Corroded and inoperable combat systems equipment. Corrosion to key sensors. Watertight doors inoperable due to corroded hinges. EOC Value - 0.2 (Red) EOC DEFINITION - Repair Before Operation (RBO). EOC Description – Maintenance worthy object not functioning within designed parameters and may only be operated under emergency conditions. Actions - Secure or turn off object. Use object only in an operational emergency. 4790/2K notification needs to be created for discrepancies. Based on status of related equipment or systems, consult reference (f) for requirements for submitting a CASREP. Consult reference (d) for proper usage of Red Tags. Shipboard Examples: AIR - Certified Inspector identifies a RBO discrepancy. Loss of dry air system (or electronic cooling water) to a Radar. C4I, CS - Certified Inspector identifies a RBO discrepancy. Loss of dry air system (or electronic cooling water) to a Radar. HM&E - Certified Inspector identifies a RBO discrepancy. Boiler inspection device not available. Corrosion - Significant tank leakage due to corroded structure. Evidence of cracking in structural elements. Lifelines corroded through.

p. 101

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-5A-5 APPENDIX A EOC Value - 0.1 (Red) EOC DEFINITION - Should not be operated-Battle Short. EOC Description – Maintenance worthy object not functioning. Secure or turn off immediately. Actions - Secure or turn off immediately. 4790/2K notification needs to be created for discrepancies. Based on status of related equipment or systems, consult reference (f) for requirements for submitting a CASREP. Consult reference (d) for proper usage of Red Tags. Shipboard Examples: AIR - Steam Receiver alarms are all cut out. C4I, CS - Safety Cutouts missing on gun mount. HM&E - Generator vibrates, arcs and sparks. Boiler alarms are all cut out. Corrosion - Critical tanks corroded so that they cannot be used (Fuel Oil Service, Potable Water, JP-5 or Reserve Feed). EOC Value - 0.0 (Red) EOC DEFINI TION - Totally Inoperative. EOC Description – Maintenance worthy object does not work at all. Actions – 4790/2K notification needs to be created for discrepancies. Based on status of related equipment or systems, consult reference (f) for requirements for submitting a CASREP. Consult reference (d) for proper usage of Red Tags. Shipboard Examples: AIR - Turn on-off switch on and no response. Pump or equipment removed. C4I/CS - Turn on-off switch on and no response. Pump or equipment removed. HM&E - Turn on-off switch on and no response. Pump or equipment removed. Corrosion - Corrosion in hull such that leakage from sea is occurring.

p. 102

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-5A-6 APPENDIX A The EOC range of values and definitions are: Title EOC value or range Description or Definition Fully Operable 1.0 (Green) Configuration or maintenance worthy object appears to be in very good material condition. It has no evidence of corrosion or noticeable discrepancies. Notification created only for Preventive Maintenance actions or ordering parts. Fully Operable with Cosmetic Discrepancies 0.9 (Green) Maintenance worthy object works with only cosmetic discrepancies. It may have slight corrosion. The documented discrepancy does not affect performance. There are no anticipated problems or a need for troubleshooting. Fully Operable with no Performance impacting discrepancies 0.8 (Green) Maintenance worthy object works with no loss in performance but has minor discrepancies or minimal corrosion. Problems are anticipated or troubleshooting is necessary. Minor redundancy impacted with no effect on performance. Operable with minor discrepancies that do not impact Performance 0.7 (Yellow) Maintenance worthy object works with no loss in performance but has significant discrepancies that need to be corrected or monitored. One of many modes may be inoperative. Minor corrosion.

Operable with discrepancies that could potentially impact Performance in the future. No Restrictions 0.6 (Yellow) Maintenance worthy object works with no current loss in performance but performance degradation is anticipated. Significant discrepancies need to be corrected or troubleshooting initiated to prevent performance degradation. Corrosion could impact performance if not corrected. Operable with discrepancies that effect Performance. No restrictions on operation. 0.5 (Yellow) Maintenance worthy object is capable of performing intended functions, but not to all designed performance standards, or not capable of performing required functions in all operating modes. Restricted operation. Significant discrepancies. 0.4 (Red) Maintenance worthy object not operating correctly and no means or work around allows the object to do everything it was designed to perform.

p. 103

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-5A-7 APPENDIX A Severely degraded with major operational restrictions. 0.3 (Red) Maintenance worthy object not operating correctly or performing intended functions. Not a threat to personnel safety but further equipment damage may occur from continued operation. Repair Before Operation 0.2 (Red) Maintenance worthy object not functioning within designed parameters and may only be operated under emergency conditions. Should not be operated - Battle Short 0.1 (Red) Maintenance worthy object not functioning. Secure or turn off immediately. Totally Inoperative 0.0 (Red) Maintenance worthy object does not work at all.

p. 104

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-6-1 VOLUME VI CHAPTER 6 INDUSTRIAL PLANT EQUIPMENT REFERENCES. (a) NAVSO P-1000 - Na vy Comptroller Manual (b) NAVCOMPTINST 7000.38 - Productivity E nhancing Incentive Fund (PEIF)/The Productivity Enhancement Capital Investment Fast Payback Program (c) NAVSUP 5009 (DLAM 4215.1) - Management of Defense-Owned Industrial Plant Equipment (d) NAVSO P-3635 - Federal Acquisitio n Regulation, Section 13, Chapter 312 (e) SECNAVINST 4855.3 - Product Data Repor ting and Evaluation Program (PDREP) LISTING OF APPENDICES. A Plant Equipment Project Form 6.1 PURPOSE. To define the responsibilities and procedures for the acquisition and management of Class Three and Class Four Plant Property (inactive equipment) as defined in reference (a). 6.1.1 Scope. This instruction applies to Class Three and Class Four Plant Property as defined in reference (a) with the following exclusions: a. Alterations. Develop and submit requests for alterations per Volume VI, Chapter 3 of this manual. Requests for additional shipboard equipment that will be permanently installed require an approved alteration. b. Productivity enhancement or fast payback s. Develop and submit requirements per reference (b). Due to payback documentation requirements the Productivity Enhancement Incentive Fund is most often used in requesting new technology equipment for the establishment of major new capabilities. This fund is also used for the implementation of radical procedural, productivity or efficiency improvements to current maintenance capabilities. c. Plant property assigned an active National Stock Number (NSN). Forward requirements by requisition through the supply system to the cognizant Inventory Control Point. Acquisition of new equipment discussed in this chapter pertains only to items that are not assigned an active NSN. d. Operating Forces Support Equipment. Submit requirements to the cognizant Area Commander for funding consideration and local procurement by the requesting activity. e. Materials Handling Equipment is under the single manager control of the Naval Supply Systems Command (NAVSUP) (see Volume IV, Chapter 13 of this manual). Civil engineering support equipment is under the single manager control of the Naval Facilities Engineering Command. General Purpose Electronic Test Equipment

CHAPTER 9

p. 174

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-9-2 NOTE: TMDE IS GENERAL PURP OSE ELECTRONIC TEST EQUIPMENT (GPETE), SPECIAL PURPOSE ELECTRONIC TEST EQUIPMENT (SPETE), SUPPORT EQUIPMENT, CALIBRATION STANDARDS AND INSTALLED INSTRUMENTATION THAT SUPPORT HULL, MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL (HM&E), WEAPONS SYSTEMS, ETC. 9.2 RESPONSIBILITIES. 9.2.1 Fleet Commanders. a. Operationally administer the TMDE and METCAL programs per reference (a). b. Ensure that TMDE calibration and repair is performed at the lowest level practical using certified laboratories and trained technicians. c. Calibrate all TMDE within the capability of the Regional Calibration Centers (RCC), Type Commander (TYCOM) and shipboard calibration activities. d. Assign a Fleet Representative to the TAMS Executive Board. e. Chair Fleet TMDE - METCAL Working Gr oups. Commander, Atlantic Fleet chair Test and Monitoring Systems (TAMS) Executive Board Fleet Support Standing Committee. f. Establish the Shipboard Instrumentati on System Calibration (SISCAL) program per reference (e) as required. g. Provide funding for calibration and repair of TMDE including calibration standards, except for: (1) Naval Air Systems Command (NAVAI R) will fund for fleet aviation TMDE calibration and repair. (2) Strategic Systems Programs (SSP) will fund for TRIDENT TMDE calibration and repair. h. Evaluate Regional Maintenance Center (RMC) and RCC and coordinate with Naval Sea Systems Command (NAVSEA) for standards to support new capabilities. i. Provide funding for audit and certificati on of Fleet Navy calibration laboratories and Field Calibration Activities (FCA). 9.2.2 Type Commander. a. Assign a METCAL Manager to ad minister TMDE and METCAL program requirements per references (a) and (b). Serve as a voting member to the Fleet TMDE - METCAL Working Group. b. Review Fleet Forces Allowance Change Requests and forward to the TMDE Allowance Manager. TMDE Allowance Managers are TYCOM for aviation activities, SSP for TRIDENT activities and NAVSEA 04 for all remaining activities. c. Redistribute excess TMDE. Aviation ac tivities and TRIDENT activities will follow the guidance of NAVAIR and SSP respectively in redistributing TMDE. The Atlantic and Pacific Fleets will use the Consolidated TMDE Readiness Assessment (CTRA) Program.

p. 175

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-9-3 d. Provide properly trained personnel to authorized calibration activities for the repair and calibration of assigned TMDE. Manage assigned calibration standards and calibration laboratories and FCAs per reference (a) and the guidance provided by the appropriate Systems Command (SYSCOM). Coordinate with the appropriate SYSCOM during pre-commissioning to verify if Establishment of Field Calibration Activity Request has been submitted and approved per reference (a). e. Perform Quality Assuran ce reviews of laboratories and ensure compliance with this instruction and appropriate SYSCOM instructions. f. Budget and manage funds to support calibration overflow for calibration support beyond the capability of RMC, RCC, TYCOM and shipboard calibration activities. g. Ensure that Regional Loan Pools (R LP) are established in RMC and RCC. h. Coordinate with NAVSEA 09 for Sub-Category (SCAT) assignments and Ship’s Portable Electrical and Electronic Test Equipment Requirements List (SPETERL) revisions. i. Assist Fleet Commander representative s in managing the Fleet TMDE and METCAL programs. j. Assist platforms with their Depart ure From Specification (DFS) requests and coordinate approval of DFSs that require NAVSEA Technical Warrant Holder (TWH) approvals. 9.2.3 NAVSEA Technical Authority. a. The NAVSEA METCAL TWH is the Tec hnical Authority for all equipment and systems under the NAVSEA technical cognizance. b. Naval Surface Warfare Center (NSWC) Co rona Division is the TWH’s Engineering Agent (EA) for metrology and calibration. NSWC Corona performs acceptance tests for new equipment for induction into the METCAL program, sets and modifies calibration intervals for non-installed TMDE and publishes metrology-associated documents such as the Naval Calibration Activity List and the Metrology Requirements List (references (f) and (g)) following SYSCOM directives. NSWC Corona may be contacted by telephone or message for resolution of urgent technical problems related to calibration standards or Instrument Calibration Procedures. c. Naval Surface Warfare Center, Philadel phia Division, (NSWCPD) is the TWH’s EA for all shipboard installed instrumentation. NSWCPD determines shipboard instrumentation calibration workload (cal “YES” or “NO”) by applying the principles of Reliability-Centered Maintenance, sets and modifies calibration intervals for shipboard instrumentation and systems, develops and validates associated calibration procedures and publishes related calibration documentation such as ship-specific Calibration Requirements Lists (CRL), calibration procedures that are issued via the Planned Maintenance System (PMS) (Maintenance Requirement Cards (MRC)), and System Calibration Procedures (SCP) following NAVSEA directives (see paragraph 9.7 of this chapter). NSWCPD may be contacted by telephone or message for resolution of urgent technical problems related to calibration of shipboard instrumentation, calibration PMS or SCPs.

p. 176

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-9-4 d. Naval Air Warfare Center, China Lake is the TWH EA for TMDE, prepares specifications for new TMDE and makes technical recommendations to the TMDE Program Manager on what instruments are listed in the TMDE Index. Seal Beach Detachment may be contacted by telephone or message for resolution of urgent technical problems related to all Navy TMDE. 9.2.4 Immediate Superior In Command. a. Monitor calibration readiness status with in their respective organizations, especially ships in a pre-deployment status. Forward requests for assistance to the TYCOM METCAL Manager. b. Monitor the effectiveness of Shipboard Gage Calibration Program (SGCP) FCAs. c. Ensure that ships with FCAs extend th eir service to other ships in company, as appropriate, to reduce cost and turn-around time of calibration. d. Ensure that each ship with an FCA has all the necessary standards, documentation and trained personnel to maintain current certification. e. Coordinate resolution of calibrati on problems found by the TYCOM designated support activity for assigned ships. f. (Submarine Force only) Support and part icipate in the TYCOM’s CTRA process. Ensure corrective actions resulting from the conduct of a CTRA are completed for activities under the Immediate Superior In Command’s (ISIC) cognizance. 9.2.5 Commanding Officers All Forces. a. The Commanding Officer has the over all responsibility for METROLOGY and the Calibration Program under their cognizance and will maintain a high degree of calibration readiness. Calibration Readiness Goal for all forces is 85%. b. Appoint in writing, a calibration coordinato r and test equipment manager responsible for all matters related to the calibration of ship’s TMDE. Separate coordinators may be appointed for electronic and mechanical equipment. 9.2.6 Commanding Officers Naval Air Force. Naval Air Force activities must also follow the detailed procedures outlined in reference (j) for TMDE management and for operation of the consolidated FCA. 9.2.7 Regional Maintenance Center Metrology and Calibration Coordinators. a. Coordinate and schedule off-ship calibrati on or repair services for ships within their geographic area of responsibility. Specific lack of capability is the only justification for off-ship calibration. b. Maintain close liaison with the RMC and RCC shipboard calibration coordinators, ISIC and TYCOM to prevent or resolve calibration scheduling and readiness problems. c. Review ship’s calibration work requests to ensure that TMDE within the calibration capability of the ship’s FCA are not sent to a higher-level calibration laboratory.

p. 177

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-9-5 d. Contact all deploying ships that have not delivered a pre-deployment calibration work package at least 45 days before deployment to determine ship’s requirements. e. Notify TYCOM METCAL Managers, as ap plicable, of all changes in RMC or RCC calibration capability. f. Assist RMC or RCC calibrati on laboratories in obtaining calibration or repair services for laboratory standards. g. Identify TMDE calibration requirements beyond the technical capability of the RMC or RCC. Coordinate with TYCOM METCAL Managers for scheduling of TMDE overflowed to an approved calibration laboratory. 9.2.8 Regional Maintenance Center and Regional Calibration Center. a. Calibrate and repair TMDE including calibration standards assigned by the RMC METCAL Coordinators. Document all calibration actions using the METBENCH Calibration Management System (MCMS), Metrology Automated System for Uniform Recall and Reporting (MEASURE) or the TYCOM directed data collection method. b. Ensure that electronic TMDE submitted by th e Fleet is standard test equipment listed in reference (h). Contact the submitting activity and the TYCOM METCAL Manager when non-standard TMDE is submitted for calibration. Non-standard TMDE will not be calibrated or repaired unless approved by the TYCOM. c. Ensure all laboratory standa rds are properly calibrated at the lowest appropriate level. Notify the TYCOM METCAL Manager of any lost or reduced laboratory capability. d. Ensure all TMDE repaired by the RMC or RCC are completely recalibrated before being returned to service. Calibration of a repaired instrument will serve as Quality Assurance of an accomplished repair. e. Prepare and submit Calibration Problem Re ports to NSWC Corona for assistance or guidance concerning calibration problems encountered during operation of the calibration laboratory. f. Refer to Section 9.5 of this chapter fo r replacing malfunctioning calibration standards certified by a repair facility to be Beyond Economical Repair (BER), (i.e., having a repair cost in excess of 50% of the replacement cost). 9.3 CALIBRATION MANAGEMENT. 9.3.1 Shipboard Gage Calibration Program Field Calibration Activity. The SGCP provides onboard calibration capability for TMDE in the measurement areas of high and low temperature, pressure, vacuum, and torque (selected ship classes only). a. Maintain SGCP certification per the requirements of reference (i). b. Ship’s Force is responsible for the calibra tion of all instrumentation within their SGCP FCA capability. Certified FCA technicians are the only authorized personnel to accomplish calibration using SGCP calibration standards (not applicable to CVN, LHA or LHD). SGCP calibration standards allowance quantities are listed in the SPETERL per reference (i).

p. 178

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-9-6 c. Use the TYCOMs’ approved formal r ecall system (e.g. MCMS. MEASURE, SKED) for scheduling, planning, monitoring and reporting the ship's calibration status. The SGCP Calibration Coordinator or SGCP technicians are responsible for adding the calibration data into the TYCOM directed recall program. Submarine activities using the PMS program of record (SKED) to schedule, track, document and report accomplishment of “O” level calibrations will employ the PMS rules for establishing the accomplishment periodicity. Ideally, the accomplishment of the test instrument's calibration will be performed on the day initially scheduled in SKED. This date should match the due date located on the test instrument's calibration label. The test instrument is out of calibration when the due date listed on the calibration label is exceeded. d. Ensure all calibration is conducted at th e lowest level of calibration feasible. Accomplishment of calibrations beyond SF capabilities should be coordinated with the TYCOM, Regional Calibration Facility and/or RMC Calibration Coordinator. e. All components being calibrated usi ng a SGCP calibration standard (i.e. PPC, 3604, 3605, etc.) must have a NAVY METCAL calibration sticker affixed. SGCP technicians are responsible for placing the appropriate METCAL label on the installed instruments. f. The SGCP Calibration Coordi nator is responsible for ensuring that the CRL data is aligned with ship’s configuration and ensuring that instrumentation identified in the TYCOM calibration recall inventory matches CRL data: system, nomenclature, periodicity, etc. The CRL should be validated annually. Recommended changes (e.g. adds, deletes etc.) must be forwarded to the EA via MCMS, TMDER or a PMS TFBR to correct the hull specific CRL g. Ensure the CRL is used as a technica l authority guidance to determine calibration requirements for all installed instruments. The calibration requirement determines whether an installed instrument is either critical or non-critical. Critical instruments are defined as instrumentation that monitors a parameter which is required to be within a specified operating range, or limits, to minimize hazards to human safety or failure of a mission essential equipment or system. These instruments are calibrated at a specific frequency (e.g., 12, 18, 24 or 36 months etc.). All other instruments are classified as non-critical, No Calibration Required (NCR). h. Non-critical instrumentation will have an NCR METCAL label attached. When a NCR instrument’s reliability is suspect, it will be sight compared with a critical instrument or a SGCP standard. When a NCR instrument is repaired or replaced, it will be installed and sight compared with a critical instrument or SGCP standard. If a primary instrument is out of commission, a NCR instrument which is secondary to the primary instrument out of commission may be calibrated to facilitate the validation of system parameters when approval by higher authority has been granted to deviate from the original test procedure. i. Individual measurement chain component s that are designated as NCR in the CRL such as remote temperature detectors, thermocouples, magnetic pickups, etc., do not require comparison prior to being installed in a system.

p. 179

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-9-7 j. System calibrations (e.g. a transducer and associated panel meter) in the same measurement chain being calibrated simultaneously) accomplished by ship’s force will utilize a “Special Calibration” (black lettering, yellow background) label annotated to reflect system calibration and the components tested. The Special Calibration sticker is to be located on the “readout component”. When the “readout component” is a flat panel display, PLC interface display, laptop or similar display method, apply the label to the instrument vice the “readout component”. In cases where a component such as a transducer provides input to an alarm or shutdown function but no indication or parameter measurement (i.e., air compressor high pressure shutdown); apply the calibration sticker to the transducer. This requirement is not applicable to Level 2 system calibrations performed by SISCAL teams. SICAL teams use “System Calibrated” labels (black lettering, orange background) to indicate that the measurement chain (e.g. sensor, signal conditioner and display) is within the applicable tolerance on all parameters and there are no qualifying conditions for use. k. Maintain liaison with the RMC METCAL Coordinator to ensure TMDE scheduled for off-ship calibration is delivered and returned according to the agreed upon schedule. l. Use the RLP for maintenance requirements while the ship’s test equipment is being calibrated or as indicated in the SPETERL (borrow from Regional Loan Pool). m. Ensure all TMDE has a current calibration sticker, reference (i). n. Maintain TMDE allowances in th e SPETERL. Advise the TYCOM METCAL Manager and contact the CTRA center to fill deficiencies prior to submitting requisitions for replacement test equipment through the supply system. o. Use only standard test equipment liste d in reference (h). Inform the TYCOM METCAL Manager of system maintenance requirements that are not supported by standard test equipment. SPETE that is approved per reference (e) is authorized for designated systems only. SPETE will not be used as general-purpose test equipment. p. Ensure TMDE is submitted for calibration prior to the calibration due date, with all accessories, power cords and technical manuals required to complete calibration. q. Submit pre-deployment calibration require ments to the RMC METCAL Coordinator at least 60 days prior to deployment. Conduct an inventory of all SPETE to confirm material condition and calibration due dates. r. (Submarine Forces Only) Interval changes affecting test instruments that are calibrated at the Organizational Level (Ship’s Force/Calibration Activity 1) must be implemented upon notification from higher authority. Notification includes but is not limited to Technical Feedback Responses (TFBR), PMS Force Revisions, etc. Documenting the interval change includes updating the TYCOM directed recall program, if not accomplished automatically, as well as re-stickering the instruments affected with the new calibration due date. Ship’s Force is not authorized to re-sticker test instruments calibrated at the Intermediate or Depot level (Calibration Activity 3). 9.3.2 Calibration Accounting. TMDE calibration actions are recorded in the TYCOM directed Calibration Recall Program. Surface force ships use one of the three different programs: MEASURE (LHA and LHD), MCMS, or the TYCOM Calibration Recall Program (TCR).

p. 180

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-9-8 a. Measure implementation and ope ration guidance, reference (k). b. MCMS supports surface force ships and provides shipboard personnel with the capability to update inventory files using LAN access. MCMS also provides the capability to generate reports and upload data to the master server through distance support. Readiness information and inventory status is readily available to Ship’s Force and TYCOM METCAL Managers. c. TCR program (Excel file) is used on thos e ships that do not yet have MCMS installed. The file provides inventory information to track calibration status. 9.3.3 Shipboard Calibration Recall Inventories for MEASURE, TCR, and MCMS. a. MEASURE and TCR. (1) “S” inventory: All installed inst rumentation identified in the CRL and mechanical TMDE that is not SCAT coded (i.e., torque wrenches, micrometers, etc.). (2) “E” inventory: All portable test equipment including electronic and mechanical SCAT coded test equipment that appears in the SPETERL. b. MCMS. (1) “S” inventory: All installed instrume ntation identified as CAL=Y in the CRL. (All installed instruments i.e., both Cal = Y or N are in the “CRL” tab.) (2) “E” inventory: All portable test equipment including electronic and mechanical SCAT coded test equipment that appears in the SPETERL (3) “P” inventory: All mechanical TMDE that is not SCAT coded (i.e., torque wrenches, micrometers, etc.). 9.4 REGIONAL LOAN POOLS. RLPs are established at the RMC or RCC to alleviate shipboard maintenance support shortfalls caused by a lack of shipboard GPETE due to calibration or repair requirements. a. RLPs include a wide variety of calibrate d, Ready For Issue items stocked in sufficient quantity to ensure continuous availability. b. GPETE from the RLPs may be checked out for a specific purpose (i.e., repair of the AN/SPS-73 Radar, PMS of the AN/WSC-3, etc.) or to satisfy a temporary requirement for special purpose items not normally included in the ship’s allowance. Pool items are intended as short-term substitutes for unavailable shipboard items. Pool items may be checked out for ten working days; however, the RMC METCAL Coordinator may authorize an extension of the ten-day limit on a case basis. c. All GPETE returned to the RLP must be inspected by representatives of the lending RMC or RCC and the borrowing command. The original inventory receipt is checked to see if the GPETE has been damaged or is missing accessories provided at the time of the loan. GPETE lost, damaged beyond repair or destroyed must be surveyed by the borrowing command using procedures established in reference (m). A copy of the completed survey report must be forwarded to the appropriate TYCOM METCAL Manager.

p. 181

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-9-9 9.5 REPLACEMENT OF GENERAL PURPOSE ELECTRONIC TEST EQUIPMENT OR CALIBRATION STANDARDS. 9.5.1 Depot Level Repairables. GPETE or Calibration Standards (CAL STD) (7Z Cog), certified by a RMC or RCC or a higher-level activity as BER will be turned into the Naval Supply System. (Note: NAVAIR CAL STDs will not fall under these instructions.) For BER NAVAIR CALSTDs, RMC or RCC and Customer activities are required to contact TYCOM METCAL manager. a. The RMC or RCC certifying the GPETE or CAL STD as BER may turn the defective unit in to the Navy Supply System for the customer activity, provided the customer has given the RMC or RCC a requisition number under which a replacement will be ordered. If the RMC or RCC turns the defective GPETE or CAL STD in to the Naval Supply System, all turn-in data must be given to the customer to assist in any future carcass tracking follow-up investigations by the Naval Supply System. b. The customer activity may accept return of the defective GPETE or CAL STD from the RMC or RCC and initiate turn-in and replacement procedures through the normal Navy Supply System process. c. Depot Level Repairable GPETE or CAL STD will not be processed for survey by a RMC or RCC. 9.5.2 Navy Stock Funded. GPETE (1H or 9N Cog), certified by an RMC or RCC or a higher- level authority as BER will be processed for survey. a. The RMC or RCC certifying the GPETE or CAL STD that is BER must notify the customer of a requirement to survey the defective GPETE or CAL STD. The customer is responsible for initiating a survey action and requisitioning a replacement item through normal Operating Target funded supply channels. b. The RMC or RCC certifying the GPETE or CA L STD as BER may retain the carcass for cannibalization of repair parts provided the customer has acknowledged that the survey process has been initiated and has provided a copy of the survey document to the RMC or RCC. 9.6 TEST MEASUREMENT DIAGNOSTIC EQUIPMENT MANAGEMENT. 9.6.1 Ship’s Portable Electronic Test Equipment Requirements List. The SPETERL is the allowance document for all GPETE, SPETE and FCA calibration standards. Test equipment and FCA calibration standards allowance requirements (quantity and type) are computed on an individual ship’s entire configuration of installed electrical and electronic equipment, with due consideration for function, quantity, usage and location of prime equipment. The Allowance Change Request form, NAVSUP 1220-2, is used to request an increase or decrease in the SPETERL allowance. 9.6.2 Test Measurement Diagnostic Equipment Index. Reference (h) is the primary source for determining test equipment uses and requirements. Consult reference (h) to determine the preferred model of test equipment needed to fill a specific deficiency. Test equipment deficiencies fall into two categories, initial outfitting and replacement.

p. 182

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-9-10 9.6.3 Sub-Category Code. Defines a family of test and measurements parameters. Test equipment within the SCAT code is prioritized per reference (m), with the lowest priority number assigned to the TMDE currently being procured to fill outstanding deficiencies. SCAT codes are the basis for identifying TMDE on MRCs. 9.6.4 Ship’s Configuration and Logistics Support Information System Index. The primary test equipment inventory document for ships. The Ship’s Configuration and Logistics Support Information System (SCLSIS) Index must be kept current by the submission of completed OPNAV 4790/CK forms. 9.6.5 Consolidated Test, Measurement and Diagnostic Equipment Readiness Assessment. 9.6.5.1 Consolidated Test, Measurement and Diagnostic Equipment Readiness Assessment Program. The CTRA Program is a joint fleet program that improves fleet and shore command non-Aviation TMDE readiness. The CTRA Program also includes the receipt, staging and redistribution of Fleet excess electronic test equipment, mechanical test equipment and calibration standards used to replace equipment that is missing or BER. 9.6.5.2 Type Commander Metrology and Calibration Program Managers. TYCOM METCAL Program Managers are responsible for the following: a. Scheduling a CTRA during ship Fleet Read iness Training Plan or Integrated Logistics Overhaul and every 18 to 24 months for shore commands. b. Budget for the CTRA program as necessary. c. Develop and issue CTRA schedule as required. d. Maintain excess test equipment and calib ration standards at CTRA staging area for redistribution to fleet activities. 9.6.5.2.1 Consolidated Test, Measurement and Diagnostic Equipment Readiness Assessment Review Process. a. Brief ship’s department heads, division officers and technicians. b. Conduct training for TMDE management and the calibration recall software. c. Review SPETERL and electronic (E) TM DE inventory with the ship’s Combat Systems Test Equipment manager. Review will include: Configuration verification of prime systems and Fleet Supplemental Test Equipment Requirements, verification of shipboard TMDE inventory and revisions to the TYCOM approved calibration recall system inventory, prime system and test equipment updates to Navy configuration database (if during Integrated Logistics Overhaul availability), identification of SPETERL allowance changes based on actual configuration, listing of inoperable items and coordination of repair of items that fill deficiencies, removal of excess equipment from the ship and filling of deficient equipment from CTRA staging assets. Deficient initial outfitting items will be coordinated through NAVSEA. d. Review Mechanical “S” inventory with the SGCP Coordinator using the CRL to determine calibration requirements (TCR and MEASURE ships only). Mechanical test equipment will be listed on this mechanical inventory. Use the CRL to validate the recall inventory (TCR and MEASURE ships only).

p. 183

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-9-11 e. (Submarine Force only) Prior to the comp letion of a CTRA, coordinate the delivery of identified excess test equipment to the designated CTRA facility. f. Provide the results of the assessment to the ship. 9.6.5.2.2 Consolidated TMDE Readiness Assessment Test, Measurement and Diagnostic Equipment Redistribution. The CTRA Center manages the redistribution of Fleet TMDE to fill allowance deficiencies or replace equipment that is missing or BER. Excess TMDE and decommissioned ships’ assets are received and made available for redistribution to FLEET activities. Fleet activities are required to forward all excess TMDE to the CTRA Center and to utilize the CTRA Center for the initial requests to fill replacement or deficient SCAT coded TMDE. 9.6.5.2.3 Completion and Corrective Action Reporting (Submarines only). Commanding Officer, Submarine Maintenance Engineering, Planning and Procurement (SUBMEPP) Activity issue a CTRA Completion Report, via the parent ISIC with TYCOM on copy, outlining corrective actions to be taken by the assessed command as a result of the CTRA. The assessed command will issue a corrective action letter within 90 days of receipt of the CTRA Completion Report to the parent ISIC and to the TYCOM. 9.7 SHIPBOARD INSTRUMENTATION AND SYSTEM CALIBRATION. The SISCAL Program, which includes SGCP, is responsible for the calibration and maintenance support for installed instrumentation and machinery control system calibration requirements per reference (e). Installed instrumentation calibration support parameters are documented in the ship specific CRL: a. Calibration Activity. Defines responsibi lity for calibration of shipboard installed instrumentation for the following three calibration activities. (1) Calibration Activity 1 (Level 1). Sh ipboard FCA is responsible for calibrating stand-alone instrumentation (i.e., gages, thermometers and switches). Instruments are typically calibrated onboard (in place or onsite) by the certified SGCP technicians using PMS MIP 9802 calibration procedures per the hull specific CRL. On submarines, shipboard FCA also perform transducer calibrations (system calibration) using H coded calibration cards in the PMS deck. (2) Calibration Activity 2 (Level 2). (App licable to Surface Force ships, aircraft carriers and Landing Craft Air Cushion (LCAC)) SISCAL teams perform calibration support for machinery control system components (i.e., pressure transducers, temperature transducers, signal conditioners, display devices, meters, etc.). Except during yard or industrial periods when testing is mandated, these components are not calibrated as individual items. Instead, the entire measurement chain is calibrated as a single entity using Navy approved calibration standards and SCPs. Only SISCAL teams are authorized to use SCPs. Level 2 calibrations are performed onboard (in place or onsite) by SISCAL teams certified by the SISCAL EA, SSES 953. These teams are: (a) Surface Ships and aircraft car riers - NSWCPD, NAVSHIPYD and IMF Pearl Harbor and NAVSHIPREPFAC Japan. These teams will be augmented by RMC I-Level Production.

p. 184

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-9-12 (b) Landing Craft Air Cushion (LCA C) - certified SISCAL teams at Assault Craft Units. (3) Calibration Activity 3 (Level 3). RCC calibrates those instruments which require the use of unique calibration standards or facilities. b. SISCAL Team Scheduling. (Not applicab le to Sub platforms) SISCAL scheduling begins approximately six months before expiration date and is coordinated between the Port Engineer, CVN Maintenance Manager or SHIPSUP and the SISCAL scheduler. The SISCAL team workload is the Calibration Activity 2 instruments listed in the ship’s CRL and is accomplished only by the NAVSEA authorized calibration agents listed in sub-paragraph a. SISCAL visits are scheduled for both triennial SISCALs and subsequent return visits (call-back). If a ship is in an industrial environment, then reference (n) applies until SISCAL effort can commence within the six months postindustrial availability period. c. SISCAL Dashboard. A bi-weekly docume nt issued by the SISCAL EA via e-mail to all SISCAL stakeholders provides the following: (1) Triennial SISCAL visit scheduled on or before the calibration due date. (2) SISCAL Report. A SISCAL report is provided to the ship after the triennial SISCAL visit. The report identifies the results of the calibration effort and includes a listing of all instruments that were not calibrated during the visit. Instruments that were not calibrated are listed under the following categories: (a) Rejected (broken or out of tolerance). (b) Previously rejected (PRE_REJ ), left over from last SISCAL. (c) Not Installed (NI), instrument missing. (d) Not Done Due to Ship Operations (NDSO). (e) Not Done at Ship’s Request (NDSR). (f) Not Done Due to Shipyard (NDSY). (g) Could Not Be Isolated (CNI). (h) Equipment Out Of Commission (OOC). (i) Not On Site Capable (NOSC), No Procedure (NOPRO) or No Calibration Standard (NS). NSWCPD will coordinate with NAVSEA Program Offices to resolve. (3) Call-back SISCAL visit. Listed as either a SISCAL call-back or SISCAL II. SISCAL II is used when more than 100 instruments require calibration. Visit is requested by ship, SHIPSUP or Port Engineer or CVN Maintenance Manager via OPNAV 4790/2K or AWR. Call-back requests citing multiple instruments are preferred to maximize SISCAL manpower availability and minimize cost. Non-specific requests (e.g., calibrate various instruments) should be avoided since the task breadth (quantity of instruments) and scope (type of instruments) cannot be readily determined. The 2K also identifies the

p. 185

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-9-13 deferred maintenance for the instrumentation in the Current Ships Maintenance Project (CSMP). d. Departure From Specification (DFS). DFS messages are requests for temporary departures and are submitted per Volume V, Part I, Chapter 8 of this manual. (1) A DFS for deferring SISCAL could be submitted for the following reasons: (a) Extending the periodicity of the ship’s SISCAL requirement. TYCOM approves DFS up to six months. DFS in excess of six months requires NAVSEA 04RM concurrence. (b) Extending the periodicity for indivi dual Level 2 and 3 instruments with expired calibration due dates or replaced while away from homeport or calibration facility. (c) Level 2 instruments that were not calibrated during SISCAL due to lack of a calibration procedure or calibration standard. (d) Other shipboard SISCAL DFS reque sts will be evaluated on a case-by- case basis. (2) DFS requests will not be approved for the following: (a) Instrumentation within the calib ration capability of the SGCP FCA. (b) Instrumentation not calibrated duri ng a SISCAL visit due to an out of commission or rejected status. e. Shipboard Level 1 calibration workload beyond shipboard FCA capability or capacity must be submitted to their respective TYCOM or RMC calibration coordinator for scheduling and accomplishment. When contracted out to a Commercial Calibration Activity (CCA) or Commercial Service Provider (CSP) or an Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM), the CCA, CSP or OEM calibrating such instruments must meet the NAVSEA METCAL TWH guidance for certification, accreditation, traceability and Test Accuracy Ratio, Test Uncertainty Ratio or Probability of False Accept. Commercial activities must provide the results of all calibrations performed by them and must use periodicities listed in the CRL for installed instruments. Commercial activities must also provide calibration event data to Ship’s Force and TYCOM in a Microsoft Excel format for easy entry into the TYCOM Calibration Recall Program. Entries in the calibration events file must not be abbreviated. For existing, permanently installed instruments, the calibration events file data set must include the nomenclature, CRL reference number, condition received (i.e., In Tolerance (IT) or Out of Tolerance (OOT)), date calibrated, date due, procedure used, calibration standard used, servicing lab code and service label applied (i.e., calibrated, special calibration, rejected, etc., per reference (i)). 9.7.1 Calibration Requirements List. The CRL is the technical authority document for installed calibration requirements and includes data pertinent to each instrument (e.g., nomenclature, system, periodicity, calibration activity, etc.).

p. 186

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-9-14 a. The CRL is the specific primary techni cal authority guidance for shipboard installed instrumentation. CRLs are uploaded and maintained in the MCMS. For those ships that do not have MCMS, a CD-ROM will be distributed. b. CRL Validation. Ship’s Force, TYCOM, or both, validate the CRL to identify any gaps or required modifications for their platform’s unique configuration. Submit TMDERs for CVNs, Technical Feedback Reports for submarines and MCMS feedback for surface ships for conflicts in nomenclature, function, range, location or calibration requirement. SISCAL teams are responsible for validating Level 2 instruments on surface ships and LCACs, LHA, LHDs and CVNs. (1) (Surface and CVNs) An editable TMDER (NAVSEA form 4106/1) can be downloaded from Navy Forms Online web site at https://forms.documentservices.dla.mil/order/ and submitted hardcopy or completed online from the Navy 311 web site at http://www.public.navy.mil/navwar/navy311/Pages/Links.html#EquipmentTec hnical under the Equipment/Maintenance section. (2) (Submarine) TFBRs are submitted via normal PMS process outline in chapter 19-5 section 19-5.4.13 of this volume. c. For Calibration Recall and Inventory Syst ems other than MCMS, Ship’s Force should match CRL data to the METCAL Automated Information System or Calibration Recall and Inventory System inventory and submit changes to the MEASURE Operational Control Center if the CRL and METCAL Automated Information System do not have matching data elements. Refer to the CRL CD-ROM Users Guide. d. The CRL is the technical authority do cument for all shipboard instrumentation calibration requirements. To preclude continuous and duplicative review of TMDERs, inspecting activities are to coordinate directly with NAVSEA METCAL TWH, regarding any instrument believed to be critical but indicates No Calibration Required in the CRL. Ship’s Force must not calibrate these instruments unless specifically approved by NAVSEA METCAL TWH. e. Broken or inoperative Level 2 installed instruments identified as CAL=Y in the CRL that are replaced during deployment must be calibrated prior to use. Broken or inoperative Level 2 instruments replaced during deployment must be calibrated as stand-alone instruments if they cannot be system calibrated prior to use. If unable to calibrate due to lack of Calibration Standard, qualified personnel or calibration procedure, submit a DFS per paragraph 9.7d. of this chapter and use an “Out-of-Cal” label per reference (o). Extreme care should be exercised when using “Out-of-Cal” instruments. 9.7.2 Calibration Interval. Since calibration intervals are identified in different technical documents, use the following order of precedence for determining and assigning the proper calibration interval: a. Reactor Plant Manual. b. PMS documentation. c. CRL.

p. 187

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-9-15 d. Reference (g) of this chapter. Unless superseded by PMS, the generic calibration intervals for all other instruments found in Section 2 of reference (g) will be used. e. System or equipment technical manuals. 9.7.2.1 Switch Settings. Switch settings must be following the applicable values listed in the CRL-MCMS for surface ships, Air Capable Ships and PMS system MRCs for submarines. If there is “To Be Determined” or no value listed, consult the applicable equipment technical manual and submit TMDER, Technical Feedback Report or MCMS feedback to get the documentation updated. Provide CRL Reference Number, setting used and the reference document used to derive the setting. 9.7.3 Markings for Test, Measurement and Diagnostic Equipment. a. Installed Instrumentation. All instrume ntation will have easily read serial numbers and be clearly labeled with current calibration labels per NAVAIR 17-35-TR8 except the Level 1 instruments that are calibrated by CCAs, CSPs or OEMs meeting the requirements of 9.7e. of this chapter will be affixed with their own labels showing their unique identifiers instead of the Navy METCAL labels. If the instrument does not have a serial number inscribed by the manufacturer, Ship’s Force must inscribe a ship-generated serial number in a clearly visible location. Attached tags are acceptable for instruments without space for inscribing a serial number. Serial number should include Hull Number plus CRL reference number (i.e., DDG5100025). b. Serial Numbers for TMDE other than Installed Instrumentation. All TMDE will have easily read serial numbers and be clearly labeled with current calibration labels per NAVAIR 17-35-TR8 except TMDE that is calibrated by CCAs, CSPs or OEMs meeting the requirements of 9.7e. of this chapter will be affixed with their own labels showing their unique identifiers instead of the Navy METCAL labels. If the TMDE item does not have a serial number inscribed by the manufacturer, Ship’s Force must inscribe a ship-generated serial number in a clearly visible location. Attached tags are acceptable for TMDE without space for inscribing a serial number. Serial number should include Hull Number, plus Work Center, plus four-digit sequential number starting with 0001 (i.e., DDG51OE010001). The new serial number should be annotated in the TYCOM Calibration Program, either by the SGCP FCA for mechanical instrumentation or the Test Equipment Petty Officer for electronic test equipment. c. The “Out-of-Cal” label listed in refere nce (o) is not a METCAL label but rather an operational label used to make watch standers aware of abnormalities that require additional attention. Please refer to reference (o) for proper use of the label. Extreme care should be exercised when using “Out-of-Cal” instruments. 9.7.4 SISCAL System Level Calibration Guidance for Ship Conversion Navy Platforms and Platforms in CNO or other Maintenance Availabilities. a. The purpose of this section is to addr ess the calibration of shipboard installed instrumentation requiring system calibration (Level 2) for new construction ships, ships in availability or overhaul and ships in their Fleet Response Training Plan (FRTP). This section does not apply to systems or instruments that are calibrated using the reactor plant manual guidance.

p. 188

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-9-16 b. For Ship Conversion Navy (SCN) platforms, the CRL is issued within 90 days of delivery and a baseline SISCAL team visit should occur as soon as practicable but must be completed within six months of Post Shake-Down Availability or availability completion. Prior to system or equipment acceptance testing and turnover to the Navy, the SCN program managers must ensure that all installed instrumentation requiring Level 2 calibration has been verified or tested by the shipyard or repair activity to ensure that they meet manufacturer’s performance specification. c. For COMNAVSURFOR and COMNAVAIRFOR FRTP platforms, no changes have been made to the current Level 2 calibration requirements for ships in their FRTP cycle. Ships must submit a work request via 2-kilo or AWR as needed to maintain current periodicity requirements. d. Any work package authorizing moderniza tion (i.e., accomplishment of a Ship Change Document outside of a scheduled availability), must include a requirement for calibration of Level 1 components as stand-alone individual items before turnover to the Navy and is the responsibility of the sponsor of the specific modernization item. These components must have valid calibration labels per NAVAIR 17-35-TR8 or calibration labels from CCA, CSP or OEM that meet NAVSEA METCAL TWH requirements. In addition, work packages that modify or install either complete or partial “measurement or signal chains” consisting of individual components (e.g., sensors, signal conditioners, displays) must also include a requirement for a Level 2 (system-level) calibration by a NSWCPD certified SISCAL team after completion of system acceptance testing by the Navy. All installed instrumentation requiring Level 2 calibration should be verified or tested by the shipyard or repair activity to ensure that they meet manufacturer’s performance specification. The Level 2 calibration must be completed at the end of the maintenance availability. Should this requirement not be identified in existing planned and budgeted modernization efforts, it should be handled individually with sponsor. Work packages which only replace individual measurement chain components that are designated as NCR in the CRL such as Remote Temperature Detectors, thermocouples, magnetic pickups, etc., would not require Level 2 system calibration. e. To mitigate warranty and contractual issu es on ships in industrial availabilities (i.e., maintenance availabilities or SCN overhauls), the NAVSEA Metrology and Calibration TWH has authorized a six month temporary DFS for system calibration of systems designated as Level 2 per the ship’s CRL. To facilitate equipment testing and acceptance by the Navy during the industrial period, the following actions should be taken: (1) Systems requiring system level cali bration which are not affected by the availability or overhaul must be calibrated prior to start of the availability or overhaul to ensure that such systems are not in overdue status upon completion of the yard period. (2) Systems or equipment that are added or modified with either complete or partial “measurement or signal chains” consisting of individual components (e.g., sensors, signal conditioners, displays) must include a requirement for the components to be verified or tested by shipyard or repair activity to ensure that

p. 189

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-9-17 they meet manufacturer’s performance specification before system or equipment acceptance testing and turnover to the Navy. Note that while the TWH has authorized a DFS for system level calibration during the industrial period, the DFS must be approved by the TYCOM per Volume V, Part I, Chapter 8 of this manual. (3) Validity of all calibration labels must be verified during start-up maintenance. (4) The Level 2 system calibrations must be scheduled and completed at the end of the maintenance availability. f. It should be recognized th at individually calibrated components, which are part of a measurement chain requiring system calibration, may not adequately represent the measurement accuracy normally provided by the system calibration process. Therefore, care should be exercised when using systems under temporary departure from system level calibration requirements. g. Inspection teams, assessment organizations and training groups must not require ships coming out of an availability, overhaul or new construction to have Level 2 calibrations completed prior to the ship’s first post maintenance period SISCAL visit unless the 6-month period has passed. 9.8 LHA AND LHD CLASS SHIP METROLOGY AND CALIBRATION PROGRAM. 9.8.1 Purpose. To establish the consolidated METCAL program for LHA and LHD class ships. This guidance implements policy and responsibility for the management of TMDE onboard these ship classes. The CNO METCAL policy is published in reference (a). 9.8.2 Background. LHA and LHD class ships have formerly operated three distinct calibration programs: AIMD FCA for aviation Support Equipment; Combat Systems Electronic FCA supporting GPETE and SPETE for the ship’s non-aviation electronic or electrical and weapons systems; and the Engineering SGCP for installed instrumentation associated with HM&E systems. This guidance establishes and describes a consolidation of the three programs into a single program for shipboard calibration support. For the purpose of this section, TMDE are considered to be all shipboard GPETE, SPETE, Support Equipment, calibration standards and the installed instrumentation that support HM&E systems. 9.8.3 Discussion. The forces afloat METCAL program for LHA and LHD class ships is intended to improve force readiness and self-sustainability through the consolidation of the three existing, separate calibration programs laboratories into a single management entity under the management of the AIMD Officer. This guidance preserves the positive aspects of all previous calibration programs and results in a more efficient use of personnel, a conservation of physical space and a reduction of expenditures for calibration standards. 9.8.4 Scope. This guidance is directive in nature and may be cited as authority for actions as the need dictates. Reference (j) is a parallel effort onboard aircraft carriers, and may be used as an authoritative reference for overlapping procedures and responsibilities. Reference (k) provides MEASURE documentation procedures. Reference (g) remains the authoritative reference document for all general procedural issues relating to calibration. Reference (b) addresses CNO concepts, policies, organizations, maintenance support procedures and organizational or

p. 190

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-9-18 intermediate maintenance. In the event the contents of this guidance or reference (j) conflict with any directive issued by higher authority, the latter must prevail. 9.8.5 Applicability. This guidance is applicable for all calibration performed by LHA and LHD class Ship’s Force personnel, with the exception of technical matters pertaining to Radiation Detection, Indication and Computation equipment, which are the responsibility of Commander, Naval Sea Systems Deputy for Logistics (SEA 04). Nothing in this directive detracts from these responsibilities. 9.8.6 Action. a. Commanding Officers must have the overall responsibility for maintaining a high degree of calibration readiness for all TMDE. b. AIMD Officers must: (1) Be the shipboard METCAL program manager. (2) Be the consolidated FCA manager. (3) Provide calibration, per the intervals a nd procedures of reference (g), except as noted in paragraph 9.7 of this chapter, where the CRL takes precedence for SISCAL instrumentation calibration intervals and procedures. Provide repair services for all qualifying shipboard TMDE per reference (j). (4) Maintain custody of, and be accountable for, all shipboard standards for calibration of TMDE. (5) Use MEASURE to plan, schedule, m onitor and document the calibration of all TMDE per reference (k). (6) Staff the shipboard FCA with quali fied calibration technicians and provide training to maintain their proficiency. (7) Ensure all approved calibration standards are available to support the authorized workload. (8) Ensure all documentation required to support calibration is current and available to personnel operating the FCA. (9) Produce appropriate documentation or document the repair requirement and record repair accomplishment into MEASURE and the aviation Maintenance and Material Management system. (10) Calibrate all TMDE within the ca pability of the onboard FCA. Calibration standards have first priority for calibration, with all other priorities based on mission requirements determined in coordination with affected department heads. (11) Schedule required calibration and repa ir requirements beyond the capability of the shipboard FCA to another calibration laboratory. Calibration of NAVAIR Standards and Support Equipment beyond the capability of the FCA must be authorized and scheduled per reference (b).

p. 191

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-9-19 (12) Coordinate the calib ration of TMDE that is beyond FCA capability with external resources based on accessibility and cost effectiveness. Five general categories of external resources are available to the FCA. The resources, in order of precedence to be used, are: (a) Ashore AIMDs and RCCs. (b) System Command sponsored Navy Calibration Laboratories. (c) Navy depot level activities. (d) Other Department of Defense ca libration laboratories approved for use by TYCOM. (e) Navy Certified commerci al calibration laboratories. (13) Coordinate all TMDE repairs with outside resources. The precedence (based on cost effectiveness) for selecting the outside resource for repairs is: (a) AIMD and RCC. (b) COMNAVAIRSYSCOM Depot Le vel Rework Program for Support Equipment and Items (Individual Material Readiness List). (c) Naval shipyards and ship repair facilities. (d) Designated Overhaul Points listed in the Master Repairable Item List. (e) Naval Systems Command field activities. (f) Navy Certified commercial repair facilities. NOTE: REPAIR OF NAVAIR STANDARD S AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENT BEYOND THE CAPABILITY OF THE FCA MUST BE AUTHORIZED AND SCHEDULED PER REFERENCE (b). (14) Submit only operational TMDE for o ff-ship calibration. All functions and ranges to be calibrated must be operating and usable unless special calibration is requested. Verify all necessary accessories, power cords, and technical manuals, as required to complete the calibration, are included with the instruments at the time of calibration. (15) Request TYCOM authorizati on (COMNAVAIRFORCE) for repair of NAVAIR assigned calibration standards per the NAVAIR METCAL Scheduling Letter, NAVAIR Ltr 13640 Ser 3.9.2/series. Contact information for COMNAVAIRFORCE: Phone - Commercial (757) 445-4434, DSN 565-4434 Fax - Commercial (757) 444-1690, DSN 564-1690 Message - COMNAVAIRFORCE SAN DIEGO CA//N421Q/N421QC// (16) Coordinate with Commander, Regi onal Support Center METCAL manager for SISCAL scheduling. AIMD is authorized to calibrate all instrumentation within the capability of the FCA except instruments requiring SCPs per the CRL. SCPs will be performed by SISCAL teams. Ensure SISCAL

p. 192

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-9-20 instrumentation is calibrated at the periodicity with the procedure listed in the CRL. (17) Ensure the FCA provides support under the Strike Force Intermediate Maintenance Activity concept. c. Engineer Officers must: (1) Report all TMDE which require calibr ation to the AIMD Officer for inclusion in the ship’s calibration recall schedule upon request. (2) Deliver portable TMDE for calibra tion to the FCA per the AIMD managed calibration recall schedule. (3) Coordinate in-place calibration requ irements for non-portable TMDE with the AIMD Officer. (4) Ensure only operational TMDE are submitted for calibration. All functions and ranges to be calibrated must be operating and usable unless special calibration is requested. Verify all necessary accessories, power cords, and technical manuals, as required to complete the calibration, are included with the instruments at the time of submission. (5) Notify the AIMD Officer and, when applicable, the Combat Systems Officer, of any TMDE inventory changes, TMDE configuration changes, CRL changes that may affect the calibration recall schedule or require additional calibration procedures or standards. (6) Maintain the allowance quantities of authorized TMDE. (7) Report the inventory and confi guration of all TMDE supporting HM&E systems and combat support systems using the SCLSIS. (8) Maintain a ship specific CRL or Critical Instruments List for ship HM&E systems and combat support systems. (9) Submit all TMDE repair requirements to the AIMD Officer. A formal repair request, such as a Visual Information Display System/Maintenance Action Form (VIDS/MAF) or an OPNAV 4790/2K, is not required for repair by the shipboard FCA. MEASURE METER cards will be provided by the ship’s calibration laboratory. d. Air Officers must: (1) Report all TMDE eligible for calibration to the AIMD Officer for inclusion in the ship’s calibration recall schedule. (2) Deliver portable TMDE for calibra tion to the FCA per the AIMD managed calibration recall schedule. (3) Ensure only operational TMDE are submitted for calibration. All functions and ranges to be calibrated must be operating and usable unless special calibration is requested. Verify all necessary accessories, power cords, and technical manuals, as required to complete the calibration, are included with the instruments at the time of submission.

p. 193

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-9-21 (4) Coordinate in-place calibration requ irements for non-portable TMDE with the AIMD Officer. (5) Notify the AIMD Officer and, when a pplicable, the Combat Systems Officer, of any TMDE inventory changes, TMDE configuration changes that may affect the calibration recall schedule, in-place calibration requirements or require additional calibration procedures or calibration standards. (6) Maintain the allowance quantities of authorized TMDE. (7) Submit all TMDE repair requirements to the AIMD Officer. A formal repair request, such as a VIDS/MAF or an OPNAV 4790/2K, is not required for repair by the shipboard FCA. MEASURE meter cards will be provided by the ship’s calibration laboratory. e. Combat Systems Officers must: (1) Report all portable and installed GPETE or SPETE eligible for calibration to the AIMD Officer for inclusion in the ship’s calibration recall schedule. (2) Deliver portable TMDE for calibra tion to the FCA per the AIMD managed calibration recall schedule. (3) Ensure only operational TMDE are submitted for calibration. All functions and ranges to be calibrated must be operating and usable unless special calibration is requested. Verify all necessary accessories, power cords, and technical manuals, as required to complete the calibration, are included with the instruments at the time of submission. (4) Notify the AIMD Officer of any TMDE inventory changes, TMDE configuration changes that may affect the calibration recall schedule or require for additional calibration procedures or calibration standards. (5) Maintain GPETE and SPETE inventories in quantities allowed in the SPETERL. Include funding procurement of TMDE when assets are not available through CTRA programs. (6) Report the inventory and configur ation of all TMDE supporting combat systems using SCLSIS. (7) Submit all TMDE repair requirements to the AIMD Officer. A formal repair request, such as VIDS/MAF or an OPNAV 4790/2K, is not required for repair by the shipboard FCA. 9.9 NUCLEAR PROPULSION CALIBRATION REQUIREMENTS. Nuclear propulsion plant gages, meters, thermometers and other instruments in those reactor plant systems specified by reference (p) must be calibrated following the requirements of the applicable Reactor Plant Manual. Other nuclear-powered ship’s system calibration must be performed per the requirements of reference (a).

p. 194

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CH 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-10-1 VOLUME VI CHAPTER 10 MOTOR GASOLINE HANDLING AND STORAGE REFERENCES. (a) NAVSEA S9086-SP-STM-010 - NSTM Ch apter 542 (Gasoline and JP-5 Fuel Systems) (b) COMNAVAIRLANT/COMN AVAIRPACINST 3400.4 - Air Department Standard Operating Procedures (c) NAVSEA S9086-WK-STM-010 - NSTM Chapter 670 (Stowage, Handling and Disposal of Hazardous General Use Consumables) (d) OPNAVINST 5100.19 - Navy Occupational Safety and Health (NAVOSH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat (e) COMNAVSURFPAC/COMNAVSURFLANTINST 4020.1 - Motor Gasoline Certification Program for L-Class, MCM-Class and T-ESB-Class Ships (f) COMNAVSURFPAC/COMNAVSURFLANTINST 4020.2 - Standard Operating Procedures for Motor Gasoline and Jettison Systems on Commander Naval Surface Force U.S. Pacific Fleet/Commander Naval Surface Force Atlantic Ships (g) Aviation Fuels Operational Sequencing System/Engineering Operational Sequencing System (h) 49 CFR - Code of Federal Re gulations Title 49 - Transportation (i) 46 CFR - Code of Federal Regulations Title 46 - Shipping (j) NAVSEA S9086-S3-STM-010 – NSTM Chapter 593 (Pollution Control) (k) CID A-A-59592 - Commercial Item De scription – Can, Fuel, Military (l) UL 30 - Underwriters Laboratories 30 – Standard for Metal Shipping Can (m) MIL-D-23119 - Collapsible Rubberized Fabric Drums (n) NAVSEA S9086-S3-STM-010 – NSTM Chap ter 555 V1 (Surface Ship Firefighting) 10.1 PURPOSE. To provide guidance and safety requirements for the storage, handling and loading of Motor Gasoline (MOGAS) aboard ship. In view of the special hazards involved in the handling of MOGAS, Commanding Officers must ensure strict compliance with all MOGAS handling safety instructions, Aviation Fuel Operational Sequencing System (as applicable), references (a) through (f) and this chapter. The Commanding Officer’s approval must be obtained prior to any MOGAS operation. The Aviation Fuels Officer, or other officer as may be directed by the Commanding Officer, must be directly responsible for the planning of all MOGAS operations (i.e., loading, off-loading or transfer of gasoline, etc.), including the training of all MOGAS operation and handling personnel. Any deviation from the safety precautions and procedures of reference (a) or this chapter must have the approval of the appropriate Type Commander. Additionally, the Commanding Officer may specify any additional safety precautions to be taken as the situation dictates. 10.2 CHARACTERISTICS. a. Gasoline is a highly volatile liquid th at gives off vapors under all environmental conditions. This vapor, when combined with air in the proper proportion

CHAPTER 10

p. 195

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CH 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-10-2 (approximately 1.4 to 7.6 percent by volume), forms an explosive mixture that can be set off by any ignition source such as a slight spark or flame. If liquid gasoline is present, the violent explosion will be followed by fire. b. Air, at ordinary atmospheric temperature, can absorb as much as 28 percent gasoline vapor. Gasoline vapors are three to five times heavier than air, and when released, will tend to sink to the lowest level of a compartment. Liquid gasoline will expand 0.7 percent for each ten-degree increase in temperature. 10.3 PERSONNEL HAZARDS. Gasoline and gasoline vapors are extremely toxic; breathing air that is rich in gasoline vapor can and has caused unconsciousness and in some cases death. Gasoline vapors, even in concentrations of less than 1.0 percent, may cause nausea and headaches if inhaled for any length of time. Strong concentrations of gasoline vapors produce an excited state leading to unconsciousness. Gasoline saturated clothing will cause irritation and severe burns to the skin and will ignite if exposed to a source of ignition. Gasoline splashed in the eyes can cause blindness. Severe physical and mental complications may result from inhalation or body absorption. Ship’s personnel must be instructed in the characteristics of MOGAS and the necessary precautions to prevent personnel injury by exposure to MOGAS or its vapor. 10.4 STORAGE AND HANDLING. 10.4.1 Drum and Bladders Conditions. Ships capable of carrying MOGAS in jettison racks or lockers, and ships that receive temporary installation of MOGAS jettison rack or locker systems, will maintain them in one of the following conditions at all times. a. Only Naval Sea Systems Command (NAVSEA) approved storage containers as specified in reference (a) and reference (c) shall be used. All MOGAS containers shall be inspected by ship personnel prior to storage in the MOGAS storage area. Any container that shows signs of wear, leakage, or weeping of fuel will be rejected. b. Empty bladders may be stacked on top of each other and stored in the MOGAS storage locker. Empty MOGAS containers contain enough residual gasoline liquid and vapors to support ignition or explosion. They will be treated with the same precautions as full containers. c. All fueling equipment (hand-driven pumps, hoses, faucets, etc.) should be stored on the MOGAS sponson or Air Department equipment locker. d. When in port, ensure the jettison rack(s) and jettison locker(s) are rendered safe (insert locking pins and stanchion). e. Reference (c) and reference (g) if a ssigned contain guidance on the handling of MOGAS and shall be reviewed by personnel prior to all MOGAS operations. All equipment used in these operations shall be kept clean and in good condition and shall be inspected frequently per Planned Maintenance System and current directives f. Fifty-five gallon st ainless steel drums, approved bladders and cans will be used to store MOGAS per reference (a), reference (h), section 172.101, and reference (i), section 147.45.

p. 196

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CH 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-10-3 g. Inspect drums to be filled. Drums must be in good condition and have no structural damage. The drum cap must be intact with good gaskets and treads. Replace gaskets or caps if damaged. h. Inspect drum vents and faucets. Vents and faucets must be in good working order. i. Verify all portable bladders have been te sted and inspected. Inspect all cans or unit to be fueled. Reject any condition not suitable for MOGAS stowage or in poor condition. 10.4.2 Loading or Off-loading and Transferring a. References (f), and (g) provide amplifyi ng responsibilities and assigned actions for the safe and efficient on-load or off-load of 55-gallon drums of MOGAS from transport truck or to base Hazardous Material truck at the pier. b. USS ( SHIP) will on-load or off-load 55-gallon drums of MOGAS from transport truck or to base Hazardous Material truck on the pier, via Monorail chain fall system to or from MOGAS Storage Platform to or from on the specific date and time identified. The Division will be responsible for planning and coordinating the ship’s MOGAS (on-load and off-load) evolution at the pier reference (f). c. The ship’s Officer in Charge will be responsible for proposing a primary and alternate on-loading or off-loading plan and loading dates consistent with the ship’s availability by naval message directly to the appropriate manger identified for the ships homeport region. d. Smoking lamp and all hot work shall cease dur ing this evolution. Ship will on-load or off-load MOGAS only between sunrise and sunset. f. The Ships Fire party must be on station pr ior to the truck entering the pier and remain on station until the truck has departing the pier, Aqueous Film Forming Foam hoses must be manned at all times during on-load or off-load. g. Upon notification that a MOGAS evoluti on will occur, all personnel involved shall become thoroughly familiar with the evolution through training and indoctrination. h. Conduct a safety brief on the spec ific date and time identified on USS (SHIP) using reference (f) for all participating members delineated. Brief, mitigate, and implement controls for the hazards specified in the risk assessment. i. Give a minimum of 24 hours notifica tion to the Naval Base Environmental Department, Base Port Operations, and Base Fire Marshall of the ship’s plan to transfer MOGAS. j. Ensure effective communication via handhe ld radios is established between personnel stationed at the pier and MOGAS storage platform. k. Use of non-ferrous (spark-proof) tools. l. The Base Fire Marshal must be notified a nd ensure that all firefighting equipment is in position, the truck is grounded to the ship and to the water prior to the hose being placed on the ship.

p. 197

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CH 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-10-4 m. Most MOGAS inventory requirements ar e controlled by the Landing Force Operating Reserve Material. They will make necessary arrangements for the delivery, pickup or crane assistance of the MOGAS. The ship will be responsible for requesting, by message, an on-load or off-load date and time, and an alternate date and time, for the evolution to commence. This message information will be provided to the local Naval Base Commander. n. In the event of a MOGAS spill, precautiona ry measures shall be taken to minimize the danger of a fuel spill by blocking the scupper, assuring the availability of adequate manpower, and having sufficient containment and cleanup equipment, such as the Navy oil spill control kit per reference (j). 10.4.3 Safe Handling of Motor Gasoline. a. Do not allow drums to be staged una ttended outside the dedicated MOGAS storage area b. Do not allow MOGAS to set staged in hangar bay, sponson, mission deck, or elevator for more time than absolutely necessary. Overnight would be unacceptable. c. Hold frequent firefighting drills, w ith particular emphasis on the MOGAS jettison system. d. Immediately clean up any spilled or leaked gasoline and dispose of any rags or other cleanup material per ship’s instructions. e. Gasoline must not be used for cleaning purposes under any circumstances. f. Conduct frequent inspections to en sure system integrity and tightness. 10.4.4 Containerized Motor Gasoline. Gasoline shall be stowed in portable containers aboard ship in a manner in which they may be jettisoned overboard in the event of an emergency. Portable containers may be stowed on a rack, ramp, or grated deck, where when the release mechanism is actuated, the containers are jettisoned overboard. Both automatic and manual actuation means are required. Smaller containers, such as 6 or 18 gallon bladders may be stowed in a locker. Similarly, when actuated for release, the containers are jettisoned overboard from the locker. Gasoline stowage shall be located on the weather deck only, except where approved by NAVSEA in accordance with reference (a). 10.4.5 Portable Containers. Approved portable containers are identified in references (a) and (c), but are provided here: a. Metal or safety cans per reference (k) or reference (l). b. Fifty-five gallon stainless steel drums per reference (h), section 172.101, and reference (i), section 147.45. c. Collapsible rubberized fabric drums (bladders) per reference (m) or specifically approved by NAVSEA. d. Rigid portable fuel contai ners per reference (k). 10.4.6 Firefighting and Safety Requirements. Ensure all personnel involved in the operation or movement of MOGAS are trained and briefed. During an on-load or off-load evolution station the fire parties per references (g) and (n).

p. 198

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CH 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-10-5 10.5 MOTOR GASOLINE ASSESSMENT PROGRAM. The MOGAS Assessment Program has been established to assist Ship’s Force personnel in the operation and maintenance of the installed MOGAS systems. This program requires an assessment to be conducted on each MOGAS equipped ship annually, prior to on-load or off-load of MOGAS evolutions, and prior to an industrial or fleet maintenance availability. a. To certify ship's personnel in the opera tion and maintenance of the installed MOGAS system or jettison rack or locker systems. This program calls for an assessment visit to all ships with a MOGAS jettison system by representatives of RMC Code 200, and the applicable ISIC prior to pier-side loading or off-loading of MOGAS. Request for certification or assessment will be coordinated with each ISIC, to ensure optimum scheduling of the certification or assessment. Certification remains in effect for 12 months providing the term be not in conflict with the following mandatory certification inspection requirements. (1) After completion of any signi ficant alteration or modifications. (2) Following overhaul or extended ship yard availability where MOGAS systems were worked on. (3) Upon request from the respective ships through each applicable ISIC. b. The MOGAS Assessment Program must be conducted by the ISIC, and will consist of the following elements: (1) Conducting required assessments, a nd providing assessment reports to the appropriate Type Commander and Fleet Commander. (2) Taking corrective action on minor di screpancies and providing guidance for repairs of major discrepancies. (3) Providing on the job training for ope rators and maintenance personnel, as requested. (4) Reviewing and validating the C oordinated Shipboard Allowance List, Aviation Fuel Operational Sequencing System, Planned Maintenance System, Personnel Qualification Standard and the associated technical manuals. (5) Providing assistance during MOGAS on- load or off-load evolutions, as requested. (6) Performing assist visits when requested by the ship. c. LPD 17 Class MOGAS Assessment and Certification should be conducted per reference (e).

p. 199

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-11-1 VOLUME VI CHAPTER 11 MAINTENANCE, REPAIR AND OVERHAUL OF SERVICE CRAFT, LANDING CRAFT AND SMALL BOATS REFERENCES. (a) OPNAVINST 4780.6 - Policy for Administeri ng Service Craft and Boats in the U.S. Navy (b) OPNAVNOTE 4780 - Service Craft and Boats Accounting Report (SABAR) (c) NAVSEA S9086-TX-STM-010 - NSTM Ch apter 583 (Boats and Small Craft) (d) NWP 1-03.1 - Naval Warfare Publications Operational Report (e) NAVSEA S9086-HB-STM-010 - NSTM Chapter 233 (Diesel Engines) 11.1 PURPOSE. To provide guidance and assign responsibilities for the maintenance and repair of service craft, landing craft and small boats. a. Personnel assigned to individual ships, service craft or responsible shore based activities must perform all landing craft, service craft and boat maintenance within their capabilities. b. Landing craft, small boats and service craf t must be maintained with the same care that naval ships receive. This is particularly true for boats which also serve as ready lifeboats. c. (Submarine Force only) If there is no Unit Identification Code (UIC) assigned to the craft, the parent command’s UIC and a unique Work Center will be used for Current Ship’s Maintenance Project control and any related OPNAV 4790/2K (see Chapter 19, Appendix E of this volume). 11.2 MATERIAL READINESS. a. Regular periodic inspections of landing craft, small boats and service craft must be conducted by the command to which the craft is assigned (referred to hereafter as the “parent command”). Use Fleet Maintenance Activity (FMA) facilities to conduct the required periodic inspections, whenever possible. The results of these inspections will determine the need for repairing a craft or boat. Submit overhaul and major maintenance items (i.e., engine overhauls and hull repairs beyond the ability of the parent command) to the appropriate Type Commander (TYCOM), no later than 15 January for the current and following two years. The requests for maintenance must cite the boat or craft hull number and the fiscal year quarter in which the overhaul or major maintenance availability is desired. Any significant changes to previously submitted maintenance requests must be discussed in detail (i.e., material condition of the craft affected by the change, operational commitments requiring changes, etc.). b. To conserve repair funds and assets, and to maintain craft and boats in a satisfactory state of material readiness, Commanding Officers of ships and shore activities must set up a training program for all personnel connected with the operation and maintenance of craft and boats. Pride of ownership should be instilled in boat crews and assigned

CHAPTER 11

p. 200

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-11-2 unit personnel. Use available personnel and funds to the fullest extent possible before requesting help from the FMA to perform routine or emergent repairs. c. Active service craft are inspected by the Service Craft Material Inspection Board, per reference (a), to support industrial availability planning. Deficiencies identified by the Service Craft Material Inspection Board must be entered in the Current Ship’s Maintenance Project prior to the Work Definition Conference. Service craft parent commands must ensure reference (b) accurately reflects the current status of requested availabilities. d. TYCOMs will aid parent commands with landing craft, small boat and service craft industrial availabilities by: (1) Scheduling availabilities. (2) Establishing overhaul cycles incl uding, budgeting, scheduling, and funding per the requirements of reference (b). 11.3 MAINTENANCE OF LANDING CRAFT AND SMALL BOATS ASSIGNED TO AFLOAT UNITS. a. Commanding Officers are ur ged to take full advantage of the FMA facilities for Ship’s Force upkeep and repair of their landing craft and boats. A limited quantity of hand and power tools and air compressors are available at the FMA for Ship’s Force use. Ships may borrow these tools by sending a properly prepared work request (OPNAV 4790/2K) directly to the FMA, Regional Support Group (RSG) or Regional Maintenance Center (RMC). Depending on the workload, assist teams from the FMA, RSG or RMC may be available to assist with the inspection of boats and craft. COMNAVSURFLANT and COMNAVSURFPAC ships and units must obtain tools from the FMA per the requirements of Chapter 30 of this volume. b. Ship personnel desiring to make use of FMA, RSG or RMC facilities should send a work request (OPNAV 4790/2K) to the FMA, RSG or RMC requesting crane services to handle the craft or boat and stowage space for accomplishing the work. Limited repair material not normally available onboard ship may be obtained from the FMA, RSG or RMC by including required items in the work request. c. If long usage or extensive damage to a ny boat or landing craft is such that repairs by Ship's Force cannot keep a boat or craft in a proper state of readiness, a work request (OPNAV 4790/2K) must be submitted to the FMA, RSG or RMC via the TYCOM or Immediate Superior In Command (if assigned). The work request must show the following additional information in Section IV of the OPNAV 4790/2K: (1) Boat or landing craft registry number. (2) Complete description of the work requested. d. The FMA, RSG or RMC will accept such requests, provided that: (1) The ship is not scheduled for a r outine Chief of Naval Operations (CNO) Maintenance Availability in the immediate future.

p. 201

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-11-3 (2) The repairs are beyond the capacity or capability of Ship’s Force to accomplish. (3) Enough time in advance of the ship’s next scheduled operation is allowed for the FMA to perform the repairs and return the boat or landing craft to the ship before departure. e. When a boat or landing craft is badl y damaged, a statement of the circumstances surrounding the damage must be submitted with the request for repairs. f. Before delivery of a boat or landing craf t to the FMA for repairs, Ship’s Force must accomplish the following: (1) Remove all items of outfitting and al l portable parts invoiced with the hull, including compass, tools, batteries, and portable lights. (2) Drain and clean the bilges of dirt, dies el fuel, and oil. When it is not possible to deliver the boat or landing craft in this condition, the repair activity will be notified in advance so that arrangements can be made for gas free inspections. g. Reference (c) provides details for transfer, receipt, disposal and survey of boats and landing craft. Replacement boats or landing craft are normally available from Naval Sea Systems Command (NAVSEA), via the TYCOM, upon receipt of a valid Boat Inspection Report per reference (c). h. If the FMA cannot accomplish the request ed boat or landing craft repairs, the Commanding Officer of the FMA will advise the ship to request an availability from the TYCOM. 11.4 LANDING CRAFT AND SMALL BOAT REPAIRS DURING CHIEF OF NAVAL OPERATIONS MAINTENANCE AVAILABILITY. a. Hull repairs affecting strength and watertig ht integrity beyond the capability of Ship’s Force are considered urgent items. Ship’s Force must ensure that the required repairs are included in the work package for screening at the Work Definition Conference. b. Boats and landing craft which do not requ ire work by an industrial activity should normally accompany the ship during the availability. Stowage areas can usually be made available at the industrial facility for accomplishment of Ship’s Force work. Commanding Officers should not overlook the facilities available at FMAs for accomplishment of this work while the ship is undergoing a CNO Maintenance Availability. c. Tests of landing craft and boat lifting gear must be accomplished during the ship’s CNO Maintenance Availability per reference (c) and Volume IV, Chapter 13 of this manual. 11.5 MAINTENANCE OF SERVICE CRAFT, LANDING CRAFT AND SMALL BOATS ASSIGNED TO SHORE ACTIVITIES, GROUP AND SQUADRON COMMANDERS. 11.5.1 Unit Level Maintenance. a. Maintenance and repair of craft and boats within the capability of the parent command should be budgeted, scheduled, and accomplished to maintain a high state of material

p. 202

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-11-4 readiness. Commands and activities must appoint a Maintenance Officer as a sole point of contact for all matters relating to boat and craft maintenance. The Maintenance Officer must be capable of making maintenance decisions based on engineering and operational parameters and should actively participate in the planning and execution of all maintenance actions affecting the parent command. b. Annual budget proposals submitted by the pa rent commands to their TYCOM must address anticipated funding requirements to maintain the material condition of all assigned boats and craft, the accomplishment of approved modifications and modernization work (within the parent command’s capability), and must discuss in detail how these funds will be applied to specific craft or boats. c. Request for changes to boat or craft i nventories, resulting from mission requirement changes, must be assessed in terms of maintenance capabilities and budget constraints. Approval of such changes may require the TYCOM to adjust the unit’s Operating Target allocation for maintenance. The impact on maintenance support for changes in inventory must be assessed for each unit by the TYCOM before instituting changes. 11.5.2 Fleet Maintenance Activity Level or Contractor Assist Maintenance. a. Repairs to craft and boats which are be yond the capabilities of the parent command, must be documented on work requests (OPNAV 4790/2K) and submitted to the cognizant FMA, RSG or RMC for accomplishment. Repair funds for craft and boats are budgeted for FMA activities, on a quarterly basis, by the TYCOM. Individual craft and boat work packages will be screened by the TYCOM to ensure accomplishment within allocated funding. b. Work requests which are screened as beyond the capability of the FMA will be submitted to the TYCOM for screening to an industrial activity. Industrial repairs are normally programmed for accomplishment during scheduled craft or boat overhauls or other availabilities, unless the repairs are of an emergent nature and have been documented with a Casualty Report per reference (d). FMAs, RSGs or RMCs will accept emergent work requests, to clear Casualty Reports, on a case basis with TYCOM approval. c. Shore based commands which have cr aft or boat repairs being accomplished by industrial activities retain the responsibility for these repairs. The parent command is responsible for maintaining liaison with the industrial activity and keeping the TYCOM informed, via the RSG, RMC or Immediate Superior In Command, of problems or potential problems. 11.5.3 Overhaul of Service, Landing Craft and Small Boats. a. A four to five-year overhaul cycle has b een established by the CNO for self-propelled service craft, high value boats and landing craft (e.g., SLWTs, service craft and LCUs). For other craft and boats, the necessity for overhaul is determined by usage and material condition and will generally be conducted every four to five years or as required by reference (a). b. Service, landing craft and boats unde rgo CNO Maintenance Availabilities to accomplish major maintenance and modernization items which, in the judgment of the

p. 203

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-11-5 TYCOM, are beyond the unit or FMA capability. All high value boats, landing craft and service craft receive complete and thorough availabilities within the available funding. The primary goal is to accomplish all outstanding repairs and major maintenance items to ensure reliable operations during the craft’s projected operational cycle. c. There are basically two dis tinct types of availabilities applicable to boats and service or landing craft: (1) Supervisor of Shipbuilding administer ed industrial availabilities using a work package consisting of OPNAV 4790/2Ks. (2) CNO Maintenance Availabilities administered through the Naval Supply Center (contracting agency) by the FMA, RSG or RMC for smaller craft or boats with less extensive maintenance and repair packages. d. After the Work Definition Conference, and before the contracting authority (Supervisor of Shipbuilding or Naval Supply Center) issues the Invitation for Bids to potential bidders, the TYCOM and parent command will review the copies of the bid specifications for accuracy and completeness. The parent command must complete the review quickly and report any discrepancies to the TYCOM. The TYCOM will resolve any discrepancies in the bid specifications with the contracting authority before the Invitation for Bids is released. e. Post-repair trials for craft and boats ar e conducted, as applicable, per Volume II, Part I, Chapter 3 of this manual. 11.6 RESPONSIBILITIES. For both types of industrial availabilities identified in paragraph 11.4.3.c of this chapter, the following responsibilities are assigned: 11.6.1 Type Commander. a. Coordinate all aspect s of the advance planning. b. Authorize all new industrial work items. c. Authorize all growth in an existing industrial work item. d. Provide funding to accomplish all authorized work. e. Monitor and approve all changes in esta blished milestones (internal milestones, used by the industrial activity to monitor schedule progress, are not subject to TYCOM approval). f. Direct appropriate action when the quality or completeness of the industrial activity work is in question. 11.6.2 Immediate Superior In Command. (if not assigned, these functions will revert to the TYCOM) a. Review overhaul progress reports. b. Review Ship’s Force and FMA concurrent work. c. Ensure pertinent directives are foll owed concerning the safety of personnel and equipment.

p. 204

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-11-6 d. Attend sea trial and overhaul completion review conferences. e. Assist in all aspects of the planning and monitoring of industrial availabilities. 11.6.3 Commanding Officers of Parent Commands. a. Coordinate all planning aspects of craft or boat overhauls with the TYCOM and Immediate Superior In Command (where assigned). b. Prepare and submit overhaul progress reports per Volume II, Part I, Chapter 3 of this manual. c. Ensure enough trained personnel are assigne d to on-site monitoring of craft or boats while in an industrial availability. d. Fulfill all responsibilities for safety of craft and personnel. 11.7 REPAIR AND OVERHAUL OF SMALL BOAT ENGINES. a. Boat and craft custodians mu st repair and maintain engines on a continuing basis using their Operating Target. Replacement parts must be obtained through the Navy Stock system, when available, to prevent the potential for using erroneous parts and to simplify stocking of parts. b. Craft and boat engine over haul intervals are determined by engine operating hours as specified in reference (e) or, for engines over 400 Brake Horsepower, by trend analysis. c. Boat Alterations are issued for the re placement of engines no longer supported by the supply system. Direct questions concerning the status of obsolete engines to NAVSEA (PMS 325) or the TYCOM. d. All spare boat engines or engines being tu rned in for replacement must be preserved per reference (e) and stored in an enclosed protective compartment. 11.8 BOAT ALTERATIONS. a. Submit Boat Alteration requests to NAVS EA, (PMS 325) via the chain of command. b. The accomplishment and funding of approve d Boat Alteration must be managed by the TYCOM. 11.9 OPERATION OF SMALL BOAT ENGINES. The operation and maintenance of all diesel engines on boats and craft must be per reference (e).

p. 205

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 1 15 Jan 2021 VI-12-1 VOLUME VI CHAPTER 12 DEGAUSSING REFERENCES. (a) OPNAVINST S8950.2 - Elect romagnetic and Acoustic Signature Control for Mine Warfare (b) NAVSEA S9086-QN-STM-010 - NSTM Chapter 475 (Magnetic Silencing) (c) NAVSEA S9475-AC-PRO-010 - Degau ssing Forms, Records and Reporting Procedures (d) NAVSEA S5475-AL-PRO-010 - Principles a nd Procedures for Magnetic Treatment of Ships (e) SSPINST 8950.2 - Procedure for Fleet Ba llistic Missile (FBM)/Strategic Weapons System (SWS) Components During Flash-Deperm Treatment of an SSBN 12.1 PURPOSE. To provide magnetic silencing and deperming requirements, and the check ranging and reporting procedures defined by reference (a). Reference (b) provides the basic principles and background of degaussing. 12.2 DEGAUSSING DEFINITIONS. 12.2.1 Check Ranging. The action of a ship making reciprocal range runs over an instrumented array at a Magnetic Silencing Facility (MSF), for purposes of measuring the ship’s degaussed magnetic signature. Check ranging is the principle method to determine the effectiveness and reliability of degaussing systems. A satisfactory check range is two range runs on reciprocal headings within a six-week period which are determined to satisfy the requirements of reference (a) while ship’s degaussing equipment (if installed) is operating properly and all required on- board information has been provided. Underwater Electromagnetic Measurement Systems for check ranging are available at the following locations: San Diego, CA Norfolk, VA Pearl Harbor, HI Mayport, FL Yokosuka, Japan New London, CT Kings Bay, GA Souda Bay, Greece 12.2.2 Degaussing Folder. The Degaussing Folder (NAVSEA 8950/1) is an official ship log which contains all information needed by degaussing authorities. It contains instructions for operation of the degaussing system, degaussing charts, values for current and turn settings, installation forms, compass compensation forms and a log section which documents all pertinent details of magnetic treatment and of actions taken related to the ship’s degaussing system. The degaussing folder is issued to a ship by the MSF that renders the initial magnetic treatment and system calibration. Reference (c) provides the detailed requirements for maintaining the degaussing folder. 12.2.3 Degaussing System. A shipboard system which reduces the residual permanent and induced magnetic signature of the ship, and is the ship’s primary passive mine countermeasure

CHAPTER 20

p. 835

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 2 31 MAR 2022

VI-20-2 maintain stability and equilibrium, allows for growth, but historically the margin is quickly consumed for several reasons: (1) The on-going process of modern ization over the life of the ship. (2) Unknown weight growth due to the accu mulation of personal gear and equipment, undocumented alterations, spare parts and stores. (3) Weight removal or margin recovery measures being accorded a low priority. 20.2 BALLAST CHANGES. NAVSEA maintains a record of the solid ballast installed in each submarine. These records are required for evaluating and tracking the ship's stability and equilibrium. Any permanent alteration to a submarine that changes weight, moment or displacement may require compensation by the removal or installation of lead ballast. 20.2.1 Naval Sea Systems Command Notification. Any activity performing this alteration is required by reference (b) to submit a reballasting proposal to NAVSEA for approval. NAVSEA approval is required for all permanent ballast changes. Copies of the reballasting proposal must be sent to the Type Commander (TYCOM), Immediate Superior In Command (ISIC) and the Commanding Officer. 20.2.2 Ballast Types. Submarines of the active fleet must be maintained within stability and buoyancy limits for a state of war readiness. Deviations from this principle are generally unauthorized. Some ships are authorized to carry other types of lead ballast: a. Cargo Ballast: Ships have cargo ballast (cargo lead) loaded at various times to compensate for loads or loading configurations. This cargo ballast can become undocumented weight over time due to crew turnover and loss of corporate knowledge. To that end, the following is required for loading and off-loading of cargo ballast: (1) Cargo ballast, unless part of the orig inal ship’s design, is approved by NAVSEA on a ship-by-ship basis. Requests for cargo ballast, and requests for increased amount of cargo ballast, must be submitted by the ship, in writing, to NAVSEA for approval. All such requests must have ISIC and TYCOM endorsement and include the specific weight amount, location and method for securing the lead. (2) Once cargo ballast is approved, ei ther as part of the ship’s original design or on a ship by ship basis, Ship’s Force is responsible for managing the ballast. The ship shall add a line item for cargo ballast to the ship’s set of dive cards or compensation spreadsheet, and the cargo ballast’s weight and location shall be kept current by the Diving Officer. If cargo ballast is carried and a heavier load out occurs, which would put any calculated variable ballast point outside the equilibrium polygon, some or all of this ballast must be removed. All cargo ballast shall be removed prior to an Arctic deployment. (3) The ship shall obtain TYCOM concurre nce via the ISIC prior to removing or reinstalling previously approved cargo ballast, and shall inform the ISIC, TYCOM, NAVSEA PMS392, NAVSEA 05U7, NSWCCD Code 844 and the planning yard of the removal or reinstallation of cargo ballast using the format of Appendix A. (4) With the exception of 774 Class VLS/Payl oad System Cargo Lead ballast, changes to cargo ballast should normally be accomplished by a nuclear qualified shipyard. With the

p. 836

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 2 31 MAR 2022

VI-20-3 exception of 774 Class VLS/Payload System Cargo Lead ballast, approval by the ISIC and TYCOM is required in the event a situation requires an organization other than a nuclear qualified shipyard to add, remove or relocate cargo lead. (5) Any cargo lead load that results in a calculated mission equilibrium point outside the equilibrium polygon requires a NAVSEA approved Departure From Specifications (DFS). Additional guidance and procedures concerning the installation or removal of cargo ballast is available in reference (b). (6) Cargo ballast documenta tion shall be audited by Ship’s Force during each Major Maintenance Period (MMP), DSRA, DMP, Engineered Overhaul, or PIRA to ensure the cargo ballast is being properly tracked. The ISIC is responsible for ensuring that Ship’s Force is using the latest shipyard documentation for the cargo ballast. A report of the audit findings will be made using the format of Appendix B. b. Permanent Ballast: Changes in permanen t ballast, which includes adding, removing or relocating, must not be accomplished by Ship's Force, Fleet Maintenance Activities or any industrial activity without prior TYCOM concurrence and NAVSEA written approval. c. Sea Trial Lead. Temporary ballast may be added as necessary to assure that the ship is capable of diving and trimming out when lightly loaded during sea trials following initial delivery and following a CNO availabilities (DMP, DSRA, PIRA, etc.). NAVSEA must review and approve temporary ballast used for trials. The TYCOM must approve the use of any temporary lead retained or added after sea trials for transit to homeport. All temporary lead ballast must be removed prior to load-out and deployment. A temporary DFS must be opened upon installation of temporary sea trial ballast and closed upon removal of that ballast. The forwarding letter for the post-availability stability report must reference the DFS and provide the current status of the temporary lead ballast. 20.3 UNUSUAL CONDITIONS. NAVSEA requires reports to be submitted of any unusual conditions which are considered dangerous or seriously affect the operation of the ship. Ship’s Force will report the following situations to NAVSEA, via the ISIC and TYCOM, per the requirements of reference (a). a. Excessive rolling. b. Heeling due to rudder action. c. Excessive pounding. d. Inadequate propeller immersion. e. Difficulty in maintaining neut ral buoyancy. If so, document loads, density of water and depth. Also indicate whether or not the ship was hovering or if additional variable ballast was loaded due to sea state.

p. 837

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 2 31 MAR 2022

VI-20A-1 APPENDIX A APPENDIX A SAMPLE SHIP MESSAGE TO ISIC CONCERNING REMOVAL OR REINSTALLATION OF CARGO BALLAST FM USS <SHIP NAME>// TO COMSUB<RON/GRU NO.>// COMSUBRON <NO. HOME SQUADRON IF DEPLOYED> INFO COMSUB<LANT/PAC> <NORFOLK VA/PEARL HARBOR HI>// COMNAVSEASYSCOM WASHINGTON DC// NAVSURFWARCEN CARDEROCKDIV BETHESDA MD// BT UNCLAS //N9096// PASS TO OFFICE CODES COMSUB<LANT/PAC> <NORFOLK VA/PEARL HARBOR HI>//N43// COMNAVSEASYSCOM WASHINGTON DC//PMS392/05U7/TIC// NAVSURFWARCEN CARDEROCKDIV BETHESDA MD//844// MSGID/GENADMIN//USS <SHIP'S NAME>// SUBJ/(SUBS) USS <SHIP NAME/HULL NO.>REMOVAL <REINSTALLATION> OF CARGO BALLAST// REF/A/DOC/COMUSFLTFORCOM/<DATE>// REF/ REF A IS COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3, JOINT FLEET MAINTENANCE MANUAL, VOLUME VI, CHAPTER 20.// RMKS/ DDS SHELTER <NUMBER> IS BEING ON-LOADED <OFF-LOADED> 2. PER REF A THE SPECIFIC DDS LEAD THAT HAS BEEN REMOVED <REINSTALLED> IS PROVIDED: APPROXIMATE WEIGHT - LOCATION APPROXIMATE WEIGHT - LOCATION APPROXIMATE WEIGHT - LOCATION APPROXIMATE WEIGHT - LOCATION APPROXIMATE WEIGHT - LOCATION BT NOTE: ENSURE MESSAGES ARE FOLLO WING CURRENT MESSAGE FORMAT AND CURRENT PLAIN LANGUAGE ADDRESS DIRECTORY (PLAD) IS UTILIZED.

p. 838

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 2 31 MAR 2022

VI-20B-1 APPENDIX B APPENDIX B SAMPLE SHIP MESSAGE TO ISIC CONCERNING AUDIT OF CARGO BALLAST DOCUMENTATION FM USS <SHIP NAME>// TO COMSUB<RON/GRU NO.>// INFO COMSUB<LANT/PAC> <NORFOLK VA/PEARL HARBOR HI>// <SUPERVISING ACTIVITY > COMNAVSEASYCOM WASHINGTON DC // NAVSURFWARCEN CARDEROCKDIV BETHESDA MD// BT UNCLAS //N9096// PASS TO OFFICE CODES COMSUB<LANT/PAC> <NORFOLK VA/PEARL HARBOR HI>//N43// <SUPERVISING ACTIVITY//CODE NO//> COMNAVSEASYSCOM WASHINGTON DC//PMS392/05U7/TIC// NAVSURFWARCEN CARDEROCKDIV BETHESDA MD//844// MSGID/GENADMIN//USS <SHIP’S NAME>// SUBJ/(SUBS) USS <SHIP NAME/HULL NO.> AUDIT OF INSTALLED CARGO BALLAST REF/A/DOC/COMUSFLTFORCOM/<DATE>// REF/B/DOC/<ACTIVITY>/<DATE>// REF/ REF A IS COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3, JOINT FLEET MAINTENANCE MANUAL, VOLUME VI, CHAPTER 20. REF B IS THE DATA PACKAGE BY THE <NAME> NAVAL SHIPYARD FOR THE INSTALLATION OF CARGO BALLAST.// RMKS/1. THE SHIP IS UNDERGOING <AVAILABILITY TYPE>. PER REF A AN AUDIT OF CARGO BALLAST DOCUMENTATION HAS BEEN CONDUCTED. SHIP’S FORCE HAS REF B THAT DOCUMENTS THE CURRENT AMOUNT AND LOCATION OF CARGO BALLAST. BT NOTE: ENSURE MESSAGES ARE FOLLO WING CURRENT MESSAGE FORMAT AND CURRENT PLAD IS UTILIZED.

p. 839

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 2 31 MAR 2022 VI-21-1 VOLUME VI CHAPTER 21 (Reserved for Future Use)

CHAPTER 21

p. 840

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-22-1 VOLUME VI CHAPTER 22 TRIDENT SYSTEM AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE PLANS REFERENCES. (a) OPNAVINST 4700.7 - Maintenance Policy for U.S. Naval Ships (b) SUBMEPP 9086-008-814 - TRIPER Information Notebook LISTING OF APPENDICES. A TRIPER Information Sheet 22.1 PURPOSE. To provide information and guidance concerning TRIDENT submarine system and equipment maintenance plans and associated programs. 22.2 TRIDENT SYSTEM AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE PLANS. Maintenance plans have been prepared for all maintenance worthy configuration items onboard SSBN and SSGN 726 Class Submarines. These maintenance plans are written to the system, equipment or component and list all of the planned maintenance required by a configuration item during its life cycle. These Maintenance Requirements are derived through the conduct of a maintenance engineering and a logistics support analysis process. Maintenance plans list the job description, periodicity, maintenance level (organization, intermediate, or industrial) and the applicable maintenance procedures. Unrestricted Operation (URO), TRIDENT Planned Equipment Replacement (TRIPER), Major Shore Spares (MSS), Submarine Maintenance Standards (SMS) and Performance Monitoring applications are included in maintenance plans as appropriate. Technical management of these plans is assigned to the Submarine Maintenance Engineering, Planning and Procurement Activity. A SSBN or SSGN 726 Class Submarine Maintenance Plan comprising all individual maintenance plans is issued periodically by NAVSEA. Per reference (a), the Type Commander will identify and prioritize corrective maintenance actions for SSBN and SSGN Class Submarine emergent repairs. Programs and requirements supporting the SSBN or SSGN 726 Class operating cycle are discussed in the following paragraphs. 22.2.1 TRIDENT Planned Equipment Replacement. The purpose of the TRIPER program is to accomplish an incremental overhaul of a submarine over several refit periods in the case of SSBNs and during Major Maintenance Periods (MMP) in the case of SSGNs. a. Shipboard equipment which requires significant maintenance during the planned operating cycle between overhauls, which is beyond the capability of Ship’s Force, and which cannot be accomplished during the refit period or MMP (without unacceptable impact on other refit or MMP requirements), will be supported by this program. TRIPER equipment will be removed from the ship for refurbishment ashore, replaced with pre-tested, ready for issue units and the affected system restored to full operational condition prior to completion of the refit period or MMP. Replacement will be accomplished on a planned basis at intervals designed to preclude the failure of the equipment or significant degradation of its associated system. Deviations of greater or less than one refit or MMP from established TRIPER change-out periodicities must require Type Commander concurrence. A planned change to shelf

CHAPTER 22

p. 841

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-22-2 stock TRIPER equipment will be accomplished only when sufficient change kits are available to effect the change in all units of a given model of the equipment held in shelf stock. Shelf stock TRIPER equipment is represented in configuration status accounting databases maintained by Submarine Maintenance Engineering, Planning and Procurement Activity Hull, Mechanical, Electrical, Ordnance and Electronic and Naval Underwater Warfare Center Division Newport and transitions to the configuration database of the receiving ship upon installation. b. The Type Commander must manage emergent repairs requiring use of TRIPER assets. Per reference (a), the Type Commander will identify and prioritize corrective maintenance actions for SSBN and SSGN Class Submarine emergent repairs. Support of the Strategic Platform (SSBN) generally has the highest priority. 22.2.2 Deployed SSGN Unplanned TRIPER Change Out. An unplanned change out is not to be used as a substitute for accomplishing repairs. An unplanned change out is only to be accomplished if the deficient condition cannot be repaired or if the repair time required is unacceptable. 22.2.2.1 TRIPER Asset Segregation. TRIPER assets are segregated from normal supply process instructions and additional controls are in effect to manage these assets. Additional actions beyond normal supply procedures are required to obtain a TRIPER asset for corrective maintenance. Stakeholders in the maintenance process for SSGNs must understand the TRIPER process and how to quickly identify a TRIPER asset from normal stock numbered items to ensure timely release of material from the TRIPER Program. The supply system will cancel requisitions that have not been pre-alerted to the TRIPER Program Management. 22.2.2.2 TRIPER Information Notebook. Reference (b), available as a CD-ROM from SUBMEPP, provides identification, location, Comp ID, technical data, boundary drawings and configuration change records for all components in the TRIPER Program. All TRIPER assets have a TRIPER Tag with a unique TRIPER Serial Number (TSN) engraved on it. Location of the TRIPER Tag is shown on the component boundary drawing. TRIPER assets have a “4Y” COG national stock number. When requesting a “4Y” COG asset, Appendix A must be submitted by the Fleet Maintenance Activity (FMA) to the homeport SSGN Project Team. The homeport SSGN Project Team will interact with TRIPER Program Management to ship the requested asset to the needed location. 22.2.2.3 Responsibilities. a. SSGN: Identify the deficient compone nt TSN via the Casualty Report message reporting system and submit work request to their Immediate Superior In Command. b. Immediate Superior In Comm and: Assign job to an FMA. c. FMA: (1) Fill out Appendix A and forward to the homeport SSGN Project Team. (2) Upon confirmation of receipt of de livery of Appendix A, the FMA will order the TRIPER asset via normal supply means. (3) Receive shipped TRIPER asset, ca refully uncrate and save the shipping container for use as a shipping container for the off-loaded asset carcass.

p. 842

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-22-3 (4) Ship back the TRIPER carcass to an address provided by the SSGN Project Team in the same shipping container the received asset was shipped in. d. Naval Submarine Support Center: Induct a separate job from the actual maintenance action Job Sequence Number for the homeport SSGN Project Team to ship the TRIPER asset to and from job location. This will allow for closing of the maintenance action Job Control Number (JCN) for work certification and maintain a separate JCN for disposition of the shipped asset to and from the deployed maintenance site. e. SSGN Project Team: (1) Use Appendix A, fill out the approp riate forms and deliver to the TRIPER Manager. Forms are: “REQUEST FOR UNSCHEDULED REPLACEMENT OF TRIPER ASSET” and “REQUEST FOR CANNIBALIZATION OF TRIPER PROGRAM ASSET”. Appropriate forms can be found on the internet under Navy Forms on Line. (2) Act as liaison between the FMA and the TRIPER Manager. (3) Ship the TRIPER asset to desire d location when released by the TRIPER Manager. (4) Coordinate the return shipment of the TRIPER carcass to the TRIPER Manager. (5) Close out Naval Submarine Support Ce nter inducted job once the TRIPER Manager has received the carcass. f. TRIPER Manager: (1) Evaluate request priorities of the re quested asset from a total TRIPER Program support position. Approve the release of the requested asset. (2) Ensure appropriate Pre-Installation Testing and material condition assessments are conducted prior to the release of the asset to the SSGN Project Team. (3) Release asset to the SSGN Project Te am for subsequent shipping to desired location. 22.2.3 Major Shore Spares. The purpose of the TRIDENT MSS Program is to maintain a supply of designated major equipment candidates in a certified, tested, ready-for-issue condition to effect replacement of equipment experiencing catastrophic failure, without jeopardizing refit completion. The employment of MSS assets must require Type Commander authorization. Typically, MSS equipment includes ship’s propeller, Ship’s Service Turbine Generators, towed arrays, towed buoys, Integrated Radio Room cabinets, etc. Like TRIPER, MSS equipment is managed by NAVSEA (PMS 392). Configuration tracking is under the cognizance of the applicable Participating Manager and is identified in the TRIDENT MSS Catalog published by NAVSEA (PMS 392). Equipment under the cognizance of the Strategic System Project Office and Naval Sea Systems Command Nuclear Propulsion Directorate (NAVSEA 08) is not included in the TRIPER or MSS programs. 22.2.4 Fleet Logistics Agent. The function of the fleet logistics agent for SSBN and SSGN 726 Class Submarines has been assigned to the TRIDENT Refit Facility (TRIREFFAC) in the case of

p. 843

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-22-4 Kings Bay and Puget Sound Naval Shipyard and Intermediate Maintenance Facility (PSNS-IMF) for the Pacific Northwest. TRIREFFAC and PSNS-IMF provides refit, MMP and configuration management support. These functions involve: a. Staging and delivering updated Logistic s Technical Data (LTD) applicable to the ship’s current configuration. b. Providing available interim technical docum entation and logistic support elements for emergent changes installed during refit or MMP. c. Assessing the logistic imp act and reporting of, configuration changes effected by all sources in SSBN and SSGN 726 Class Submarines. 22.2.5 Updating of Submarine Logistics Technical Data. TRIREFFAC and PSNS-IMF will stage and deliver LTD Advance Change Notices and revisions to SSBN and SSGN 726 Class Submarines during refit or MMP and must assist Ship’s Force in the removal and disposal of LTD that is no longer applicable to the ship’s current configuration. Upon request, TRIREFFAC and PSNS-IMF will also provide training to Ship’s Force in the proper techniques for identification, procurement and maintenance of TRIDENT LTD. 22.2.6 Planned Refit Work Lists. Planned Refit Work Lists (PRWL) define all the planned work required for each SSBN and SSGN 726 Class ship for a one-year period or four refits. The PRWL includes scheduled TRIPER replacements, URO and Performance Monitoring requirements. In addition, alterations approved for accomplishment will be incorporated into the PRWL. The PRWL will be issued periodically, each for a one-year period. Subsequent PRWLs will include rescheduling of requirements identified on previous work lists which were not reported complete. Each PRWL will allocate specific work items to a proposed refit based on the Class Maintenance Plan scheduled requirements and projected manpower requirements.

p. 844

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-22A-1 APPENDIX A APPENDIX A TRIPER INFORMATION SHEET FMA will fill out this form and forward to SSGN Project Team 1. Requesting Activity: __________________________________________________________ 2. Requesting Activity Point of Contact: ____________________________________________ 3. Phone number(s): ____________________________________________________________ 4. E-mail: _____________________________________________________________________ 5. Date: ______________________________________________________________________ 6. Ship: USS _____________________________________________SSGN (______________) 7. CASREP Serial Number, Date Time Group of message, or both: ____________________________________________________________________________ 8. JCN: ______________________________________________________________________ 9. NSN: ______________________________________________________________________ 10. COG: 4Y 11. Nomenclature: ______________________________________________________________ 12. TRIPER Serial No. (TSN) of failed item TSN _____________________________________ (TSN is located on th e assets TRIPER Tag) 13. FGC (S): ___________________________________________________________________ 14. Requisition Number: _________________________________________________________ 15. Description of failure: ________________________________________________________ 16. Remarks: __________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________ Printed name of FMA Repair Officer or PMA Signature: ______________________________________________Date:__________________

p. 845

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-23-1 VOLUME VI CHAPTER 23 SUBMARINE NOISE REDUCTION REFERENCES. (a) NAVSEA S9073-AW-SNC-010 - Ship Acoustical Surveys for Submarines (b) NAVSEA S9073-A4-SNC-010 - USS LO S ANGELES (SSN 688) Class Acoustic Stealth Manual (c) NSWCCD-71-TR-2001/020 - February 2001 USS SEAWOLF (SSN 21) Class Acoustic Stealth Manual (d) NAVSEAINST C9073.2 - Acoustic al Survey of Submarines (e) COMSUBFORINST C9460.3 - Coordinated Submarine Radiated Noise Analysis (f) NAVSEA S9073-AF-SNC-010(C) - Ship Noise Control (g) NAVSEA S0600-AA-PRO-230 - Underwater Ship Husbandry Manual, Chapter 23: Submarine Predeployment Noise Inspections (h) NAVSEA S0600-AA-PRO-010 - Unde rwater Ship Husbandry Manual (i) NAVEDTRA 10500 - Catalog of Navy Training Courses (j) COMNAVSUBFORINST 5400.25 - Standard Submarine Supply Department Organization and Regulations Manual (k) COMNAVSUBFORINST 5400.29 - Standard Submarine Navigation/Operations Department Organization and Regulations Manual (l) COMNAVSUBFORINST 5400.40 - Standard Submarine Combat Systems Department Organization and Regulations Manual (SSN) (m) COMNAVSUBFORINST 5400.41 - Standard Submarine SSBN 726 Class Weapons Department Organization and Regulations Manual (n) COMNAVSUBFORINST 5400.47 - Standa rd Submarine Combat Systems Department Organization and Regulations Manual (SSGN) LISTING OF APPENDICES. A Supplemental Noise Measurements B Beartrap Acoustic Radiated Trials (BART) C Shipboard Noise Reduction Instruction D Predeployment Noise Inspection E Submarine Silencing Publications F Sample Propeller Changeout Message 23.1 PURPOSE. This chapter provides the requirements for an effective onboard noise reduction program during the ship's operating cycle. It identifies the acoustic surveys required to assess the radiated noise signature of a ship and summarizes the responsibilities and requirements for the onboard surveys necessary to be performed on a regular basis to maintain the submarine in its most quiet configuration. 23.1.1 Scope. Reference (a) discusses the various acoustic surveys to be conducted on ships in order to establish their baseline noise signatures and to monitor those signatures throughout the

CHAPTER 23

p. 846

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-23-2 operating cycle. Surveys discussed in reference (a) are briefly summarized, as well as several additional survey techniques available and essential to an effective noise reduction program. In addition, a discussion of the model shipboard noise reduction program and available training programs are presented. References (b) and (c) provide class specific and comprehensive documentation on submarine noise reductions, including discussion of acoustic surveys, shipboard noise reduction program, acquisition systems, and procedures, data analysis and trending, and detailed write-ups with photographs and audio clips of typical noise sources. In addition, the manual contains an extensive library of documents and training aids. 23.1.2 Background. Reduction of the radiated noise signature of a submarine platform is a key element to the tactical employment of the ship. As a ship begins its operating cycle, a series of acoustic surveys are conducted to characterize the baseline noise signature. Then, throughout the remainder of its operating cycle, the ship requires the tools and procedures necessary to monitor its signature against the baseline. As deficiencies are identified, Ship’s Force needs to have an understanding of the extent to which an identified deficiency can affect the ship's radiated noise signature and the procedures required to effect corrective action. It should be kept in mind that although the implications of a degraded noise signature are fundamentally tactical in nature, the primary method of preserving a ship's acoustic advantage is through an aggressive and effective planned and corrective noise reduction maintenance program. Because of an increased emphasis in recent years, a number of new initiatives are being pursued within the technical community to develop new and improved measurement procedures and equipment that will assist Ship’s Force in more effectively assessing the effects of noise deficiencies on their radiated noise signature. These efforts should lead to improved survey procedures and will be incorporated into future changes to this chapter. 23.2 NOISE REDUCTION PROGRAM ELEMENTS. 23.2.1 Radiated Noise Surveys. 23.2.1.1 Naval Sea Systems Command Acoustic Trials. These trials are conducted at the beginning of and at various times throughout each ship’s operating cycle per reference (d) and provide a broad range of baseline measurements for the ship. In particular, the radiated noise signature of the ship is measured under various operating conditions. A determination is made of the controlling radiated noise offenders including those which are speed and depth dependent. While the principal objective of these trials is to assess the radiated noise signature of the submarine, platform, machinery and hull vibration, measurements are also made to provide baseline and supporting data in these areas for continued ship monitoring. 23.2.1.2 Coordinated Submarine Radiated Noise Analysis Exercise. This test must be conducted per reference (e), for Commander Submarine Force Atlantic (COMSUBLANT) units and Commander Submarine Force Pacific (COMSUBPAC) units. The primary objective of these submarine-versus-submarine exercises is to collect and analyze data to assess current acoustic vulnerabilities. These tests can be used during Pre-Overseas Movement (POM) or Deployment Preparation Period (DPP) work-ups to indicate that the deploying unit's acoustic signature is free of any unusual or highly detectable noise characteristics. 23.2.1.3 Coordinated Submarine Exercises (KILOEX, JTFEX, INT-2, TRACKEX, GUNSLINGER). While acoustic trials and surveys are the principal means to evaluate a submarine's acoustic profile, coordinated exercises provide another opportunity for the

p. 847

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-23-3 submarine force to monitor itself for noise deficiencies. Although the primary purpose of these exercises is generally tactically oriented, the noise signature obtained can and should also serve to monitor submarine radiated noise. It is incumbent upon exercise participants to note and record any unusual or excessive radiated noise being emitted by submarine exercise participants. Discrepancies noted should be reported to the cognizant Immediate Superior In Command (ISIC) for evaluation and corrective action. Initial message reports should be followed by supporting documentation including tape recordings, annotated LOFAR grams, and annotated frequency spectrum plots. The message report should contain the following information: a. Description of noi se signature problem. b. Date and time of detection. c. Range at detection. d. Sensor or processo r used for detection. e. Own ship depth and speed. f. Acoustic sea state. g. Water depth. h. Water temperature. i. Layer depth. 23.2.1.4 Beartrap Acoustic Radiated Trials. The primary objective of these trials is to provide a cost effective means to detect and identify radiated noise sources that have caused signature degradations. Coordinated trial events are conducted with Marine Patrol Aircraft. Detected narrowband tones in the radiated noise signature are provided by naval message. Parent ISICs are responsible for requesting these trials. Specific information, including message requests and scheduling requirements, as well as Ship's Force and Type Commander (TYCOM) responsibility is provided in Appendix B of this chapter. 23.2.2 Onboard Noise Surveys. The noise surveys discussed in this section do not provide conclusive information on the actual radiated noise signature of the ship. However, when these surveys are analyzed for developing trends, they can be effective tools for monitoring overall ship effectiveness in noise reduction. 23.2.2.1 Platform Noise Survey. This survey is conducted to define own ship's noise environment and is the best means available to Ship's Force to assess the radiated noise signature of the ship using only onboard equipment. Surveys are conducted by taking periodic measurements under various ship's operating conditions using the applicable Planned Maintenance System (PMS) Maintenance Requirement Cards (MRC). In addition, at-sea watch- to-watch aural monitoring is also conducted. Analysis of this data determines the platform noise signature and also identifies the noise offenders which affect this signature. When changes in the ship's signature occur, the diagnostic procedures of the class specific platform noise manual are used to isolate the noise source. Platform Noise Surveys should be conducted per enclosure (2a) of Appendix C of this chapter. Propeller cavitation surveys, a separate survey from the Platform Noise Survey but considered an important part of platform noise monitoring analysis, should be conducted per enclosure (2b) of Appendix C of this chapter.

p. 848

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-23-4 23.2.2.2 Topside and Housekeeping Survey. The most common and preventable sources of submarine noise are rattles emanating from improperly secured topside equipment, discontinuities in the hull, and machinery noise sound shorted to the hull due to improper stowage. 23.2.2.2.1 Topside Survey. The topside survey consists of a thorough inspection to identify and eliminate potential noise sources external to the pressure hull. Particular attention should be given to ensure that rattles are not installed, built in, or created by repairs, alterations, or stowage. Topside Surveys should be conducted per enclosure (2c) of Appendix C of this chapter. 23.2.2.2.2 Housekeeping Survey. The housekeeping survey consists of a thorough visual inspection to identify and eliminate these potential noise sources internal to the pressure hull. Particular attention should be given to ensure that sound shorts are not installed, built in, or created by repairs, alterations, or stowage. Housekeeping Surveys should be conducted per enclosure (2d) of Appendix C of this chapter. 23.2.2.3 Machinery Vibration Survey. A vibration survey conducted quarterly for both machinery health assessment and noise reduction purposes. Performance of this survey alone does not provide reliable information on radiated noise. Machinery Vibration Surveys should be conducted per enclosure (2e) of Appendix C of this chapter. 23.2.2.4 Hull Vibration Survey. A shipboard hull vibration survey is conducted quarterly or as required for the purpose of noise diagnostics by Ship's Force. The purpose is to assess acoustic deficiencies related to noise sources and transmission paths, and to estimate certain slow-speed, low frequency radiated noise levels. Hull Vibration Surveys should be conducted per enclosure (2e) of Appendix C of this chapter. 23.2.2.5 Isolation System Survey. This survey consists of a visual inspection of sound isolation components throughout the ship per applicable road maps and reference (f). These components include resilient mounts, pipe hangers, ground straps, and flexible piping. This visual inspection ensures that these devices are properly installed, undamaged and not sound shorted. Improper installation or failure of any of these devices will contribute to increasing the radiated noise signature of the ship. Isolation System Surveys should be conducted per enclosure (2f) of Appendix C of this chapter. 23.2.2.6 Damping Material Survey. This is a visual inspection of sound damping material installed in the vicinity of sonar arrays, sail, free flood spaces, and on machinery foundations. Like the isolation system survey, this inspection is designed to detect deficiencies in materials installed to limit the radiated noise signature of the ship. Damping Material Surveys should be conducted per enclosure (2g) of Appendix C of this chapter. 23.2.2.7 Predeployment Noise Inspections. Requirements and forms are contained in references (g) and (h) and Appendix D of this chapter. 23.2.2.8 Technical Onboard Monitoring Assist. This survey consists of at sea analysis by acoustic technical experts to evaluate the acoustic signature of the ship. The survey consists of a towed array, platform noise hydrophones and machinery and hull vibration measurements taken simultaneously to identify and localize major acoustic degradation. Emphasis is placed on training the submarine's crew on own ship noise data acquisition and analysis using their

p. 849

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-23-5 available sensors. Technical Onboard Monitoring Assists should be conducted per Appendix A of this chapter. 23.2.2.9 Sound Absorption Material Survey. This is a thorough visual inspection of interior sound absorption material and sound transmission loss material conducted in all spaces. These materials are installed to assist in habitability of the ship by absorbing vibration. Sound Absorption Material Surveys should be conducted per enclosure (2h) of Appendix C of this chapter. 23.2.2.10 Airborne Noise Survey. The airborne noise survey exists to identify shipboard areas whose airborne noise levels have increased or are possibly high enough to cause hearing damage. Airborne Noise Surveys should be conducted per paragraph 5.c.(6) of Appendix C of this chapter. 23.2.3 Shipboard Noise Reduction Program. The key to a successful shipboard noise reduction program will be the ability of the ship to identify potential noise deficiencies and to initiate prompt corrective action. References listed in Appendix E of this chapter should be a part of the ship's onboard library of submarine silencing publications. Several elements of the noise reduction program are discussed in the following paragraphs. 23.2.3.1 Noise Reduction Officer. To ensure a coordinated and aggressive approach to noise reduction, each ship will assign one of its senior Department Heads, as designated by the Commanding Officer, to serve as Noise Reduction Officer. The Noise Reduction Officer will coordinate the activities of all personnel assigned to support the ship's Noise Reduction Program. This officer will ensure that all required surveys are conducted, that identified deficiencies are documented, and that corrective action is initiated. A Noise Reduction Board, chaired by the Noise Reduction Officer, will convene at regular intervals to review the status of the Noise Reduction Program. Following each meeting, formal written reports will be made to the Commanding Officer. 23.2.3.2 Noise Deficiency Log. The ship's Equipment Status Log (ESL) will be used to record and track all noise deficiencies. Deficiencies will be entered in the section for the Work Center (WC) responsible for the equipment concerned. The Critical Noise Deficiencies (NC) or Potential Noise Deficiencies (NP) code (per paragraph 23.2.3.3) in the deficiency description block will tag the entry as a noise deficiency. The Noise Reduction Officer will ensure the ESL is properly maintained and accurately reflects the latest status of all noise deficiencies. Items to be entered in the ESL include noise deficiencies reported during radiated noise acoustic trials as well as those discovered during onboard surveys. Ship's logs must be maintained in a manner where all diagnostics, repairs or other evaluations performed are documented. The logs need to be maintained until noise issues are verified to be repaired by associated acoustic or vibration measurements. 23.2.3.3 Noise Related Maintenance Records. The OPNAV 4790/2K will be used to document all deferred and completed noise related maintenance actions. Block 46-G will be used to further classify noise deficiencies in one of two categories; NC and NP.

p. 850

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-23-6 NOTE: INFORMATION CONTAINED IN WORK CANDIDATES MUST BE UNCLASSIFIED. IF CLASSIFIED DATA IS REQUIRED TO FULLY DESCRIBE THE NATURE OF THE PROBLEM BEING REPORTED, REFER TO TYCOM REPORTING REQUIREMENTS TO FULLY DESCRIBE THE NATURE OF THE PROBLEM. a. The NC code will be used to identify defi ciencies of a critical nature identified during one of the following: (1) Naval Sea Systems Comma nd (NAVSEA) Acoustic Trials. (2) Supplemental Radiated Noise Measurements. (3) Technical Onboard Monitoring Assist. (4) Platform Noise Monitoring Surveys. b. The NP code will be used to identify deficiencies that could potentially be radiated noise problems identified during one of the following: (1) Topside and Housekeeping Surveys. (2) Machinery and Hull Vibration Surveys. (3) Isolation System Surveys. (4) Damping Material Surveys. (5) Airborne Sound Absorption Material Surveys. (6) Routine Ship Operations. 23.2.4 Training. Formal training course prerequisites and descriptions are listed in reference (i). Specific training requirements are contained in references (j) through (n). 23.3 RESPONSIBILITIES. 23.3.1 Immediate Superior In Command. a. Assign a Staff Noise Reduction Officer as a specific point of contact for all matters relating to noise reduction within the Squadron. b. Oversee and supervise the Noise Reduc tion Program within the Squadron, ensuring that assigned units aggressively identify and correct noise deficiencies. c. Submit requests for Beartrap Acoustic Radiated Trials (BART) to COMSUBLANT N454, or COMSUBPAC N42N, as appropriate. d. Schedule acoustic surveys during the operati ng cycle of submarines per reference (d). e. Recommend, authorize, or both, correc tive actions based on the findings of the surveys conducted. f. Review Noise Reduction Program records, survey results, procedures and monitoring equipment during material readiness inspections, Tactical Readiness Evaluations and POM or DPP certification. g. Schedule divers to conduct underwater hull and propeller surveys for noise deficiencies prior to undocking, pre-deployment, post-deployment, and during upkeep.

p. 851

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-23-7 h. Report propeller replacements using th e message format of Appendix F of this chapter. i. Ensure that personnel tasked to support assigned submarines are adequately trained in submarine noise reduction. 23.3.2 Industrial Activity. a. Ensure proper handling and re pair of noise critical machinery. b. Conduct in-shop and in-place balancing of all rotating equipment, both motors and coupled units, repaired by the industrial activity. c. Conduct in-place balancing as authorized by work requests. d. Assist ships in identif ying and correcting noise problems and in conducting noise surveys following approved work requests. e. Establish new baseline machinery and hu ll vibration measurement data for repaired units. f. Ensure that all applicable personnel are adequately trained in submarine noise reduction. g. Conduct underwater hull and pr opeller surveys for noise deficiencies per reference (g). 23.3.3 Submarine Commanding Officer. a. Establish and maintain a ship's Noise Reduction Program consistent with this chapter. Appendix C of this chapter provides the basis for a shipboard instruction to meet this requirement. b. Appoint a senior Department Head as No ise Reduction Officer and establish a Ship's Noise Reduction Board.

p. 852

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-23A-1 APPENDIX A APPENDIX A SUPPLEMENTAL NOISE MEASUREMENTS This Appendix provides a brief discussion of the TYCOM sponsored, noise measurements that may periodically be conducted on submarines during their operating cycle. TECHNICAL ONBOARD MONITORING ASSIST (TOMA) 1. Purpose. TOMAs are conducted on submarines to maintain their acoustic signatures between scheduled radiated noise trials. Major acoustic degradations and their corrective actions are identified, and training is provided to Ship’s Force. 2. Procedure. TOMA schedules are coordinated by the TYCOMs and the Squadrons. TOMAs are conducted by Naval Surface Warfare Center Carderock Division (NAVSEAWARCEN CD), with assistance from on-site Performance Monitoring Team (PMT) and Ship's Force personnel. TOMAs need 18 to 30 hours of data acquisition time. Normally, TOMAs are conducted on three to seven-day underways and can be scheduled concurrently with other operations. Tests consist of a series of runs in various machinery line-ups to collect data required to assess the acoustic signature of the submarine. Data is collected using onboard sensors and compared to baseline signatures from previous acoustic trials. A TOMA will serve as the quarterly hull, machinery, and platform noise surveys. 3. Frequency. TOMAs are to be conducted prior to, or early in the POM or DPP cycle when no radiated noise trial is scheduled to occur within one year of the deployment date. NOTE: A TOMA IS NOT A SUBSTITU TE FOR THE NAVAL SEA SYSTEMS COMMAND ACOUSTIC TRIAL. A TOMA MAY ALSO BE REQUESTED BY THE SUBMARINE'S ISIC. 4. Reports. NSWCCD will issue a “quick look” message from the submarine at the completion of the TOMA. This message will detail significant findings and recommended corrective actions, as well as the status of previous corrective actions. A separate message will be sent by NSWCCD detailing hull and machinery vibration data. 5. Action. Ship’s Force and the submarine's ISIC should use the results and recommendations of the TOMA “quick look” message to schedule and implement corrective action. Ship’s Force should use the 3-M Maintenance Data System to document deficiencies and corrective actions. For deferred items, the Noise Reduction Officer should develop and implement appropriate corrective action.

p. 853

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-23B-1 APPENDIX B APPENDIX B BEARTRAP ACOUSTIC RADIATED TRIALS (BART) 1. Purpose. BARTs provide submarines with the opportunity to measure and assess their narrowband radiated noise signatures, identify problems, and provide an opportunity to correct deficiencies and evaluate their acoustic health prior to certain deployments. 2. Procedure. BARTs are initially scheduled by TYCOM prior to major deployments or upon request by the submarine’s ISIC. The ISIC is then responsible for updating the TYCOM on schedule changes. BARTs are a structured Beartrap in a designated quiet ocean area following the BART agenda. The objective is to collect sufficient data to determine the radiated noise signature and mission readiness of the ship. Data collection on station is accomplished by Commander Patrol Reconnaissance Forces Pacific (COMPATRECONFORPAC) or Commander Patrol Reconnaissance Forces Atlantic (COMPATRECONFORLANT) Anti-Submarine Warfare patrol aircraft and is restricted to a single eight-hour period during ship operations in a designated ocean area. 3. Frequency. For COMSUBPAC units, ISICs should coordinate BART scheduling for their submarines such that each ship will be tested prior, or early in the DPP. The schedule should allow sufficient time for corrective action on noise deficiencies detected during the BART to be planned and accomplished during a DPP upkeep period. For COMSUBLANT units, ISICs should coordinate BART scheduling for their submarines as required. 4. Reports. For Pacific Fleet submarines, COMPATRECONFORPAC will issue a message within 60 days of completion of a BART. For Atlantic Fleet submarines, “quick look” message will be issued following Local Operating Instructions. 5. Action. Ship’s Force and the submarine’s ISIC should use the results of the BART messages to schedule and implement corrective action for noise deficiencies detected during the trial. For deferred items, the Noise Reduction Officer should develop and implement appropriate corrective action.

p. 854

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-23C-1 APPENDIX C APPENDIX C SHIPBOARD NOISE REDUCTION INSTRUCTION USS (Ship's Name and Hull No.) Subj: SHIP’S NOISE REDUCTION PROGRAM Ref: (a) COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3; Jo int Fleet Maintenance Manual, Volume VI, Chapter 23 Encl: (1) Quarterly Noise Re duction Program Status Report (2) Noise Reduction Surveys (3) Control Surface Noise Questionnaire 1. Purpose. To establish a ship’s Noise Reduction Program to include: a Noise Reduction Board to advise the Commanding Officer concerning appropriate noise reduction procedures; a set of noise surveys to characterize the ship’s noise signature; and procedures to ensure proper coordination of efforts in the ship's noise reduction program. 2. Discussion. A great deal of emphasis has been placed on upgrading noise reduction awareness within the submarine force. As required by reference (a), (Ship’s Name) must devote continued attention to the detection, correction and prevention of increases in its radiated noise signature. Significant mission degrading radiated noise problems could not be tolerated in wartime. (Ship’s Name) must minimize noise to maximize the ships detection range of threats and targets and to reduce the possibility of hostile ships detecting (Ship’s Name). Quietness is absolutely essential to the ships primary mission and a continuous, aggressive effort must be made in acoustic housekeeping and noise reduction to ensure a quiet ship. The acoustic surveys considered mandatory for effectively maintaining a quiet ship and improving the ship’s acoustic signature during the operating cycle are discussed in this instruction. While these surveys serve as a formal means of noise reduction, each crew member’s actions play an equally important role in the noise reduction consciousness of the entire ship. A quiet ship requires involvement of the whole crew. THINK QUIET! 3. Program Organization. a. A ship’s Noise Reduction Board must be established to assist the Commanding Officer in the development and execution of long and short range plans for maintaining and enhancing the acoustic posture of the ship. The board will recommend appropriate shipboard noise reduction procedures and monitor their execution. The board will consist of the following personnel: (1) Executive Officer. (2) Combat Systems Officer. (3) Engineer Officer. (4) Sonar Officer. (5) Electrical Officer. (6) First Lieutenant. (7) Sonar Division Leading Petty Officer.

p. 855

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-23C-2 APPENDIX C (8) Electrical Division Noise Reduction Petty Officer (NRPO). (9) Chief of the Boat. (10) Sail Coordinator. b. To assist the board in ca rrying out their responsibilities, experienced Petty Officers and non-rated personnel who have completed qualification in submarines must be assigned in the ship’s collateral duties notice as NRPO. Each division will have at least one formally designated NRPO. 4. Program Management. a. The Noise Reduction Officer will coordinate all noise reduction activities within the ship. The Noise Reduction Board will meet quarterly and discuss actions completed and further action required to correct outstanding noise deficiencies. Special quarterly noise reduction boards should be held prior to the initial work definition conference for depot availabilities (initial planning meetings are typically scheduled; Selected Restricted Availability and Interim Drydocking A-43 weeks, Depot Modernization Period and Engineered Refueling Overhaul A-12 months) and prior to POM1 upkeep periods. The Noise Reduction Officer will chair these meetings. The Noise Reduction Officer will ensure that the noise reduction portion of the ESL contains updated entries on all outstanding noise deficiencies. Each of the significant noise deficiencies will be discussed at every meeting. The Commanding Officer will be apprised of the results of the meeting and any unresolved problems shortly after the meeting. Formal written reports summarizing the status of the Noise Reduction Program will be submitted following each meeting to the Commanding Officer using the format of enclosure (1). b. Onboard surveys will be conducted per this instruction. Noise deficiencies discovered during these surveys or detected during routine ship’s operations will be reported to the Noise Reduction Officer. At sea, these reports will be made to the Officer Of the Deck (OOD) who will, in turn, inform both the Noise Reduction Officer and the Commanding Officer. The OOD will initiate corrective action for all significant noise deficiencies and ensure that these items are included in the watch turnover. All deficiencies that are not immediately correctable will be entered in the noise deficiency section of the ESL. c. The Noise Reduction Officer must ask the following questions during each Noise Reduction Board meeting. (1) Have Ship’s Force effected all co rrective action recommendations from the latest acoustic trials? Have on board measurement surveys conclusively proven that outstanding noise deficiencies were corrected? Report all unresolved items to the Commanding Officer using the format of enclosure (1). (2) Have any noise sources, especially ra ttles or control surface transients, been aurally detected during the conduct of the platform noise survey of enclosure (2a)? If rattles or transients are present, have tape recordings or data packages been accomplished following platform noise or maintenance manual guidance for submission?

p. 856

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-23C-3 APPENDIX C (3) Have Ship’s Force conducted a prop eller tip cavitation survey per enclosure (2b)? Are the measured tip cavitation points acceptable? If cavitation is not acceptable, has a tape package been prepared per reference (a)? (4) Have any signature degradations been identified from the latest set of towed array, platform noise hydrophone or machinery and hull vibration measurements? If so, have the noise sources been identified? Report unresolved items to the Commanding Officer using the format of enclosure (1). 5. Action. a. The Executive Officer must: (1) Attend all Noise Reduction Board meetings. (2) Implement a comprehensive, all hands training program to elevate the awareness of Ship's Force personnel to the importance of noise reduction. b. The Noise Reduction Officer must: (1) Coordinate and administer th e ship’s Noise Reduction Program. (2) Schedule Noise Reduction Board m eetings and chair their meetings. (3) Report the status of noise deficien cies to the Commanding Officer following meetings of the Noise Reduction Board. Submit written summary reports to the Commanding Officer using the format of enclosure (1). (4) Ensure that cognizant divisions ente r all noise reduction deficiencies in the ESL, that prompt corrective action is taken by responsible divisions and that work requests are submitted for deficiencies beyond the capability of Ship’s Force. (5) Ensure that acoustic trial deficien cies are entered in the ESL and that appropriate corrective action is initiated. (6) Assess the tactical implications of noise deficiencies detected during underway operations and make recommendations to the Commanding Officer as to tactical limitations and required corrective action. (7) Ensure that cognizant divisions have men properly trained in Ship’s Force acoustic surveys, noise reduction equipment, proper bearing replacement and in-place balancing of rotating equipment. (8) Ensure that surveys are being c onducted by cognizant divisions and that deficiencies are reported to the Commanding Officer. (9) Conduct spot reviews of acoustic survey results. (10) Be inventory manager of all publicat ions required by reference (a), to support the Noise Reduction Program and ensure that divisions have applicable MRCs. (11) Assist the Engineer Officer with the implementation and maintenance of the ship’s quiet bills.

p. 857

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-23C-4 APPENDIX C (12) Ensure action is taken, to the maximu m extent possible, to complete enclosure (3) for all identified control surface noises. c. The Sonar Officer must: (1) Ensure that the Platform Noise Survey is accomplished, recorded, and analyzed per enclosure (2a). (2) Perform Propeller Cavitation Noise Su rveys as required per enclosure (2b). (3) Develop propeller cavita tion curves per enclosure (2b) and forward results to the Commanding Officer via the Noise Reduction Officer. (4) Direct the use of the installed sonar systems to assist in the identification and isolation of noise related material deficiencies detected in Topside, Housekeeping, Machinery and Hull Vibration, and Isolation System Surveys. (Enclosures 2c, 2d, 2e, and 2f respectively refer). (5) Ensure that Damping Material Surveys are accomplished, recorded, and analyzed per enclosure (2g). (6) Ensure the Airborne Noise Surveys are accomplished, recorded, and analyzed following the applicable Maintenance Index Page (MIP). The Sonar Officer must ensure that airborne noise levels in all shipboard areas remain within permissible limits. An Airborne Noise survey must be conducted when increased airborne noise levels are suspected of exceeding permissible limits. A written report in memorandum form must be submitted for each watch station and must include, as a minimum, the date of inspection, names of personnel conducting the survey, and the discrepancies noted in the ESL. Review the status of noise level measurements and any affected watch station and report this information to the Commanding Officer and the ship’s corpsman. (7) Report immediately any abnormal in crease in own ship’s noise to the OOD and the Noise Reduction Officer. (8) Ensure that all survey deficiencies ar e entered in the noise reduction section of the ESL and reported to the Noise Reduction Officer. Ensure that prompt corrective action is taken and that work requests are submitted for deficiencies beyond the capability of Ship's Force. (9) Ensure that personnel assigned to conduct noise reduction surveys under his cognizance are properly trained. d. The Electrical Officer must: (1) Ensure that the Machinery and Hull Vibration Surveys are accomplished, recorded, and analyzed per enclosure (2e). (2) Ensure that in-place balancing is conducted on an assembled unit at any time that repairs are made by Forces Afloat that would affect the balance of the equipment.

p. 858

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-23C-5 APPENDIX C (3) Determine the cause of out of sp ecification machinery and hull vibration readings and initiate corrective action. (4) Ensure that prompt corrective actio n is taken and that work requests are submitted for deficiencies beyond the capability of Ship’s Force. (5) Ensure that personnel under his cognizance assigned to conduct noise reduction surveys are properly trained. e. The First Lieutenant must: (1) Ensure that the Topside and Housekeeping Surveys are accomplished, recorded, and analyzed per enclosure (2c) and (2d). (2) Ensure that the Sound Absorption Material Survey is accomplished, recorded, and analyzed per enclosure (2h). (3) With the assistance of the Supply Of ficer, ensure that equipment, stores, personal effects, and consumables are stowed in a manner that will not produce noise or transmit noise to the ship’s hull or structure. (4) Ensure that all survey deficiencies ar e entered in the noise reduction section of the ESL and reported to the Noise Reduction Officer. Ensure that prompt corrective action is taken and that work requests are submitted for deficiencies beyond the capability of Ship’s Force. (5) Ensure that personnel under his cognizance assigned to conduct noise reduction surveys are properly trained. f. The NRPO must: (1) Promote the Noise Reduction Prog ram in their respective divisions. (2) Perform or assist in the performa nce of noise reduction surveys under their respective division's cognizance per enclosure (2). (3) Enter all survey deficiencies in the noise reduction section of the ESL and report deficiencies to the cognizant Division Officer. g. The OOD must: (1) Remain aware of the status of critical noise deficiencies and operate the ship in a manner that will minimize its radiated noise signature. (2) Report all new noise deficiencies and the correction of existing deficiencies to the Noise Reduction Officer and the Commanding Officer. Ensure new deficiencies are recorded in the noise reduction section of the ESL. (3) Ensure sonar watchstanders conduct aural monitoring of own ship’s noise signature upon initial dive and once per watch.

p. 859

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-23C-6 APPENDIX C From: Noise Reduction Officer To: Commanding Officer Via: Executive Officer Subj: QUARTERLY NOISE REDUCTION PR OGRAM STATUS REPORT FOR PERIOD ENDING (DATE) Encl: (1) Noise Reduction Section of ESL 1. The following MRCs associated with the Noise Reduction Program were not accomplished, partially accomplished, or deferred: MRC No., Deficiency reason or Corrective Action 2. The following noise deficiencies were identified during the current period: Deficiency, Source, ESL No. or Plan of Action for identification and repair 3. The following previously identified noise de ficiencies were corrected during the current period: Deficiency or Corrective Action 4. The following noise deficiencies from the previous period are outstanding: Deficiency, Source, ESL No., Diagnostics and repairs performed or Plan of Action for identification and repair 5. Enclosure (1) summarizes all currently outstan ding deficiencies associated with the Noise Reduction Program.

Submitted:_____________________________ Noise Reduction Officer

Copy to: Engineer Officer

Enclosure (1)

p. 860

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-23C-7 APPENDIX C NOISE REDUCTION SURVEYS 1. This enclosure contains a description of the onboard surveys conducted in support of the Noise Reduction Program. For each survey, applicable references are cited and a summary of procedures and reporting requirements are presented. Surveys included are: Enclosure 2a Platform Noise Survey 2b Propeller Cavitation Noise Survey 2c Topside Survey 2d Housekeeping Survey 2e Machinery and Hull Vibration Survey 2f Isolation System Survey 2g Damping Material Survey 2h Sound Absorption Material Survey

Enclosure (2)

p. 861

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-23C-8 APPENDIX C PLATFORM NOISE SURVEY Reference: (a) Class Applicable Technical Ma nual for Platform Noise Monitoring Analysis for Noise Reduction (b) Class Applicable SO-544 MIP/MRCs (c) OPNAVINST 5513.5A Depart ment of the Navy (DON) Security Classification Guidance for Undersea Warfare Programs 1. Responsibility. Sonar Officer. 2. Procedure. a. Platform Noise Surveys must be conducte d as specified in references (a) and (b). b. Sonar supervisors must monitor each hydrophone for objectionable noises at least once each watch while underway and report results to the OOD. Problems detected must also be recorded in the Noise Reduction section of the ESL. Problem investigation and corrective action must be initiated as soon as possible within the current operations schedule. c. As soon as feasible, after diving, following an inport period, accomplish the following: (1) Monitor each platform hydrophone fo r objectionable noise while changing speed in five-knot increments up to Flank speed (monitor all frequency bands where applicable). At slow speed, monitor hydrophones nearest the rudder, stern planes and fairwater planes while each control surface is cycled. Monitor the hydrophone nearest the sail while each mast and antenna is cycled. If control surface deficiencies are found, complete the applicable portions of the Control Surface Noise Questionnaire, enclosure (3), to report control surface noise. This questionnaire assists in troubleshooting. (2) Check at least one point of the prope ller cavitation curve. If results are significantly different from the previous data, establish a new cavitation curve at the earliest opportunity as discussed in enclosure (2b). (3) If operations preclude complete accomplishment of sub-paragraph (1) and (2), speeds and areas not monitored should be noted and carried forward in the sonar supervisor’s log until they can be monitored. (4) Results of this monitoring will be reported to the OOD and deficiencies recorded in the ESL. d. For any abnormal noises, magnetic tape reco rdings should be made per reference (a). These tape recordings together with complete supporting data must be forwarded by priority registered mail second day delivery to: For COMSUBLANT units : Carderock Division Naval Surface Warfare Center 9500 MacArthur Blvd. West Bethesda, MD 20817-5700 Attn: Code 711 - Fleet Support Program Manager Enclosure (2a)

p. 862

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-23C-9 APPENDIX C For: New London Units, data packages should be forwarded to: NSSC NEW LONDON CT, N42 For COMSUBPAC units: Naval Surface Warfare Center Carderock Division Bremerton Detachment 530 Farragut Ave Attn: Code 713 Bremerton, Washington 98314-5215 NOTE: SIPRNET FILES FROM SHIP SHOU LD BE LIMITED TO 400KB. HUITS AND SAILOR-MAIL CAN BE UTILIZED FOR LARGER FILES. MP3 OR OTHER COMPRESSED FORMATS SHOULD BE USED TO SAVE SPACE. 10-15 SECONDS OF AUDIO IS USUALLY ADEQUATE. IF URGENT REQUEST ON EVENINGS, HOLIDAYS, OR WEEKENDS, HAVE SWO CONTACT TYCOM STEALTH OFFICERS TO EXPEDITE. DURING TYCOM WORKING HOURS, NOISE REDUCTION SUPPORT CAN BE PROVIDED VIA CHAT. SUPPORT CAN BE ARRANGED ON EVENINGS OR WEEKENDS THROUGH SWO. To receive immediate feedback, audio files can be sent via SIPRNET or other secure method to: For COMSUBLANT units: To: SUBLANT - [email protected] CC: [email protected] (if immediate response is required), ISIC, or operational commander as required. For COMSUBPAC units: To: SUBPAC - [email protected] CC: [email protected] (if immediate response is required), ISIC, or operational commander as required. Units should request analysis and re commendations for corrective action from NSWCCD. The response will be provided by message within 72 hours of receipt of the data package. If the package needs to be expedited, contact TYCOM Noise Reduction Officer prior to submission. e. Platform noise hydrophone recordings are classified CONFIDENTIAL per reference (c), (Encl 55). If recordings include towed array signature data, then the classification is SECRET.

Enclosure (2a)

p. 863

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-23C-10 APPENDIX C 3. Frequency. Surveys will be conducted as specifi ed within this instruction, reference (a) and applicable MRCs. Additional surveys will be conducted as required to support noise reduction efforts related to other shipboard surveys or whenever such monitoring is required for the identification of noise degradations or to verify the effectiveness of corrective actions. 4. Record. Survey results will consist of platform noise spectra, cavitation data, and entries to the ESL and Sonar Line Log. Records will be kept as specified within this instruction, in reference (a) or as required to meet the needs of noise reduction efforts aboard ship. 5. Review. The Sonar Officer will review result s of all surveys weekly and the Noise Reduction Officer will review all records in conjunction with Noise Reduction Board meetings monthly.

Enclosure (2a)

p. 864

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-23C-11 APPENDIX C PROPELLER CAVITATION NOISE SURVEY Reference: (a) Class Applicable Technical Ma nual for Platform Noise Monitoring Analysis for Noise Reduction (b) NTTP 3-54.1 Submarine Tactical Security Manual 1. Responsibility. Sonar Officer. 2. Procedure. Propeller cavita tion surveys and diagnostic procedures will be conducted as specified in reference (a). Propeller cavitation curves will be developed using the procedural guidance of reference (a), for the various tactical considerations specified in reference (b). 3. Frequency. Since the ship's operating schedul e dictates the frequency at which propeller cavitation surveys can be made, no specific frequency can be assigned. However, a complete cavitation survey should be made after any CNO Maintenance Availability or upkeep period. One point of the current cavitation curve should be verified at the beginning of each underway period. If results are significantly different, a complete new curve should be developed. 4. Unacceptable Propeller Tip Cavitation Perfor mance. Propeller replacement due to poor acoustic performance is often based on unacceptable tip cavitation. Naval Surface Warfare Center, Carderock Division (NSWCCD) personnel verify the ship recorded cavitation points and provide feedback to the TYCOM and the ship. Ships with emergent poor cavitation performance should immediately record and forward cavitation curve tapes per the Platform Noise Survey Section of this Appendix. 5. Reports. The original and the five most recent cavitation curves will be retained and compared for trend analysis until the propeller is changed. 6. Review. The Sonar Officer must compare new cavitation curves to previous ones and forward the results to the Commanding Officer via the Noise Reduction Officer.

Enclosure (2b)

p. 865

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-23C-12 APPENDIX C TOPSIDE SURVEY Reference: (a) MIP SO-591/901 MRC BNJ6 (R-1) 1. Responsibility. Noise Reduction Officer. 2. Procedure. The First Lieutenant must ensure that the following items are accomplished per reference (a): a. Open and inspect all line lockers and fr ee flood areas for loose gear and other sources of noise, such as loose zincs, rattling pipes, loose grates, etc. b. Check all deck hatches to ensure they shut properly and will not rattle. c. Check that all towed-array fairing plat es are properly secured (if applicable). d. Check all cleats for proper operation and en sure that they do not rattle when stowed. e. Check stowage of all portable equipment t opside to ensure that proper gasket material is installed, all bolts and wing nuts are present, and equipment is securely held in place when mounted. f. When required, inspect sail area for loose gear and sources of rattles. Particular attention should be given to the mast bearings and operating equipment to ensure that masts will not be damaged or fouled. Before reinstalling sail plates, the sail should be inspected by the Noise Reduction Officer. 3. Frequency. A complete Topside Survey, incl uding the sail, must be conducted after any major upkeep or inport period, or whenever major topside work is completed. A sail closeout inspection must be conducted by an officer prior to the reinstallation of any sail plate removed. Surveys should be completed as far in advance of underway as possible. Other inspections must be conducted as directed by the First Lieutenant. 4. Reports. A written report in memorandum form must be submitted to the Commanding Officer at the completion of each inspection. This report must include, as a minimum, the date the inspection was made, names of personnel conducting the inspection and uncorrected discrepancies noted in the ESL. Reports must be routed via the Noise Reduction Officer, with copies to cognizant Department Heads. 5. Review. A written report in memorandum form will be submitted for each inspection and will include, as a minimum, the date of the inspection, names of personnel conducting the inspection and the discrepancies noted in the Equipment Status Log. This report must be reviewed by the First Lieutenant and retained by the Noise Reduction Officer until all discrepancies are corrected.

Enclosure (2c)

p. 866

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-23C-13 APPENDIX C HOUSEKEEPING SURVEY Reference: (a) MIP SO-591/901 MRC BNJ7 (R-2) 1. Responsibility. Noise Reduction Officer. 2. Procedure. It is the responsib ility of the NRPO to inspect their division's spaces per reference (a) for sound shorts or other silencing discrepancies which may result from improper stowage of loose gear. 3. Frequency. Improper stowage is a continuous probl em and should be monitored as such. It is the responsibility of all hands to monitor the stowage of all gear and to ensure that sound shorts are not created by improper stowage. OODs, Engineering Officers Of the Watch and all watchstanders are required by other instructions to inspect various spaces. These inspections should include monitoring for proper stowage and possible sound shorts. Prior to getting underway, all divisions must inspect their spaces for proper stowage at sea. Division Officers should acknowledge by signature on respective pre-underway check sheets that their spaces are stowed for sea. 4. Reports. Potential sound short discrepancies wi ll be reported to the OOD who will inform the Commanding Officer and responsible Department Heads, to ensure that problems are corrected. Discrepancies not immediately corrected must be noted in the ESL. 5. Review. The Noise Reduction Officer must review all pre-underway check sheets and maintain a record of all noise discrepancy items until corrected.

Enclosure (2d)

p. 867

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-23C-14 APPENDIX C MACHINERY AND HULL VIBRATION SURVEY Reference: (a) Class Applicable Technical Ma nual for Machinery and Hull Vibration Testing and Monitoring of SSN/SSBN/SSGN Auxiliary Machinery (b) MIP 4910/Series Vibration Noise Monitoring 1. Responsibility. Electrical Officer. 2. Procedure. Machinery and hull vibration survey s must be conducted as specified in reference (a) and following applicable PMS (reference (b)). Items found to be out-of-specification will be logged in the ESL as potential noise deficiencies. Machinery and hull vibration surveys are conducted on all submarines. 3. Frequency. A comprehensive machinery a nd hull vibration survey should be conducted quarterly by Ship’s Force. Results are submitted to PMT, who in turn forwards the packages to the applicable NSWC Detachment. Specific machinery and hull vibration monitoring surveys must be conducted by Ship's Force bi-weekly on selected equipment identified in the NSWC, machinery Vibration Deficiency Message and as required to support onboard noise reduction efforts. 4. Reports. a. NSWC evaluates and maintains machinery and hull vibration data collected by Ship's Force. They report out-of-specification equipment or hull vibration levels via message. b. During each machinery and hull vibration survey, a report is submitted to NSWC via the local PMT. This report must include the sound cut data and a feedback package. c. For the Hull Vibration Monitoring Pr ogram, a message should be sent from the submarine to NSWC within 45 days of receipt of the NSWC hull vibration deficiency message or when operationally feasible. This message should include the results of actions taken to identify and correct the sources of excessive hull vibration levels and to identify platform noise sources. 5. Noise Reduction Training. Crew training in noise awareness and noise reduction is absolutely essential to maintaining a quiet ship. The Submarine Force Training Manual discusses formal training courses and requirements pertaining to noise reduction as well as materials available for onboard training. 6. Review. The Electrical Officer must review a nd forward the results of all machinery and hull vibration measurements to the Commanding Officer via the Noise Reduction Officer and Executive Officer. This report must be submitted within five working days of the survey and must include a listing of which noise measurements have been taken and any out-of- specification equipment.

Enclosure (2e)

p. 868

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-23C-15 APPENDIX C ISOLATION SYSTEM SURVEY Reference: (a) NAVSEA S9073-AW-SNC -010/(U) Ship Acoustical Surveys (b) NAVSEA S9073-AF-SNC-010/ (C), Ship Noise Control (c) Appropriate Noise Control Guidel ines, Road Maps, and Equipment Guide Lists (d) Appropriate System MIPs 1. Responsibility. Noise Reduction Officer. 2. Procedure. The Noise Reduction Officer must require Ship's Force to conduct a visual inspection of silencing equipment and components such as resilient mounts, flexible pipe, pipe hangers, ground straps, electrical connections, etc., to ensure they are properly installed, within periodicity, undamaged and not sound shorted. References (a), (b), (c) and (d) apply. When funded, these inspections will be conducted by a NAVSEA designated activity, however, the ship is still responsible for conducting the survey regardless of NAVSEA funding. 3. Frequency. An Isolation System Survey must be conducted as specified by reference (d) per reference (a). Additionally, a localized isolation system survey must be conducted in the area of sound isolated equipment change-outs and in the area of work accomplished on sound isolated systems. When requested and funded, a NAVSEA designated activity must provide training and assist in the performance of an isolation system survey. 4. Reports. The Noise Reduction Officer must ensu re that all defects found are logged in the ESL and must report survey results to the Commanding Officer within five working days of completion of the inspection. 5. Review. The Noise Reduction Officer must mainta in a record of all discrepancies noted until corrected.

Enclosure (2f)

p. 869

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-23C-16 APPENDIX C DAMPING MATERIAL SURVEY Reference: (a) NAVSEA S9073-AW-SNC- 010/(U), Ship Acoustical Surveys (b) NAVSEA S9073-AF-SNC-010/ (C), Ship Noise Control 1. Responsibility. Sonar Officer. 2. Procedure. The Sonar Officer must ensure that a thorough inspection is conducted of all damping material installed in sonar array areas, fairwater, main ballast tanks, and free flood areas, to ensure that no deterioration has taken place per the guidance provided in reference (a). Reference (b) provides specific information relating to these materials. 3. Frequency. A Damping Material survey must be conducted as specified at each dry-docking, per reference (a). 4. Reports. A written report in memorandum fo rm must be submitted for each inspection and must include, as a minimum, the date of inspection, names of personnel conducting the inspection, and the discrepancies noted in the ESL. 5. Review. The Sonar Officer must review the results of each inspection and forward them to the Commanding Officer via the Noise Reduction Officer within five working days of the completion of the inspection. This report must be retained by the Noise Reduction Officer until all discrepancies have been corrected.

Enclosure (2g)

p. 870

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-23C-17 APPENDIX C SOUND ABSORPTION MATERIAL SURVEY Reference: (a) NAVSEA S9073-AW-SNC- 010/(U), Ship Acoustical Surveys (b) NAVSEA S9073-AF-SNC-010/ (C), Ship Noise Control 1. Responsibility. First Lieutenant. 2. Procedure. The First Lieutenant will ensure that a thorough inspection of the interior sound absorption and sound transmission loss material is conducted in all spaces. This inspection ensures that no deterioration of these materials has taken place. This inspection is accomplished with guidance from reference (a), while reference (b) provides specific information relating to these materials. 3. Frequency. A Sound Absorption Material Survey must be conducted prior to each major CNO Maintenance Availability. An inspection of any system affected by maintenance or other work must be conducted following completion of the work. 4. Reports. A written report in memorandum form will be submitted to the Noise Reduction Officer for each inspection and will include, as a minimum, the date of the inspection, names of personnel conducting the inspection, and discrepancies noted in the ESL. 5. Review. The First Lieutenant will review th e results of each inspection and forward them to the Commanding Officer via the Noise Reduction Officer within five working days of the completion of the inspection. This report will be retained by the Noise Reduction Officer until all discrepancies have been corrected.

Enclosure (2h)

p. 871

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-23C-18 APPENDIX C CONTROL SURFACE NOISE QUESTIONNAIRE 1. The purpose of this questionnaire is to provide more accurate and definitive information than reports of "noise in the fairwater" or “noise in the mud tank”. This information can reduce troubleshooting time, prevent unnecessary maintenance, and perhaps prevent an unnecessary and unscheduled dry-docking. It can also furnish vital data to assist in the resolution of a problem and prevent its recurrence. It is very important to monitor the audio during the greasing operations; the effects of greasing for worn bearings can be short. 2. Record audio of all platform noi se evaluations per reference (a). 3. Perform all evaluations in all modes (Normal, Emergency and Automatic where applicable). 4. Note how long greasing effects the noise characte ristics of the control surface (minutes, hours, days or months). Hull Number: ____________ Date:_____________ Check the appropriate box or fill in the blanks in response to these questions: 1. Give the date when the noise was first noticed: 2. Which control surface is susp ected of causing the noise? a. Fairwater or Bow Planes Yes  No  b. Stern Planes Yes  No  c. Rudder Yes  No  3. Was the noise observed upon leaving port? Yes  No  a. If not observed upon leaving port, after how many days at sea? ________________ 4. Was the noise first observed during the first high speed run? Yes  No  5. Was any work performed on this sy stem, associated systems, or in its vicinity during the last refit or upkeep period (including welding or sandblasting)? Yes  No  a. If yes, describe work

6. How was the noise first detected? a. Audible to crew Yes  No  b. Self noise monitoring system Yes  No  (1) If yes, which system? c. Other? (Describe)

7. Is the noise detected on any hydrophones? Yes  No  a. If so, which hydrophone displayed the highest levels? __________________ b. How does this hydrophone le vel compare to the most recent acoustic trial report or more recent baseline?

(CONFIDENTIAL when filled in) Enclosure (3)

p. 872

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-23C-19 APPENDIX C 8. Is the noise: a. Barely audible? Yes  No  b. Moderate? Yes  No  c. Loud? Yes  No  9. Since it was first detected, has the noise level: a. Increased? Yes  No  b. Decreased? Yes  No  c. Remained constant? Yes  No  d. Fluctuated? Yes  No  10. During cycling of the co ntrol surface, is the noise: a. Constant? Yes  No  b. Intermittent? Yes  No  11. If intermittent, has the frequency of the occurrence of the noise: a. Increased? Yes  No  b. Decreased? Yes  No  c. Remained constant? Yes  No  12. Describe the type of noise heard. a. Clanking? Yes  No  b. Thudding? Yes  No  c. Groaning? Yes  No  d. Rubbing? Yes  No  e. Squealing? Yes  No  f. Chattering? Yes  No  g. Galloping? Yes  No  h. Hydraulic flow? Yes  No  i. Other? (Describe)

13. When, during the motion of the cycl e of the planes is the noise heard (check all that apply): a. At start of motion towards rise or right? Yes  No  b. At start of motion towards dive or left? Yes  No  c. At the end of motion towards rise or right? Yes  No  d. At the end of motion towards dive or left? Yes  No  e. Entering the rise or right hardstop? Yes  No  f. Entering the dive or left hardstop? Yes  No  g. Leaving the rise or right hardstop? Yes  No  h. Leaving the dive or left hardstop? Yes  No  i. The entire length of travel towards rise or right? Yes  No  (CONFIDENTIAL when filled in) Enclosure (3)

p. 873

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-23C-20 APPENDIX C j. The entire length of travel towards dive or left? Yes  No  k. At some intermediate point(s) while moving towards rise or right? Yes  No  (Indicate degrees of rise or right when heard): _______________________ l. At some intermediate point(s) while moving towards dive or left? Yes  No  (Indicate degrees of dive or left when heard): _______________________ 14. Is there any unusual hesitancy or motion during operation of the planes: a. Leaving the rise or right hardstop? Yes  No  b. Leaving the dive or left hardstop? Yes  No  c. At any other point(s) in the motion cycle? Yes  No  (1) If yes, describe giving direction of movement and degrees of rise, dive, left, or right when noise occurs:

15. Does ship's speed or depth have any effect on whether or not the noise is generated? Yes  No  a. If yes, describe:

16. Does ship's speed or depth have any effect on when the noise is detected during the movement cycle as described in question 13? Yes  No  a. If yes, describe:

17. Is the noise audible: a. Surfaced, underway? Yes  No  b. At periscope depth? Yes  No  c. Below periscope depth? Yes  No  18. Does sea state affect the degree of noise? Yes  No  19. Does simultaneous operation of the stern planes and rudder cause or increase the degree of noise? Yes  No  20. Are any of the following components very warm to the touch while operating the control surface suspected of causing the noise? a. Hydraulic tail rod (if installed)? Yes  No  b. Hydraulic piston rod? Yes  No  c. Through hull connecting rod? Yes  No  21. On the control surface suspected of causing the noise, perform the appropriate quarterly greasing MRC for the components listed in question 22. Operate the control surface while greasing (except the guide cylinder). Listen to determine if greasing causes any change in the occurrence or loudness of the noise. Greasing Performed?

Yes  No  22. Did the noise diminish after greasing the following components? Fairwater or Bow Planes: a. Hull gland: Yes  No  (CONFIDENTIAL when filled in) Enclosure (3)

p. 874

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-23C-21 APPENDIX C b. Lower end of connecting rod: see Note 1 Yes  No  c. Upper end of connecting rod: see Note 1 Yes  No  d. Port stock bearing: Yes  No  e. Starboard stock bearing: Yes  No  Stern Planes: f. Hull gland: Yes  No  g. Forward end of connecting rod: see Note 1 Yes  No  h. Aft end of connecting rod: see Note 1 Yes  No  i. Port stock bearing: see Note 2 Yes  No  j. Starboard stock bearing: see Note 2 Yes  No  k. Port pintle bearing: Yes  No  l. Starboard pintle bearing: Yes  No  Rudder: m. Hull gland: Yes  No  n. Forward end of connecting rod: see Note 1 Yes  No  o. Aft end of connecting rod: see Note 1 Yes  No  p. Port stock bearing: see Note 2 Yes  No  q. Starboard stock bearing: see Note 2 Yes  No  r. Upper rudder stock bearing: see Note 2 Yes  No  s. Lower rudder stock bearing: see Note 2 Yes  No  t. Rudder carrier bearing (two fittings): see Note 2 Yes  No  23. Pump one pound of grease into the guide cylinder grease fitting while the control surface is in the neutral position. Then operate the control surface about five cycles from full rise to full dive or left to right, as appropriate, while listening for the noise. Repeat this procedure for the guide cylinder until the specified amount of grease has been applied. Greasing Performed?

Yes  No  (CONFIDENTIAL when filled in) Enclosure (3)

p. 875

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-23C-22 APPENDIX C NOTE 1: GREASE UNDERWAY IF TH E APPROPRIATE ALTERATION IS INSTALLED TO PERMIT REMOTE GREASING OF THE STERN PLANES AND RUDDER CONNECTING RODS. THE FAIRWATER OR BOW PLANES CONNECTING ROD MAY BE GREASED LOCALLY WHILE UNDERWAY ON THE SURFACE EVEN IF REMOTE GREASING ALTERATION IS NOT INSTALLED. NOTE 2: IF THE STERN PLANES ARE SUSPECTED OF CAUSING THE NOISE AND THE NOISE DID NOT DIMINISH AFTER GREASING THE STERN PLANE COMPONENTS, GREASE THE RUDDER COMPONENTS. IF THE GREASING DID NOT HELP A SUSPECTED NOISY RUDDER, GREASE THE STERN PLANES. Deliver this questionnaire to: For COMSUBLANT units : Carderock Division Naval Surface Warfare Center 9500 MacArthur Blvd. West Bethesda, MD 20817-5700 Attn: Code 711 - Fleet Support Program Manager For: New London Units, data packages should be forwarded to: NSSC NEW LONDON CT, N42 For COMSUBPAC units: Naval Surface Warfare Center Carderock Division Bremerton Detachment 530 Farragut Ave Attn: Code 713 Bremerton, Washington 98314-5215 The NSWCCD will provide appropriate distribution to NAVSEA PMS 350, SEA 07T, PMS 392, TYCOM, and ISIC.

(CONFIDENTIAL when filled in) Enclosure (3)

p. 876

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-23D-1 APPENDIX D APPENDIX D PREDEPLOYMENT NOISE INSPECTION 1. Purpose. To provide requirements for Predeployment Noise Inspections. 2. Policy. This Appendix esta blishes the requirements for the Under Hull Sound Silencing Survey of all submarines. 3. Under Hull Sound Silencing Surveys. Under Hull Sound Silencing Surveys of submarines (using reference (g)) will be done at the following times: a. Prior to the ship leaving dry-dock. b. Waterborne Under Hull Inspection during the first week of a scheduled upkeep, normally accomplished by the inspecting facilities divers. c. Waterborne Under Hull Inspection prio r to deployments of 30 days or greater, normally accomplished by the inspecting facilities divers. 4. Reports. The Senior Hull Inspector of th e inspecting facility will conduct an inspection critique for the ship’s Noise Reduction Officer and ISIC Material Officer. Copies of the final survey report (a format is provided on the following page) or reference (g) data sheets will be supplied by the inspecting facility to the submarine and cognizant ISIC Material Officer.

p. 877

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-23D-2 APPENDIX D SOUND SILENCING SURVEY REPORT 1. Inspection performed by: Senior Inspector: ______ Inspector #1 ______ Inspector #2 ______ Inspector #3 ______ Inspector #4 ______ 2. The following deficiencies were noted:

3. Submitted by:

Senior Inspector

p. 878

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-23E-1 APPENDIX E APPENDIX E SUBMARINE SILENCING PUBLICATIONS X-Applicability PUBLICATION Note 1 688 726 21 774 AS PLATFORM NOISE S9073-A4-SNC-010/(C) USS LOS ANGELES (SSN 688) Class Acoustic Stealth Manual X X NSWCCD-71-TR-2001/020 February 2001 USS SEAWOLF (SSN 21) Class Acoustic Stealth Manual X S9073-AS-PNM-010/(C) Platform Noise Monitoring Analysis for Noise Reduction X S9073-AT-PNM-010/(C) Platform Noise Monitoring Analysis for Noise Reduction X X NAVSEA SE 394-NO-MMA-030/(C) AN/BSQ- 7 Platform Noise Manual X (TBD) Platform Noise Monitoring Analysis for Noise Reduction X(4) X(4) MACHINERY AND HULL VIBRATION S9073-AL-SBV-010/(C) Structureborne Noise Criteria for Auxiliary Machinery (U) Operation and Maintenance Instructions X X(4) X(4) X S9073-AM-SBV-010/(U) Structureborne Noise Acceptance Tests and Monitoring Program for Submarine Auxiliary Machinery (U) Volume I, Procedure (U) X X(4) X(4) X S9073-AM-SBV-020/(C) Structureborne Noise Acceptance Tests and Monitoring Program for Submarine Auxiliary Machinery (U) Volume II, Criteria X X(4) X(4) X SUBMARINE SONAR DOMES S9165-AC-HBK-010/(U) Submarine Sonar Dome Handbook; Description and Maintenance

X

X

X(4)

X(4)

X SE300-AY-MMA-010/(U) TRIDENT Glass Reinforced Plastic Bow Sonar Dome X

X SE300-AZ-MMA-010 Description, Operation and Maintenance SSN21 Class Sonar Bow Dome X SE300-MA-MMA-011 Glass Reinforced Plastic (GRP) Bow Sonar Dome X MISCELLANEOUS NAVSEA NOISE REDUCTION MANUALS S6360-AD-HBK-010 Special Hull Treatment, Maintenance and Repair for Submarines

X

X

X(4)

X(4)

X S9311-AM-MME-010/(U) Micro-balancing of Ship Service Turbine Generator Sets on SSN/SSBN Submarines X X X(4) X(4) X

p. 879

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-23E-2 APPENDIX E X-Applicability PUBLICATION Note 1 688 726 21 774 AS S9561-AQ-MMA-010/(U) Low Noise Electrohydraulic Flow Control Servo Valve Model SV-438-10P; Service Instructions

X S9073-AW-SNC-010/(U) Ship Acoustical Surveys for Submarines X X X X S9073-AF-SNC-010/(C) Ship Noise Control X X X(4) X(4) X S9SSB-X9-SSM-09A/(U) SSBN 726 Class Ship System Manual, Volume II, Part IV, Monitoring Subsystem Note 2 X X 0900-LP-060-2010(U) Electrical Machinery Repair Manual, Volume I, Electric Motor Repairs (Rev 2) X 0900-LP-060-2020(U) Electrical Machinery Repair Manual, Volume II, Vibration Analysis and Rotor Balance X S0600-AA-PRO-230(U) Underwater Ship Husbandry Manual, Chapter 23, Submarine Pre- Deployment Noise Inspection X X X(4) X(4) X MIPs FOR NOISE MONITORING Platform Noise Monitoring MIP SO-544/902 X SSGN Only X X TRIDENT Monitoring Subsystem 4190/911 (contains platform monitoring) X Topside and Housekeeping Surveys, reference (g) X X X(4) X(4) Isolation System Survey, Appropriate System MIPs Topside and Housekeeping Surveys MIP SO-591/901 X X Vibration Noise Monitoring MIP 4910/Series, See Note 3 (Machinery and Hull) X X X(4) X(4) NOISE CONTROL GUIDELINES 0900-LP-093-9010/(C) Noise Control Guide for SSBN 640 Class X Specifically Applicable Noise Road Maps (Selected Record Drawings) X X X X X TRIAL REPORTS NSWCCD or NSWCCD DET BREMERTON: Latest Detection & Detectability Report X X X X NSWCCD or NSWCCD DET BREMERTON: Latest Acoustical Trial Summary Report X X X X

p. 880

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-23E-3 APPENDIX E X-Applicability PUBLICATION Note 1 688 726 21 774 AS LETTERS AND INSTRUCTIONS NAVSEAINST C9073.2 (Series) Acoustical Surveys of Submarines (U) X X X X X COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3; Joint Fleet Maintenance Manual Volume VI, Chapter 23, Submarine Noise Reduction

X

X

X(4)

X(4)

X NAVSEA SILENCING FILMS 34547 DN Training Film - Submarine Sound Shorts

X 35350 DN Training Film - Noise Control Guidelines, Running Silent X 35050 DN Training Film - Shipboard Noise Isolation Devices X SAVPIN 803414 DN Sound Silencing Show (Video Tape) - consists of the three films listed. X SVT - ST - 9427 - Submarine Rattles X X X X X SVT - ST - 9429 - Submarine Sound Silencing (SSN 688) X X SVT - ST - 9430 - Submarine Sound Silencing (SSBN 726) X X SVT - ST - (TBD) - Submarine Sound Silencing (SSN 21) X X SVT - ST - (TBD) - Submarine Sound Silencing (SSN 774) X X NOTE 1: THE STOCKING OR ORDERING POINT FOR ALL PUBLICATIONS CAN BE FOUND USING TECHNICAL DATA INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (TDMIS) NOTE 2: THE ORDERING POINT FO R THE ITEM WITH THIS NOTE IS SUPERVISOR OF SHIPBUILDING GROTON NOTE 3: SPECIFIC MAINTENANCE RE QUIREMENTS FOR CONSIDERATION IN THIS LISTING ARE FOR: A. INSPECT, CLEAN & REPLACE SOUND WASHERS. B. RECORD MACHINERY VIBRATION LEVELS. C. RECORD HULL VIBRATION LEVELS. NOTE 4: APPLICABLE, BUT MAY NOT CONTAIN ALL APPLICABLE INFORMATION UNTIL UPDATED FOR SPECIFIC CLASS

p. 881

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-23F-1 APPENDIX F APPENDIX F SAMPLE PROPELLER CHANGEOUT MESSAGE FM COMSUBRON (AS APPROPRIATE)// TO COMNAVSEASYSCOM WASHINGTON DC// INFO COMSUBPAC PEARL HARBOR HI// COMSUBLANT NORFOLK VA// USS (SHIP'S NAME AND HULL NO.)// BT UNCLAS //N09245// MSGID/GENADMIN/COMSUBRON (AS APPROPRIATE)// SUBJ/(SUBS) PROPELLER CHANGEOUT// REF/A/DOC/COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3// NARR/REF A IS JOINT FLEET MAINTENANCE MANUAL/VOL VI, CH 23 PROVIDES GUIDANCE FOR MONITORING PROPELLER VIBRATION DATA AND PROPELLER CHANGE OUT// RMKS/1. IAW REF A, FOL PROPELLER DATA REPORTED A. SERIAL NO. OF PROPELLER REMOVED B. SERIAL NO. OF PROPELLER INSTALLED C. REASON PROPELLER REPLACED (POOR PERFORMANCE, EXCESSIV E CAVITATION, GOUGED/NICKED, SINGING SCREW, ETC.) 2. REQUEST DISPOSITION INSTRUCT IONS FOR REMOVED PROPELLER// BT NOTE: ENSURE MESSAGES ARE FOLLO WING CURRENT MESSAGE FORMAT AND CURRENT PLAIN LANGUAGE ADDRESS DIRECTORY (PLAD) IS UTILIZED.

p. 882

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-24-1 VOLUME VI CHAPTER 24 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT PROGRAM REFERENCES. (a) NAVSEAINST 4790.8 - Ships’ Maintena nce and Material Management (3-M) Manual (b) NAVSUP Publication 485 - Afloat Supply Procedures (c) OPNAVINST 3120.33 - Submarine Engineer ed Operating Cycle (SEOC) Program (d) NAVSEA S9592-B3-MAN-010 - Dry Deck Sh elter Systems Scope of Certification Notebook LISTING OF APPENDICES. A Submarine Periodic Maintenance Re quirement (PMR) Management Process B Work Package Supplement - Shipyard Planning and Feedback Report C Work Package - Ship’s Syst em Work Description, Part 4.13 24.1 PURPOSE. This chapter defines the functions and responsibilities of the submarine Periodic Maintenance Requirements (PMR) Program, and applies to all submarines. Details of PMR documentation are described in Appendix E of reference (a). Unrestricted Operation (URO) PMR guidance is provided in Chapter 25 of this Volume. Hull Integrity Procedure PMR guidance is provided in Chapter 38 of this Volume. Accomplishment of all PMRs is mandatory. a. The submarine Class Maintenance Plan s (CMP) form the basis of a PMR Program which takes the place of the Integrated Maintenance and Modernization Planning Program for these classes and defines the planned, corrective and inactive equipment Maintenance Requirements for all levels of accomplishment. b. PMR work requires detailed planning and long lead-time material procurement; therefore, all PMR work has been assigned to the Fleet Maintenance Activity (FMA). Ship’s Force is not expected to be called upon for PMR work other than the normal responsibilities for establishing plant conditions, authorizing shipboard work, monitoring work in process, interference removal, delivery of ship to shop items, retesting and accepting work. Ship’s Force Work Center (WC) will not be assigned as Lead Work Center (LWC) for I-Level PMR work but may be assigned as an assist WC. 24.2 TYPE COMMANDER SCHEDULING SYSTEM. PMR program management has been assigned to Submarine Maintenance Engineering, Planning and Procurement Activity (SUBMEPP) who develops CMPs, Maintenance Requirement Cards (MRC), Maintenance Repair Standards (MRCs, Technical Repair Standards (TRS) and Submarine Maintenance Standards (SMS)), HIP and URO MRCs, and provides PMR configuration and scheduling information to the Submarine Force. These Inventories and Schedules aid in decisions

CHAPTER 24

p. 883

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-24-2 concerning PMR scheduling and accomplishment during upkeep, provide visibility to problem areas and facilitate auditing and assessing the material condition of a ship. a. For Non-SSBN and SSGN 726 Class submar ines. The inventories and schedules include a section of I-Level PMRs coming due within the next xxx months (number of months as requested by ISIC). Additionally, they provide a combined inventory of I and D-Level PMRs. This inventory identifies the availability for which the D-Level PMRs are planned for accomplishment. b. For SSBN 726 and SSGN 726 Class submar ines and Dry Deck Shelters. This inventory provides all I and D-Level requirements, with their due dates. 24.2.1 Periodic Maintenance Requirements Schedule. The PMR Inventories and Schedules are made available from Maintenance & Ship Work Planning Reports at https://ebusiness.submepp.navy.mil/eBusiness/index.cfm by SUBMEPP. Appendix A of this chapter provides a flow chart of the Submarine PMR Management System. In addition, scheduling files, configuration files (M79E11) and Master Job Catalog (MJC) update files are distributed to those activities using Micro-PMR for PMR or URO call-down. 24.2.2 Scheduling Periodic Maintenance Requirements Work. The PMR scheduling system is based on calendar periods starting with the month following the completion month of a scheduled Chief of Naval Operations (CNO) Availability, or starting with the month following PMR completion for Fleet availabilities. It is designed to ensure reliable equipment operation during the unit’s extended operating cycle. The ISIC, in conjunction with the FMA, will have to smooth the workload by spreading the work over several availabilities by re-planning the scheduled start and completion dates of individual Job Control Numbers (JCN) to ensure they are accomplished prior to the due dates. Once the actual completion dates are reported, subsequent scheduling for the future periods will retain the same relative time frames based on the periodicity of the requirement. The current PMR Inventories and Schedules provided by SUBMEPP must be maintained by the parent ISIC. 24.2.3 Periodic Maintenance Requirements Calldown and Brokering. I-Level PMRs which are due for accomplishment are called down from Maintenance and Ship Work Planning (M&SWP) or the local scheduling system, and brokered by the ISIC. PMRs should be screened to the FMA with a Priority Level of 2. 24.2.4 Calculating Adjusted Last Maintenance Action Date. a. If the PMR is accomplished during a period other than the maintenance period listed in sub-paragraph b, the adjusted Last Maintenance Action (LMA) date will be the first of the month following the completion date listed on the PMR data form. b. If the PMR is accomplished during a CNO availability, Major Maintenance Period, or refit, the adjusted LMA date will be the first of the month following the availability’s actual completion date. NOTE: IMMEDIATE SUPERIORS IN CO MMAND (ISIC) OPERATING WITH THE ON-SITE PMR SCHEDULING SYSTEM MUST ENSURE THAT AVAILABILITY DATES ARE ACCURATELY MAINTAINED SO THAT COMPLETED AWR UPLINE REPORTED DATA REFLECTS THE ADJUSTED LMA DATE AND ON-SITE PMR SCHEDULING RECORDS

p. 884

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-24-3 CALCULATE THE PROPER NEXT DUE DATE. 24.2.5 Calculating Due Dates. Next Due Dates are calculated based on an Adjusted LMA date. Due dates are calculated, for scheduling purposes, by taking the adjusted LMA date month and year (number) and adding the periodicity months (number) to show the month and year due (i.e., an item with an adjusted LMA date of February 2003 (2/03) with a six-month periodicity would be due in August 2003 (8/03). The PMR will be accomplished prior to midnight of the last calendar day of the month due. 24.3 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS ACCOMPLISHMENT. PMR requirements are to be accomplished on or before the scheduled due date listed in the SUBMEPP TYCOM PMR Scheduling System Inventories and Schedules. Accomplishment of all PMRs is mandatory. Only by accomplishing PMR maintenance on schedule and following specifications can safe and reliable operation be ensured and the period between CNO Availabilities be extended. When PMRs cannot be accomplished by their scheduled due date, they will appear overdue on the PMR Status web page. For overdue PMRs, the SUBMEPP representative assigned to each ISIC must identify on the web page the reasons the PMR could not be accomplished. The purpose of the web page is to provide increased visibility of overdue PMRs to aid the ISIC in their PMR Management responsibilities. 24.4 MATERIAL SUPPORT FOR FLEET MAINTENANCE ACTIVITY ACCOMPLISHED PERIODIC MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS. 24.4.1 Mandatory Parts. Parent FMAs requisition mandatory parts as specified on TRS, MRC or SMS documentation for PMRs that are scheduled to be accomplished by that FMA. Material requisitioning is accomplished by the FMA using standard supply procedures. Material is not normally stocked by the FMA and is requisitioned from the nearest stocking point. 24.4.2 Contingency Parts. Contingency parts will not be procured in advance for PMR requirements and will be ordered only upon determination that a contingency part is required based on observed equipment condition. Parent FMAs may have some high usage contingency material available in stock, as identified by the Tender Load List supplements, (not applicable to SSBN or SSGN 726 Class submarines) however, low usage contingency material is stocked only at designated stock points or not at all. 24.4.3 Requisitioning Procedures. Submarine Engineered Operating Cycle (SEOC) PMR material requisitions must be submitted through normal channels and must use a Project Code of “732”. Appendix 6 of Reference (b) refers. Contingency material requisitions must be forwarded by message or telephone, and must include appropriate “work stoppage” indicator or codes. Forward Contingency Material requisitions directly to, Fleet Industrial Support Center San Diego, Pearl Harbor or Submarine Base New London by message or telephone as appropriate; use the phrase “SEOC Requisition” as the subject line on message requisitions. 24.4.4 Material Support Provided by the Advance Equipment Repair Program. Shore based spares are available for replacing some critical equipment, such as seawater system pumps and motors, during CNO Maintenance Availabilities. The Advanced Equipment Repair Program (AERP) is managed by SUBMEPP under the direction of Naval Sea Systems Command (NAVSEA) and both TYCOMs. AERP equipment scheduled for change-out will be specifically authorized in the ship’s Availability Work Package (AWP). Although originally intended to support CNO Availabilities, AERP assets, when available, are used to support Casualty Reports

p. 885

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-24-4 (CASREP). In these instances, a CASREP requisition must be submitted to Naval Inventory Control Point and the shipment of equipment is monitored and tracked until the condition “F” off-load has been returned to the refurbishment activity or vendor identified by Naval Inventory Control Point. The expedited return of an AERP off-load is essential to ensure adequate restoration turnaround time is afforded and to minimize AERP impact. 24.4.5 Material Support Provided by the TRIDENT Planned Equipment Replacement Program. a. TRIDENT Planned Equipmen t Replacement (TRIPER) is a rotatable pool program for SSBN 726 and SSGN 726 Class submarines. TRIPER equipment is removed from the ship via pre-planned access routes and six-foot diameter Logistics and Escape Trunks, using specifically designed handling attachments and procedures. Removed equipment is replaced with fully interchangeable, tested, ready for issue units which can be rapidly installed and made fully operational within a refit period. Equipment replacement periodicity is determined by maintenance and reliability analysis and engineering judgments intended to preclude equipment failure or significant degradation during operational periods. Removed equipment is refurbished by approved Designated Overhaul Points, tested and returned to ready for issue condition for use on another SSBN 726 or SSGN 726 Class submarine. b. Safety spares are made available for CASREPs which are considered as unplanned change outs. The TRIPER Program rotatable pool is managed by NAVSEA (PMS 392) and supported by various agencies and activities. Hull, Mechanical, Electrical, Ordnance and Electronics and Command and Control System equipment comprise the TRIPER inventory pool. Items under the cognizance of the Director, Strategic Systems Project Office and the Deputy Commander, NAVSEA Nuclear Power Directorate are excluded. 24.5 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE OF EQUIPMENT USING PERIODIC MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS. Scheduled restoration of equipment by the FMA or industrial activity is done following specified maintenance standards (MRC, SMS, TRS, Technical Manual, etc.). Whenever corrective maintenance is required on Hull, Mechanical and Electrical equipment, the SUBMEPP combined I and D-Level PMR inventory must be reviewed by the ISIC and FMA. The ISIC and FMA will determine whether to limit repairs to those described by the ship or to have the maintenance standard accomplished. If the corrective maintenance is to include the criteria of the MRC, SMS or TRS, the work request must be processed per paragraph 24.8.3 and 24.8.4 of this chapter. NOTE: IN ORDER TO RECEIVE ACCOMP LISHMENT CREDIT, THE ISIC MUST ENSURE PROMPT COMPLETION REPORTING OF THE PMR. THIS WILL ENSURE THE CORRECT SCHEDULING OF PMRs FOR FUTURE ACCOMPLISHMENT. NOTE: EQUIPMENT IS CO NSIDERED TO HAVE BEEN RESTORED FOLLOWING PMR CRITERIA WHEN THE FOLLOWING SOFTWARE (MRC, SMS, TRS) REQUIREMENTS HAVE BEEN SATISFIED. (1) THE EQUIPMENT IS RESTORED TO PLAN SPECIFICATIONS. (2) THE COMPONENTS SATI SFACTORILY PASS THE TEST REQUIREMENTS WITHIN THE MRC, SMS OR TRS.

p. 886

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-24-5 (3) ALL MATERIAL LISTED ON THE MRC, SMS OR TRS AS MANDATORY HAS BEEN REPLACED. (4) COMPONENTS AND EQUIPMEN T ARE REPLACED WITH SUPPLY SYSTEM, AERP, OR TRIPER ASSETS. 24.6 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS ACCOMPLISHMENT DURING CHIEF OF NAVAL OPERATIONS MAINTENANCE AVAILABILITIES. PMRs to be accomplished by the industrial activity will be included in the SUBMEPP PMR Inventories and Schedules. a. For SSN 688, SSN 774 and SSN 21 Class submarines: (1) The AWP prepared by SUBMEPP w ill reflect all PMRs authorized for shipyard accomplishment during the CNO Availability period at the AWP Ship Work List Item Number (SWLIN) level. The Work Package Supplement (WPS) accompanying the AWP will identify a specific PMR to the applicable AWP SWLIN paragraph. Appendix B of this chapter provides an example of the WPS format. In addition, the DMP and overhaul AWPs will contain an I- Level PMR work package cross-index. This cross-index will enable maintenance planners to readily determine the I-Level PMRs accomplished incidental to accomplishing higher D-Level PMRs or other industrial activity authorized work. The cross-index will also identify I-Level PMRs which will become overdue by availability completion plus six months. These I-Level PMRs should only be listed in the cross index as a reference and not listed in the body of the AWP. Appendix C of this chapter provides an example of the cross-index format. This ISIC will report any I-Level PMRs from the cross- index that will not be completed prior to the arrival conference for adjudication. (2) Upon receipt of Issue Two of a 6 mont h or greater scheduled CNO availability AWP the ISIC will review the AWP against the schedules and inventories and add those PMRs not covered by the Work Package (WP) coming due within 6 months after availability completion that aren’t assigned to shipyard to a fleet maintenance availability prior to the CNO period, to a concurrent availability, or to a future availability with TYCOM concurrence. (3) For I-Level PMRs assigned to the depot, or I-Level PMRs covered by higher- level maintenance assigned to the depot, the ISIC will enter “Assigned to <depot name> by AWP <AWP number>“ in the Remarks or Completion block of the PMR Schedule and Inventory, Part 2 Section III and in the local scheduling system. (4) Material Condition Assessment data for PMRs accomplished by the industrial activity during CNO Availabilities will be retrieved from the appropriate maintenance database. Upon completion of the availability, the Availability Work Package will be retained by SUBMEPP to identify PMRs accomplished during the availability. The PMR Schedule and Inventory and local scheduling system will be updated by SUBMEPP. b. For SSBN 726 and SSGN 726 Class submarines:

p. 887

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-24-6 (1) The Engineered Overhaul Work Package prepared by SUBMEPP will reflect all PMRs authorized for accomplishment during the CNO Maintenance Availability period at the SWLIN level. For each SWLIN, the specific PMRs will be identified to the applicable component level. The Engineered Overhaul Work Package preparation process ensures all PMRs due prior to the first availability following the subject availability period are included in the Engineered Overhaul Work Package. The preparation process also includes review and inclusion of appropriate items from the ship’s Current Ship’s Maintenance Project (CSMP), Ship’s Force originated deficiencies, and alterations screened for industrial activity accomplishment. (2) Material Condition Assessment data for PMRs accomplished by the industrial activity during CNO Availabilities will be retrieved from the appropriate maintenance database. Upon completion of the availability, the Availability Work Package will be retained by SUBMEPP to identify PMRs accomplished during the availability. The PMR inventories and schedules and local scheduling system will be updated by SUBMEPP. (3) Completions and MCA data for PMRs accomplished by TRIDENT Refit Facility Kings Bay or NAVIMFAC PACNORWEST during CNO availabilities will be called down and reported using their local scheduling system as identified in paragraph 24.2.3 of this chapter. c. Operating Cycle and Interval Extens ion. An audit plan to assess the material condition of a ship prior to extending their operating cycles or intervals beyond PMR periodicity due to changing CNO Maintenance Availability dates is addressed in reference (c). Procedures and responsibilities are contained in Volume II, Part I, Chapter 3 of this manual. 24.7 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT ACCOMPLISHMENT DURING DRY DECK SHELTER MAINTENANCE AVAILABILITIES. 24.7.1 Regular Overhaul. a. The AWP prepared by SUBMEPP w ill reflect all PMRs authorized for accomplishment by the Industrial Activity (IA) during the regular overhaul (ROH) period. The Work Package Supplement (WPS) accompanying the AWP will identify a specific PMR to the applicable AWP SWLIN paragraph. Appendix E of this chapter provides an example of the WPS format. b. During the ROH, the IA must use the WPS to document completion of PMRs by annotating in the remarks block of each line item, the Task Group Instruction (work package) used to accomplish the PMR. The IA will provide a copy of the completed WPS along with all OQE to the sustaining activity at the completion of the ROH. At the end of the availability, the IA also provides a Certificate of Completion (COC) letter detailing the status of all work and testing accomplished. Within the COC, the IA must make a positive statement that each PMR identified under tasking has been completed by separate line items. If a PMR is not accomplished in its entirety or is changed, the IA must include this information by annotating the applicable line item within the COC and in the remarks block of the WPS. PMRs not accomplished in

p. 888

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-24-7 their entirety also require an evaluation be performed to determine if a departure from specification (DFS) will be required. c. After completion of overhaul and upon r eceipt of the WPS and COC from the IA, the sustaining activity must make red-line changes to the local copy of the PMR I-level or D-level inventory and submit these updates to SUBMEPP via the ISIC. 24.7.2 Restricted Availabilities (RAV). For restricted availabilities, the sustaining activity and ISIC must identify PMRs to be assigned to the IA and forward a list to the TYCOM via formal correspondence. TYCOM will evaluate the request and may approve or modify it as necessary by issuing an endorsement letter to PMS390N who initiates the work by tasking the IA following the current contract requirements. PMR completion reporting is then accomplished following the guidelines of paragraph 24.7.1.b. and 24.7.1.c. of this chapter except the WPS is not used. In this case, the COC and supporting OQE will be the only required documents to verify completion status of each PMR. 24.8 RESPONSIBILITIES. 24.8.1 Type Commander. a. The TYCOM is responsible for provid ing an overall scheduling system for the accomplishment of PMRs for assigned ships. b. Perform periodic audits of ISICs and FMAs to verify full compliance with the provisions of this chapter. c. Provide guidance to the ISICs, obt aining NAVSEA concurrence per Volume V, Chapter 8, paragraph 8.2.4 of this manual. 24.8.2 Submarine Maintenance Engineering, Planning and Procurement Activity. a. Receive reports of the completion of PMRs from industrial activities and extract Maintenance and Material Management (3-M) data from NAVSEA Logistics Center, Mechanicsburg PA of all Forces Afloat accomplished PMRs containing “JC” WC. b. Review completion reports for any change in material condition status and analyze 3- M data for Material Condition Assessment to determine validity of requirements. c. Update schedules to reflect new LMA and next due dates. d. Ensure the PMR Inventories and Schedules are available on https://ebusiness.navy.mil/eBusiness/index.cfm . e. Provide quarterly or more frequent (i f requested) scheduling and configuration files (M79E11) and MJC update files to each parent ISIC using a local scheduling system. f. Provide quarterly MJC update f iles to the ISIC brokering systems. g. Adjust the due dates for any PMRs that are accomplished within ten months of the major CNO availability start date that will come due again during the availability by the number of months of the availability duration. h. (SSBN 726 and SSGN 726 Class submarines) Provide Refit Work Package electronic files which reflect PMR scheduling to the TRIDENT Refit Facility Kings Bay at the arrival minus 60-day milestone.

p. 889

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-24-8 i. Prepare and issue AWPs in support of C NO availabilities. Ensure the I-Level PMR section of AWP (Part 4.13) is updated on each issue of the AWP. j. Manage AERP, Corporate Component Repair Program and TRIPER programs. k. Extract PMR completion verification and documentation for SEOC availabilities from the appropriate maintenance database. l. Update Overdue PMR Status web page ( https://ebiz.submepp.navy.mil/fs/pmr_status/) with the reason for D-Level PMRs not meeting the due date. 24.8.3 Immediate Superior In Command. NOTE: FOR DRY DECK SHELTERS, THE ISIC IS RESPONSIBLE FOR SCHEDULING AND ENSURING COMPLETION OF ALL PMR WORK. a. Although the responsibility fo r the accomplishment of PMRs must rest with the ship’s Commanding Officer, the ISIC is responsible for scheduling and ensuring completion of all I-Level PMR work within the planned periodicity in the CMP. Normally, PMR work is accomplished by the FMA which maintains the unit's CSMP. However, when submarines are assigned availabilities to other than the parent FMA, and that FMA is authorized by the TYCOM to perform PMRs, an agreement between the parent ISIC and the accomplishing FMA will identify the PMRs to be accomplished and any associated logistics. b. For submarines, call-down all I-Level PMRs planned for accomplishment into the CSMP by availability dates. For SSBN 726 and SSGN 726 Class submarines, this must be 45 days prior to refit start. For non-726 Class submarines, 60 days prior to fleet maintenance availability. This ISIC must be proficient in these procedures to preclude erroneous or duplicate data from entering the CSMP. If the inventories and schedules contain errors or omissions, report the discrepancies to SUBMEPP. c. Maintain auditable records of PMR accomplishment for each submarine or DDS. These records will include the current SUBMEPP Quarterly PMR Inventories and Schedules. For submarines, this will also include the last completed AWR for PMRs completed by the parent FMA, whether or not reflected in the SUBMEPP Quarterly PMR Inventories and Schedules. At sites which have access to electronic certified Task Group Instructions, these Task Group Instructions can be used in place of completed AWRs as an auditable record of PMR accomplishment. d. At Naval Intermediate Maintenance Facility Pacific Northwest, PMR and non- controlled URO inspection scheduling, completion, LMA date establishment and next due date scheduling must be maintained in the appropriate automated database for SSBN 726 and SSGN 726 Class submarines. This database will contain the complete history for all occurrences (past), dates of completion, frequency of occurrence, next due dates and future scheduling data for each PMR or non-controlled URO inspection. Data will be entered from Objective Quality Evidence from refit closeout processes and the Departure and Assessment report. e. Notify SUBMEPP Code 1814 if unable to cr eate PMR Inventories and Schedules from Maintenance & Ship Work Planning Reports (M&SWP) at https://ebusiness.submepp.navy.mil/eBusiness/index.cfm .

p. 890

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-24-9 f. Keep the local scheduling system corr ect and accurate. This should be done by periodically doing a check of the data against the inventories and schedules, M&SWP and, for submarines, the ship’s CSMP. Ensure the SUBMEPP representative assigned to each ISIC updates the Overdue PMR Status web page (https://ebiz.submepp.navy.mil/fs/pmr_status/) with the reason for I-Level PMRs not meeting the due date. g. The ISIC should make every attempt to accomplish PMRs on or before the next scheduled due date that appears in SUBMEPP Inventories and Schedules. Ensure PMRs which are not accomplished by the SUBMEPP scheduled due date are rescheduled. h. Ensure that all I-Level PMRs, whic h will become due during a scheduled CNO Availability (but not authorized for industrial activity accomplishment), are scheduled for accomplishment by the FMA prior to the end of the availability. The PMRs may be assigned to an FMA concurrent availability with an end date the same as the CNO availability. This will allow for a more appropriate Adjusted LMA Date. (1) Any I-Level PMR that is overdue by th e availability start date minus 6 months and is identified in the AWP or WPS by SUBMEPP to be accomplished by the industrial activity does not have to be done prior to the availability start. This includes I-Level PMRs for which the higher tier D-Level PMR is authorized in the AWP or WPs. (2) Notify the TYCOM representative at the Pre-Arrival Conference of any I- Level PMRs that will either not be accomplished prior to the availability start date or will become due during the availability. (3) Any PMR accomplished within ten m onths prior to start of a major CNO Availability that becomes due again during the availability, will have their scheduled due date adjusted by SUBMEPP by the number of months of the availability duration. i. Review completed AWRs or electronic certified Task Group Instructions prior to closeout of PMRs to resolve any discrepancies. j. Transferring Periodic Maintenance Requirements to other Fleet Maintenance Activities for Accomplishment. When submarine availabilities are accomplished by other than the parent FMA (whether another FMA in the same geographic area or due to deployment), the parent ISIC will take the following action: (1) Coordinate with the parent FMA to select only those PMRs for accomplishment for which all plans and materials will be available and ready for shipment prior to the availability or deployment of the submarine. (2) Dispatch a message to the submarine, the recipient squadron and FMA identifying by JCN the PMRs to be accomplished, confirming that plans and materials are being shipped or will be carried by the deploying submarine and that the submarine’s total CSMP tape will be either retained by the parent ISIC or transferred to the recipient squadron, Regional Support Group or Regional Maintenance Center as mutually agreed prior to the availability or deployment.

p. 891

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-24-10 (a) If the CSMP is retained by th e parent ISIC, an AWP tape (MM6031) will be provided to the recipient FMA which will maintain it as I-Level (only AWR completions for the tended submarine accomplished by the FMA will be passed upline). The submarine will forward all 3-M transactions to the parent ISIC. (b) If the total CSMP is transferred, the recipient FMA will maintain it as level II (the submarine will pass all 3-M transactions to the availability FMA). In addition, the PMR configuration and scheduling file will be transferred to the recipient FMA for URO, PMR and Calibration scheduling purposes. (c) When the submarine departs from the tending FMA, the CSMP and PMR data files will be updated and returned to the parent ISIC with the letter of transfer. FMAs receiving only the work package tape will create a CSMP transfer out tape and transmittal letter for return to the parent ISIC. The parent ISIC Maintenance Document Control Officer (MDCO) will reconcile the master CSMP with the returning submarine’s 3-M coordinator. (3) Ensure that the FMA properly packages by JCN all materials, plans, drawings, etc., for dispatch to the receiving FMA or for custodial turnover to the submarine’s Engineer Officer for delivery to the deployed FMA. (4) Ensure MDCO and Analysis, Reco rds and Reports Section (ARRS) takes coordinated action to provide a correct CSMP tape and letter of transmittal. The parent ISIC MDCO must retain copies of transfer-out and in letters for MJC Job Sequence Number control. NOTE: ONCE A DEFERRAL HAS IN ITIALLY BEEN ENTERED IN THE COMPUTER AT THE ORIGINATING FMA, IT IS AUTOMATICALLY PASSED TO THE TYCOM MASTER CSMP. SUBSEQUENT TAPE TRANSFERS BETWEEN FMAs WILL NOT CAUSE THE DEFERRAL TO PASS AGAIN TO THE TYCOM PROVIDING THAT MDCO INPUTS THE TRANSFER TAPE (MM6031) TO MAINTENANCE RESOURCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (MRMS) PROGRAM 173 NOT 174. k. Non-Scheduled Repairs of PMR components. The ISIC must add to the ship’s CSMP those PMRs to be accomplished in conjunction with a repair action, in lieu of a repair action, or to be credited subsequent to a repair or replacement action. One of the following actions must be taken by the ISIC and MDCO: (1) When a ship’s submitted deferral references a PMR for concurrent accomplishment with the repair action, or if ISIC or FMA planners recommend a PMR, the ISIC must make the decision whether or not to invoke the PMR in conjunction with or in lieu of the requested repair. This will result in two AWRs being created. The planner will have work accomplished under one JCN (EA01) and use the second JCN (EAJC) for administrative completion crediting of the PMR.

p. 892

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-24-11 (2) If the repair job has resulted in re placement of the PMR component or if the maintenance standard requirements were completely accomplished prior to retrieving the PMR from the MJC, call down the item from the local scheduling system. The ISIC should instruct FMA to report its completion including the added narrative to identify the originally assigned ship's JCN. Though the materials used cannot be re-identified to the PMR JCN, it is recommended that the total man hours expended also be reported on the PMR AWR or subsequent analysis of required PMR support. l. Training. The parent ISIC is responsibl e to provide assigned ship’s training in the TYCOM PMR Scheduling System. Such training should include an overview of the SEOC Program, PMR scheduling products, SMS Library and PMR program accomplishment and reporting systems. Emphasis should be placed on the ship’s responsibilities to the PMR program as identified in paragraph 24.8.5 of this chapter. 24.8.4 Fleet Maintenance Activity. a. The FMA is responsible for accomplishing al l PMR work as scheduled to the required repair standards. b. Commence the planning and material proc urement function when the PMR is called down by the ISIC from the local scheduling system and brokered to the FMA. c. Progress the job, ensuring that the LWC c oordinates with ship superintendent and all Assist WCs and that production time and current status is reflected in the local scheduling system. d. Complete the job, report its accomplishmen t and as found material condition feedback code on the AWR. Any significant findings should also be documented on the AWR. The LWC then completes the AWR by filling in action taken codes, signing for completion and then obtains acceptance signature from Ship’s Force. The AWR is then returned to ARRS. The ARRS will verify that all participating WCs have documented completion of their assigned tasks and then pass the AWR to the ISIC for review and updating of SUBMEPP inventories and schedules prior to close-out of the AWR by ARRS. The material condition feedback codes are described in Appendix C of reference (a) as part of the action taken code, and are: NOTE: THE MATERIAL CONDITION F EEDBACK CODES MUST DESCRIBE THE “AS FOUND” CONDITION OF THE COMPONENTS AND NOT THE AFTER REFURBISHED CONDITION OF THE COMPONENTS. (1) Code “A” means the material condi tion of the component being refurbished could have allowed the PMR to be deferred (extend the periodicity). (2) Code “B” means the material condi tion of the component being refurbished justified the scheduled PMR. (3) Code “C” means the material condi tion of the component being refurbished should have mandated an earlier completion of the PMR (shorten the periodicity). NOTE: VARIATIONS TO THESE CODES M AY BE DESCRIBED IN INDIVIDUAL

p. 893

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-24-12 PMR MJC NARRATIVES. e. ARRS will verify that all participating WCs have documented completion of assigned tasks, Ship’s Force acceptance signature is on AWR and the final action taken code (2 characters) is entered. Prior to close-out of the AWR, ARRS will pass the AWR to the ISIC for review. For MRMS FMA sites, it is essential that ARRS verify that the MRMS Availability file has the proper scheduled completion date and code to identify that it is a scheduled availability. This is done by showing a “Y” in answer to “Is this a CNO Availability” on the appropriate screen. f. Adjustments of scheduled start and comp letion dates of the PMR and factual reporting of status codes. g. Review corrective action request subm itted by Ship’s Force via an OPNAV 4790/2K to determine if the corrective action is to include the criteria of MRC, SMS or TRS requirements. h. If the PMR maintenance procedure has a ma terial condition feedback form, fill out the form and submit following the reporting requirements defined in the procedure. i. Report to the ISIC when PMRs are met pe r paragraph 24.5 of this chapter, due to the expansion of work boundaries. j. At the conclusion of an availability (not later than the Departure and Assessment Conference), in which I-Level PMRs were screened for FMA accomplishment, provide to the ISIC, verbally or by memo, the reason that any PMRs could not be accomplished (e.g., parts, manpower not available) as scheduled. 24.8.5 Submarine Commanding Officer. a. The ship’s Commanding Officer is res ponsible for the execution of PMR work on the ship. b. All discovered maintenance deficiencies which affect the equipment and systems covered by the PMR program should be documented to reflect the possible PMR with which the deficiency is associated. This will provide the ISIC with the alternative of simultaneously imposing repairs to the criteria of the specified Maintenance Standard and credit PMR accomplishment. c. All maintenance deficiencies wi ll reflect in Block 46 (TYCOM SPECIAL PURPOSE), of the OPNAV 4790/2K whether or not quality control and Quality Assurance standards are required. d. Review Depot Availability Work Packag es and provide comments to the TYCOM and SUBMEPP representatives during the work package review. e. Review CSMP reports with parent ISICs pr ior to upkeep periods in order to assist in planning for accomplishment of required PMR maintenance. f. Ensure that the current MRCs, Maintena nce Requirements and TRSs applicable to the ship class are carried on board. g. Ensure that MRCs, SMSs and TRSs, whic h provide detailed information and repair guidance, are referenced and used during equipment maintenance.

p. 894

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-24-13 h. If Ship’s Force accomplishes a repair of a PMR component to an MRC, SMS or TRS, report same to the ISIC Material Officer so that the SUBMEPP can receive credit for accomplishment of PMR per paragraph 24.5. i. Ensure all completed AWRs for PMRs are signed as accepted by Ship’s Force. j. At the conclusion of an availability (not later than the Departure and Assessment Conference), in which I-Level PMRs were screened for FMA accomplishment, provide to the ISIC, verbally or by memo, the reason that any PMRs could not be accomplished (e.g., parts, manpower not available) as scheduled. 24.8.6 Deep Submergence System Commanding Officer. a. Ensure all PMRs are accomplished with in the required periodicity as specified by SUBMEPP. b. Review Depot Availability Work Packag es and provide comments to the TYCOM and SUBMEPP representatives during the work package review. c. Review the status of PMR maintenan ce in the SUBMEPP Quarterly PMR inventories and schedules with the ISIC prior to upkeep periods in order to assist in planning for accomplishment of required PMR maintenance. d. Ensure that the current SUBMEPP Quarte rly PMR Inventories and Schedules, MRCs, Maintenance Requirements and TRSs applicable to the ship class are carried on board. e. All maintenance deficiencies which affect the equipment and systems covered by the PMR program should be documented to reflect the possible PMR with which the deficiency is associated. Whenever possible, corrective repairs should be performed to the criteria of the specified TRS in order to credit PMR accomplishment. If Ship’s Force accomplishes a repair of a PMR component to an MRC or TRS, report the repair by making redline changes to the local copy of the PMR I-level and D-level inventory and submit to SUBMEPP via the ISIC. f. At the conclusion of an availabilit y, review the COC provided by the industrial activity to verify all scheduled PMR work was accomplished. Ensure that redline changes are accordingly made to the PMR I-level and D-level inventory and sent to SUBMEPP via the ISIC.

p. 895

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-24A-1 APPENDIX A APPENDIX A SUBMARINE PERIODIC MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT (PMR) MANAGEMENT PROCESS

SUBMEPP CLASS MAINTENANCE PLAN CMP PMR STATUS ASI NAVSEA TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS MRMS PMR MASTER JOB CATALOG SCHED/CONFIG PMR CALLDOWN MULTI-TASK AWR COMPLETION MRMS FMA (NON-TRIDENT) LDS (TRIDENT) JOB PLANNING ORDER MATERIAL JOB EXECUTION MJC INFOR (MM6031) SCH INFO (M79EII) See NOTE (1) MRMS TRC CSMP MANAGEMENT JOB SCREENING WORK BROKERING MJC (NON-PMR SITES ONLY) NAVSEA LOGCEN 3-M DATABASE MAINTAIN HISTORICAL FILE OF ALL ACCOMPLISHED WORK Configuration Data Managers/SCLSIS MJC INFO (MM6001) SCH INFO (M79EH1) See NOTE (2) AWR COMP INFO BROKERED WORK AWR COMP INFO & ROV MTRLS SHIP’S CSMP SHIP’S DEFERRALS (2K, CK) PMR COMP INFO CONFIG DATA ALT COMP INFO SHIP SHIP NOTES: (1) For sites with MRMS Micro-PMR installed, process is displayed with dotted lines. (2) For sites without MRMS Micro-PMR installed, process is displayed with dashed lines. (1) PMR CALL DOWN (2R) 3-M UPLINE REPORTING

p. 896

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-24B-1 APPENDIX B APPENDIX B WORK PACKAGE SUPPLEMENT - SHIPYARD PLANNING AND FEEDBACK REPORT (SAMPLE) USS (SHIP NAME AND HULL NO.)

PART 1 SYSTEM ID: 111A01 WP ISSUE: ISSUE THREE WORK PACKAGE SUPPLEMENT

URO/HIP CHANGE NO: 145 SHIPYARD PLANNING & FEEDBACK REPORT 02NOV2011 SYSTEM ID: 111A01 Superstructure and Fairwater COMP IDENT APL/RIC HSC LOCATION COMPONENT DESCRIPTION DD MAINTENANCE STANDARD STAT CONDITION REMARKS

27.0076.0666 RML SY

Clean and spot represerve (touchup) the fairwater (interior only). R = Accomplish every depot availability that URO MRC 003 is not authorized. INTR PSVTN NONE 1111X1022A SYS LVL REQ-INTERIOR PRESERVATI MS 6310-081-015 H/CHG1 IS A B C Attachment 5

27.0076.1302 RML SY

Perform structural inspection of the fairwater; repair as necessary (interior). R = Accomplish every depot availability that URO MRC 003 is not authorized. INTR PSVTN NONE 1111X1022A SYS LVL REQ-INTERIOR PRESERVATI MS 7650-081-091 B/CHG8 IS A B C

27.0125.1302 RML SY

Inspect; repair special hull treatment (SHT). R = Accomplish every depot availability that URO MRC 003 is not authorized. SHT X90613RP459 1111X1000M SOUND ISOLATION X DAMPING MATER DD OTHE S6360-AD-HBK-010 IS A B C

27.0320.1302 RML SY

Inspect; repair nonwatertight access hatches, cover plates & access manhole covers. Note 1: Accomplish to the extent possible with removal, unless they are removed for other reasons. R = Accomplish whenever hatches, plates or covers are removed for other reasons. COVERS X90613CM004 1111X1000Q SYS LVL REQ-SUPER STRUCTURE (CO MS 1510-081-004 E/CHG7 IS A B C FAIRWATER DR NONE 840 1111X1000R FAIRWATER DOOR MS 1510-081-004 E/CHG7 IS A B C

SYSTEM ID: 111A01 PART 1 PAGE - 1

CHAPTER 25

p. 900

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-25-2 concerning operational restrictions, an auditable system of scheduling the performance and reporting of URO MRCs has been developed. This system provides visibility to problem areas, facilitates verification and provides a permanent record of URO MRC accomplishment in the ship’s Maintenance and Material Management (3-M) machinery history maintained at the Naval Sea Logistical Center (NAVSEALOGCEN). 25.2.2.1 Non-SSBN 726 or SSGN 726 Class Ships. Submarine Maintenance Engineering, Planning and Procurement Activity (SUBMEPP) provided Periodic Maintenance Requirement (PMR) Inventories and Schedules and the 3-M Master Job Catalog (MJC) Programs are used for scheduling and reporting. The scheduled URO MRC requirements added to the Current Ship’s Maintenance Project (CSMP) from the local scheduling system and the Automated Work Requests (AWR) produced will contain unique Job Control Numbers (JCN) consisting of ship’s Unit Identification Code (five characters) plus WC (Department or Division + JC) (four characters) plus Job Sequence Number (four characters). Appendices A and B of this chapter show a URO AWR for Ship’s Force and Fleet Maintenance Activity (FMA) accomplishment respectively. Appendices C and D of this chapter show examples of the SUBMEPP URO MRC inventories and schedules respectively. 25.2.2.2 SSBN 726 and SSGN 726 Class Ships. SUBMEPP provided URO MRC inventories, schedules, Master Job File, as well as the Refit Work Planning System, are used for scheduling and reporting. The scheduled URO MRC requirements added to the CSMP from the local scheduling system and the AWRs produced will contain unique JCNs consisting of ship’s Unit Identification Code (five characters) plus WC (Department or Division + JC) (four characters) plus Job Sequence Number (four characters). Appendices A and B of this chapter show a URO MRC AWR for Ship’s Force and FMA accomplishment respectively. Appendices C and D of this chapter show examples of the SUBMEPP URO inventories and schedules respectively. 25.2.2.3 SUBMEPP Activity Inventories and Schedules. The SUBMEPP inventories and schedules can be created from Maintenance & Ship Work Planning Reports (M&SWP) at https://ebusiness.submepp.navy.mil/eBusiness/index.cfm. 25.2.3 Baseline and Due Dates. The baseline date for determining URO MRC due dates is the Last Maintenance Action (LMA) date. LMA dates for new requirements will be based on the Change Issue Date of the URO MRC invoking the new requirement unless otherwise directed from NAVSEA. Due dates are calculated based on LMA dates per paragraph 25.2.3.2 of this chapter. It is recognized that upkeep and docking schedules for ships which are well into the operating cycle may not permit full compliance with the scheduled due dates. In such cases, a Departure From Specification (DFS) for the URO MRC will be addressed on a case-by-case basis as specified in Volume V, Part I, Chapter 8 of this manual. LMA dates and URO MRC due dates are determined in the following manner: 25.2.3.1 Last Maintenance Action Date. For new construction ships, all URO MRCs have an initial LMA date established at delivery from new construction or from Post Shakedown Availability to start the operating cycle following the applicable URO MRC manual. During the operating period between commissioning and start of Post Shakedown Availability and during the operating cycle following Post Shakedown Availability, an adjusted LMA, as discussed in sub-paragraphs a and b, is used for URO MRCs. Calculate the adjusted LMA date in the following manner:

p. 901

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-25-3 a. If the URO MRC is accomplished during a period other than the maintenance periods identified in subparagraph b below, the adjusted LMA date will be the first of the month following the completion date listed on the PMR data form. b. If the URO MRC is accomplished during a CNO availability, Major Maintenance Period, or refit, the adjusted LMA date will be the first of the month following the availability’s actual completion date. NOTE: IMMEDIATE SUPERIORS IN CO MMAND (ISIC) OPERATING WITH THE ON-SITE PMR SCHEDULING SYSTEM MUST ENSURE THAT AVAILABILITY DATES ARE ACCURATELY MAINTAINED SO THAT COMPLETED AWR UPLINE REPORTED DATA REFLECTS THE ADJUSTED LMA DATE AND ON-SITE PMR SCHEDULING RECORDS CALCULATE THE PROPER NEXT DUE DATE. 25.2.3.2 Calculating Due Dates. Next due dates are calculated based on an adjusted LMA date. Due dates are calculated, for scheduling purposes, by taking the adjusted LMA date month (number) and adding the periodicity months (number) to show the month due (i.e., an item with an adjusted LMA date of February 2003 (2/03) with a six-month periodicity would be due in August 2003 (8/03)). The PMR will be accomplished prior to midnight of the last calendar day of the month due. 25.2.4 Periodicity Extensions. When determining the due date for URO MRC inspections 001, 004, and 005 for an individual submarine, inactive time (defined as the number of days pierside plus the number of days in dry-dock) may be excluded from the time elapsed since the last inspection. When determining the due date for URO MRC 002, 003 (certain portions) and 035, only the time in dry-dock may be excluded from the elapsed time. The ships’ deck log, engineering log, coolant discharge log, or Drydocking records will be used to determine the number of day’s pierside or the number of days in drydock. Ship’s Force will perform this review and provide the applicable dry-dock or inactive time via official correspondence to the ISIC. Extensions of periodicity from the next due date identified in the SUBMEPP PMR inventory for these URO MRCs can be authorized by the TYCOM without further NAVSEA approval. However, they are not automatic and such requests must be submitted by letter, in the format of Appendix E of this chapter, to SUBMEPP via the TYCOM. Upon receipt of TYCOM authorization, SUBMEPP will reflect the periodicity extension and the revised due date in the next issue of the ship’s PMR inventories and schedules. 25.2.5 Scheduling, Planning and Reporting Unrestricted Operation Accomplishment at Ship or Fleet Maintenance Activity Level. 25.2.5.1 Scheduling. The TYCOM PMR Scheduling System Inventories and Schedules can be created from Maintenance & Ship Work Planning Reports (M&SWP) at https://ebusiness.submepp.navy.mil/eBusiness/index.cfm. Except at NAVIMFAC PACNORWEST, along with the Inventories and Schedules, electronic update files are provided to keep the local scheduling systems up to date with the Class Maintenance Plan (CMP). As a minimum, ISICs will schedule applicable URO MRCs 40 days (SSBN 726 and SSGN 726 Class submarines) or 40 days (non-SSBN726 or SSGN 726 Class submarines), as applicable prior to refit fleet maintenance availability. Those URO MRC AWRs requiring work packages or other planning are forwarded to the FMA Planning Section.

p. 902

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-25-4 25.2.5.2 Planning. FMA Planners will requisition materials, obtain plans and drawings, prepare Formal Work Packages or Controlled Work Packages and coordinate the scheduling with the Ship Superintendent, Production Officer and ISIC Material Office. Then the job will be turned over to the production WC for accomplishment. The Maintenance Document Control Office (MDCO) will adjust the scheduled start and completion date within the local scheduling system. 25.2.5.3 Reporting. Each URO MRC AWR contains specific instructions on reporting the completed action and on use of a special feedback code to identify the material condition, or that a change in inspection frequency is required. In order to ensure URO MRCs are correctly accomplished and reported to SUBMEPP, action is to be taken prior to close-out of the AWR by Analysis, Records and Reports Section (ARRS). FMA Lead Work Centers (LWC) completing URO MRC AWRs must ensure that all assist WCs have completed their work. The LWC then completes the AWR by filling in action taken codes, signing for completion and obtains acceptance signature from Ship’s Force. The AWR is then returned to ARRS. The ARRS will verify that all participating WCs have documented completion of their assigned tasks and then pass the AWR to the ISIC for review and updating of SUBMEPP inventories and schedules prior to close-out of the AWR by ARRS. 25.2.6 Unrestricted Operation Maintenance Requirement Card Accomplishment During Chief of Naval Operations Maintenance Availabilities. a. The Availability Work Package (AWP ) prepared by SUBMEPP will reflect all URO MRCs authorized for accomplishment during the availability at the AWP Ship Work List Item Number (SWLIN) level. The Work Package Supplement (WPS), accompanying the AWP, will identify a specific URO MRC requirement to the applicable AWP SWLIN paragraph. Appendix F of this chapter provides an example of the WPS format. b. For URO MRCs assigned to the depot, th e ISIC will enter "Assigned to <depot name> by AWP <AWP number>" in the Remarks or Completion block of the URO MRC Schedule and Inventory and in the local scheduling system. c. URO MRC completions by an industrial activity during CNO Availabilities will be, for non-SSBN 726 or SSGN 726 Class submarines, retrieved from the shipyard information system by SUBMEPP. For SSBN 726 and SSGN 726 Class submarines, completions will be retrieved from the appropriate maintenance database. The WPS, or comparable report, annotated by SUBMEPP to show URO PMR completions and material condition feedback categories, will be retained by SUBMEPP upon completion of the availability. The ISIC will verify that all URO MRCs assigned to the shipyard were reported and subsequently updated by SUBMEPP. 25.2.7 Unrestricted Operation Maintenance Requirement Card Completion Reporting. a. Within 30 days after the completion of an availability the activity accomplishing the URO MRC is required to provide a report of accomplishment to SUBMEPP and the ship’s ISIC as well as other technical codes as designated in the URO MRC. Specific information to be included in the report is identified in the applicable URO MRC. The accomplishing activity must retain a legible copy of the most current inspection report until the ship is disposed of or stricken from the Naval Register.

p. 903

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-25-5 b. Prior to Fast Cruise for CNO Availabili ties, the industrial activity is required to provide the ship and ISIC with a letter of certification (including final inspection categories A, B, or C when applicable) that certifies all required inspections have been satisfactorily completed. For items which must be accomplished in dry-dock, the industrial activity is required to provide such certification prior to undocking. c. Upon identifying a material condition that would result in a reduced inspection periodicity if not restored to Category A condition during the availability in which the condition was found, a special report is required to be submitted by the accomplishing activity per the applicable URO MRC and, if applicable, the AWP. This special report must be provided immediately to NAVSEA (SEA 07), TYCOM, ISIC, and SUBMEPP indicating: (1) Applicable MRC. (2) Equipment component identification. (3) Inspection category. (4) The reduced or deferred periodicity of each equipment component that should be inspected at less than its normal periodicity. This reduced periodicity report requirement is in addition to the completion reporting requirements of paragraphs 25.2.7.a and 25.2.7.b. 25.2.8 Operating Cycle and Interval Extensions. An Audit Plan to assess the material condition of ships prior to extending their operating cycle or intervals beyond URO MRC periodicities due to changing CNO Availability dates or operational schedules is addressed in reference (b). Additional guidance and responsibilities are contained in Volume II, Part I, Chapter 3 of this manual. 25.3 RESPONSIBILITIES. 25.3.1 Type Commander. a. Perform periodic audits of the ISICs a nd FMAs to verify full compliance with the provisions of reference (a), Volume V, Part I, Chapter 9 of this manual and this chapter. b. Provide guidance to the ISICs, obtaini ng NAVSEA concurrence as necessary, when deviations in the scheduling or accomplishment of maintenance or repairs are required by a DFS request and resolution per Volume V, Part I, Chapter 8 or this manual. 25.3.2 Submarine Maintenance Engineering, Planning and Procurement Activity. a. Receive reports of completion of UR O MRCs from all completing activities. b. Review completion reports for comp liance with the scheduled periodicity requirements and any change in the status category. c. Establish an LMA date per paragraph 25.2.3.1 of this chapter. d. Revise the periodicity and next due date s in ship URO MRC inventories and schedules to reflect any NAVSEA approved periodicity change, TYCOM approved periodicity extensions for URO MRCs 001 through 005, and 035 as allowed for in paragraph

p. 904

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-25-6 25.2.4 of this chapter and NAVSEA approval of Major DFSs for extending URO MRC requirements. e. Notify the TYCOM via the on-site SU BMEPP Representative of any URO MRC beyond periodicity for TYCOM resolution. f. Provide updated: (1) For SSBN 726 and SSGN 726 Class ships, provide Refit Work Package electronic files which reflect URO MRC scheduling to the Trident Refit Facility at the arrival minus 60-day milestone. (2) For those ISICs using Micro-PMR, pr ovide scheduling and configuration files to process in the local scheduling system and FMA database quarterly. (3) Provide MJC update files which refl ect URO MRC changes to the ISIC or TYCOM at least quarterly or upon request. g. Quarterly provide a list of URO MRCs that appear overdue in the schedules and a list of URO MRCs that have been reported complete by the fleet but Objective Quality Evidence has not been received by SUBMEPP. h. Receive and review URO MRC Objectiv e Quality Evidence for technical accuracy and maintain URO MRC completion history. 25.3.3 Immediate Superior In Command. a. Maintain auditable records of URO MRC accomplishment for each submarine. These records must consist of: (1) SUBMEPP Quarterly Sc hedules and Inventories. (2) The last copy of letter of comple tion and inspection report for each O Level URO MRC. (3) The last copy of letter of comple tion and inspection report for each I and D Level URO MRC. These may be disposed of once accomplishment is captured electronically on ISIC provided SUBMEPP Schedules and Inventories. b. Conduct periodic audits of assigned FMAs a nd units to verify full compliance with the provisions of reference (a), Volume V, Part I, Chapter 9 of this manual and this chapter. c. In addition to the record s of audits, maintain a file, by ship, of the current URO MRC inventories and schedules as provided by SUBMEPP. The schedules (Appendix D of this chapter) for each ship must be annotated with the Job Sequence Number (JSN), the new adjusted LMA date and the next due dates for the completions and any periodicity extensions authorized. (1) Although the responsibility for the ac complishment of URO MRCs must rest with the ship’s Commanding Officer, the nature and scope of the URO MRCs dictate that the ISIC coordinate the accomplishment of URO MRCs following the SUBMEPP provided PMR inventories and schedules. Accordingly, the ISIC must assist in the preparation of, and approve each submarine’s URO MRC performance schedule. Monitor the URO MRC, Deep Submergence

p. 905

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-25-7 System and Hull Integrity Procedure Status Web Site periodically to identify potentially overdue URO MRC, Deep Submergence System or Hull Integrity Procedures. The SUBMEPP representative assigned to each ISIC must add information, in the form of a comment to the web Site, addressing any overdue or potentially overdue items. Upon completion of a Ship’s Force accomplished URO (e.g., 016, 019, 022, 025, 026, 029, 036), the ISIC URO Coordinator must update the SUBMEPP URO status web site by creating a comment, located at https://ebusiness.submepp.navy.mil/eBusiness/index.cfm, with the following information until the correct information is reflected on the web page: (a) Name of person entering data (b) URO completion date (c) New LMA Date (d) New Due Date (2) In addition, the ISIC must: (a) Unless previously notified by SUBMEPP of delays, notify the SUBMEPP Representative at TYCOM of the non-receipt of schedules and reports. (b) Upon printing a new URO MRC In ventories and Schedules, perform a line-by-line verification of each ship’s new URO MRC Inventory and Schedule against the URO MRC Inventory and Schedule report held by the ISIC. At a minimum, this verification will include a review of each URO MRC LMA, Due Date, and Periodicity to ensure any recent completion data or rescheduling data that has been submitted to SUBMEPP has been accurately incorporated into the new Inventory and Schedule. PMRs accomplished during the month preceding the quarterly report may or may not be reflected in the issue received. Similarly, upon receipt of URO MRC changes, audit the individual URO MRC procedural and schedule information against each ship’s PMR Inventory and Schedule held by the ISIC to verify that the component or equipment and periodicity has not changed and that provided changes do not impact current schedules. Resolve identified deficiencies through the SUBMEPP Representative at TYCOM. (c) Review the enclosures to the PMR procedural inventories and the schedule forwarding letter and advise SUBMEPP of the completion dates and JSNs for URO MRCs listed. Forward copies of completed Data Report Forms for these and any other URO MRC completions identified by SUBMEPP as having missing Data Report Forms. (d) Quarterly, the ISIC must provide a copy of the individual ship’s URO MRC Inventory and Schedule that has been customized by the ISIC, as necessary, to reflect the most current URO MRC status.

p. 906

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-25-8 d. Control input of the SUBMEPP schedu ling file (M79EII) to the local scheduling system and resultant calldowns to the CSMP, which will produce the JCN and products for job completion. e. Ensure that all URO MRC requirements w ith the appropriate screening (Ship’s Force, FMA) are in the CSMP for subsequent development by SUBMEPP of forthcoming CNO Availability AWPs. f. In the event that deviat ions from required periodicities or full requirements of the URO MRCs are required, request approval from the TYCOM by submitting a DFS request per Volume V, Part I, Chapter 8 of this manual. Such DFS requests will be a Major DFS for URO MRC program deviations. DFS requests are also to be submitted when repairs arising from the URO MRC inspections cannot be completely accomplished. Periodicity extension requests for URO MRC 001, 002, 003, 004, 005 and 035 must be submitted per paragraph 25.2.4 of this chapter. g. Establish procedures to affect routin g of completed AWRs from the FMA ARRS through the ISIC for all URO MRC transactions. The ISIC should ensure proper documentation has been completed as described in the special reporting procedures of the AWR. This must include the material condition feedback code as part of the final action, if required. A rejection series code (6A-6I) should not be accepted unless the FMA Repair Officer cannot accomplish the URO MRC at that site. Delays in accomplishment are to be reported as status changes so that the job remains in the production system and is visible as a “to-be-done” requirement. If the URO MRC requirement cannot be accomplished at the site, the ISIC must ensure update (re- screening) of the CSMP concurrently with DFS notification, if necessary. Each processed AWR is to be validated with the PMR Special Report described in the Maintenance Resource Management System section of Volume II, Part I, Chapter 2 of this manual and, if satisfactory, passed to the Automated Data Processing Center for computer input. Upon receipt of the report of maintenance action accomplishment from an assigned unit or the FMA, review the report for completeness, consistency, acceptability of conditions and material trends. Where unsatisfactory conditions are found, direct repairs. Where repairs cannot be made, submit a DFS per Volume V, Part I, Chapter 8 of this manual. Ensure SUBMEPP inventories and schedules are updated per paragraph 25.3.3(c) of this chapter. Clear URO MRC major DFS upon TYCOM or NAVSEA approval and upon printing of the SUBMEPP Quarterly PMR inventories and schedules, and ensure they accurately reflect the new due date of the URO MRC as stated in the approved DFS. h. Upon identifying a material condition th at would result in a reduced inspection periodicity, ensure the accomplishing activity immediately reports the condition found via faxed letter to NAVSEA (SEA 07), the TYCOM and SUBMEPP per paragraph 25.2.7.c of this chapter. i. Monitor the timely submission of URO MRC data report forms and the report of accomplishment for URO MRCs completed by the FMA and Ship’s Force to ensure required documentation is submitted per paragraph 25.2.7 of this chapter. Ensure data report forms are submitted to report component replacement, repair or operation out of

p. 907

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-25-9 specification. Review all Ship’s Force accomplished URO MRC data for compliance with the requirements of the URO MRC Program prior to submittal to SUBMEPP. j. Prior to a ship’s underway period, review the ship’s certification continuity report, if submitted, to ensure the ISIC and ship’s records (including the CSMP) accurately reflect URO MRC status. k. The Parent ISIC of deploying ships will: (1) Ensure that any URO MRC due fo r accomplishment by the ship during its deployment period is identified in the CSMP transfer file and that the ship possesses the URO MRC data report forms (if applicable) for reporting job completion. (2) Provide a message to the applicab le deployed FMA or Squadron identifying any URO MRC expected to be accomplished by the deployed FMA and the status of required materials for each submarine deploying to cover the period of the deployment. (3) Provide a copy of the marked up URO Inventories and Schedules to the applicable deployed squadron prior to out-chop. Inform the deployed squadron if any changes have occurred from the time the URO Inventories and Schedules was sent to the actual out-chop date. l. Deployed Squadrons will: (1) Review the URO MRC status of deployed submarines upon in-chop. Perform the function of the Parent ISIC in ensuring all URO MRCs are accomplished and reported within the required periodicity while the submarine is deployed. (2) Provide a copy of the marked up URO Inventories and Schedules to the parent squadron. Inform the parent squadron if any changes have occurred from the time the URO Inventories and Schedules was sent to the actual out-chop date. NOTE: THIS IN NO WAY RELIEV ES THE PARENT ISIC OF THE RESPONSIBILITY TO ENSURE THAT THE REQUIRED URO MRCs ARE ACCOMPLISHED WITHIN THE SPECIFIED PERIODICITIES. m. Prior to the start of a CNO ava ilability, ISIC URO coordinators will: (1) Assign JCNs to URO MRC items assigned to Forces Afloat in the AWP and screen them to an availability prior to the start of the CNO availability or to the concurrent availability following the directions in the AWP. Forces Afloat items are accomplished by Ship’s Force or Performance Monitoring Team. Care must be taken to appropriately assign URO MRC items to the correct accomplishing activity. (2) ISIC URO coordinators will not a ssign JCNs to URO MRC items assigned to the shipyard in the AWP. In the URO MRC inventories and schedules, in the remarks or completion information area, enter "assigned to (name of shipyard) by AWP (name and number of availability)". The shipyard is responsible for performing, auditing and reporting all URO MRC items assigned by the AWP.

p. 908

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-25-10 (3) URO MRCs assigned to Forces Afloat by the AWP for accomplishment prior to the start of the depot period, but for some reason were not completed, will be reassigned to a concurrent availability or formally reassigned to the shipyard via a supplemental work request. n. During a CNO availability, URO MRCs a ssigned to the shipyard by the AWP which are not accomplished during the depot period will be placed on the guarantee list or reassigned to a fleet availability by the TYCOM following the depot period provided the URO MRC does not exceed its due date. The ISIC will be notified of this reassignment by formal correspondence which will include justification and reason why the scheduled and planned requirements were not met. o. Prior to CNO availability completion, ISICs will audit URO MRCs assigned to Forces Afloat by the AWP and ensure all have been satisfactorily completed and documented within the required periodicity. The ISIC audit will also verify that all URO MRC items coming due within six months of availability completion are complete or assigned to a follow-on fleet availability. Under no circumstances are URO MRC due dates to be exceeded. ISIC Quality Assurance Officers will not be responsible for auditing URO MRCs assigned to the depot in the AWP. p. Following CNO availability completion, the IS IC URO coordinator will ensure that all URO MRCs assigned to the shipyard were reported and subsequently updated by SUBMEPP. ISICs will only upline the closed JCNs for URO MRCs completed by Forces Afloat. 25.3.4 Submarine Commanding Officer. a. Ensure all URO MRCs are accomplished w ithin the required periodicity as specified by reference (a), Volume V, Part I, Chapter 5 of this manual and this chapter. b. For visual inspections in between URO M RC 003 inspections, see Volume V, Part I, Chapter 5, paragraph 5.4.3.c. of this manual for a description of requirements to inspect submarine hull structure in between the periodic URO MRC 003 inspections. c. Maintain auditable records of the accomplishment of URO MRCs to permit verification of compliance with reference (a), Volume V, Part I, Chapter 10 of this manual, and this chapter. These records must consist of: (1) A copy of the TYCOM and NAVSE A SUBSAFE Material Certification message from new construction, Depot Modernization Period or overhaul until the ship’s current status is reflected in reference (c). When the ship’s current status is reflected in reference (c) the messages may be destroyed and the current notice will be retained. (2) Copies of letter of completi on for all URO MRC work accomplishment by other activities, including most recent FMA URO Accomplishment Letter. These may be disposed of once accomplishment is captured electronically on ISIC provided SUBMEPP Schedules and Inventories. (3) Copies of letters of completion and inspection reports for work accomplished by Ship’s Force. The ship must retain a legible copy of the most current inspection report (or required Data Report Form), until the ship is disposed of

p. 909

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-25-11 or stricken from the Naval Register. The required report forms are located at the end of the individual URO MRCs. A copy of each completed report must be submitted to the ISIC for review a minimum of 24 hours prior to underway. (4) One copy each of the current Quar terly URO MRC inventories and schedules by SUBMEPP via the ISIC. Annotate the URO MRC Inventory Report when accepting completed work requests from the FMA or Ship’s Force (LWC 991). It is the ship’s responsibility for ensuring that the reports reflect the actual configuration, especially with regards to the equipment identity and the Allowance Parts List.

p. 910

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-25A-1 APPENDIX A IER622 *** AUTOMATED WORK REQUEST *** 03 DEC 92 (92338) OPNAV 4790/2R/Q DEFERRAL AVAIL: P106 (01JAN93-31MAR93) **********************SECTION I. IDENTIFICATION************************** 1. UIC: 05152 2. OWC: EAJC 3. JSN: 3171 4. APL: 520175132 AILSN: 5520 A. NAME: FINBACK 5. EQUIP: ACCUMULATOR-HYD 13. IDENT: ACCUM MNA FC B. HULL: SSN 670 14. EIC: TV01 16. LOCATION: 15. SAFE: NO 6. WHEN DISC: 0 7. EQ STAT: 0 8. CAUSE: 0 9. DEF REA: 6 10. : 11. : 12. : 18. CAT SHIP ALT # RN PC F$ 19. PI 20. INSURV # 21. SUF 22. MDG 23. SAF 24. P/F 18A. MJC: N0008EAEACKS026 ***********************SECTION II. DEFERRAL ACTION*********************** 26. DEF DATE: 23 NOV 92 27. OMA MHR REM: AUTO 28. DEALN DATE: 31 JAN 93 9. DEF REA: 6 *********************SECTION III COMPLETED ACTION************************ 29. A/T: 30. OMA MHR EXP: 0000 31. DATE COMP: SELECT EQUIPMENT 32. AMT: 33. TI: 0 34. METER READING: **********************SECTION IV. REMARKS/DESCRIPTION******************** 35. REMARKS: CHECK HYD SY S FLOOD CONTROL ACCUMULATORS IAW URO MRC 026 XXX LAST COMPLETED 90001 NEXT DUE DATE 93001 MDCO PASS TO SHIP'S FORCE. S/F COMPLY WITH URO 026, COMPLETE BLOCKS 102-104 AND RETURN THIS AWR TO MDCO FOR ADP PROCESS. CONSULT THE TYCOM PMR SCHEDULIN G SYSTEM FOR SHIP OR COMPONENT SPECIFIC INFO SUCH AS "DD", SPECIAL REQ-MTS, PERIODICITY OR LEVEL OF ACCOMPLISHMENT. 37. CSMP SUMMARY: ACCOMPLISH URO MRC 026 38. 1ST CON: 39. 2ND CON: 41. PRI: 2 42. T/A: 2 43. INT PRI: 44. IUC SCRN: 2 45. TYC SCRN: 46. SPECIAL PURPOSE: A- B- C- D- E- F- G- H- I- J- K- L- E. CO F. TYCOM *********************SECTION V. SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION**************** 48. REP TM: MRC URO MRC 026 ON BRD: NO 49. PREARV: 50. PLNRMK: MRC URO MRC 026 *** COMPLETE INSPECTION FINDINGS AND FORWARD IAW URO 026 *** 50A. IUCRMK: 50B. TYCRMK: 50C. IMARMK: ***************************SECTION VI. PLANNING************************** 51. PMR: URO MRC 026 52. PER: 000 53. ISS: 7512 54. SPEC DATA: HP JC008638 QLV: 55. QA S/S: YES NUC LI: 1NUC WPR: SP CLN: SPECID: RADCON: LI: NON DT: SAE DIV: SP TST: NOISE: OTHCON: 56. SR K E: 0091 SP INT: YES D/D REQ: PREOVH: AFTOVH: DEPART: K.E.: UROS DUE K.E. DATE: NORMALLY DONE BY: *********SECTION VII. REPAIR ACTIVITY PLANNING/SCHEDULING ACTION********* 57. L/A RWC 58. SKD STRT 59. SKD COMP 60. PMHR 61. K/O 62. TASK L 991 01 JAN 93 30 JAN 93 008 001

93. RAUIC: 05851 L Y SPEAR 94. WK RTN #: 99. JOB ORDER NO: 95. EST M/D: 96. EST M/D $: 97. EST MATL $: 98. EST TOT $: 100. LEAD P&E: 101. DATE OF ESTIMATE: 23 NOV 92 102. FAT: 103. ACT MHRS EXP: 104. DATE COMP: G. COMPLETED: H. ACCEPTED BY: ******************************SECTION VIII. SUPPLY DATA****************** PRI DOC NUM NIIN/PART# DESC QTY STATUS APPENDIX A URO MRC AUTOMATED WORK REQUEST FOR SHIP’S FORCE ACCOMPLISHMENT

p. 911

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-25B-1 APPENDIX B IER622 *** AUTOMATED WORK REQUEST *** 03 DEC 92 (92338) OPNAV 4790/2R/Q DEFERRAL AVAIL: A015* (04JAN93-07FEB93) **********************SECTION I. IDENTIFICATION************************** 1. UIC: 05152 2. OWC: EMJC 3. JSN: 3170 4. APL: 884305120 AILSN: 2090 A. NAME: FINBACK 5. EQUIP: VALVE B 3.00 IPS 13. IDENT: MSW-108 B. HULL: SSN 670 14. EIC: FB08 16. LOCATION: 15. SAFE: NO 6. WHEN DISC: 0 7. EQ STAT: 0 8. CAUSE: 0 9. DEF REA: 6 10. : 11. : 12. : 18. CAT SHIP ALT # RN PC F$ 19. PI 20. INSURV # 21. SUF 22. MDG 23. SAF 24. P/F 18A. MJC: N0008EMCKC918 ***********************SECTION II. DEFERRAL ACTION*********************** 26. DEF DATE: 23 NOV 92 27. OMA MHR REM: AUTO 28. DEADLN DATE: 9. DEF REA: 6 *********************SECTION III COMPLETED ACTION************************ 29. A/T: 30. OMA MHR EXP: 0000 31. DATE COMP: SELECT EQUIPMENT 32. AMT: 33. TI: 0 34. METER READING: **********************SECTION IV. REMARKS/DESCRIPTION******************** 35. REMARKS: INSPECT BALL VALVE STEM IAW URO MRC 009 LAST COMPLETED 90001 NEXT DUE DATE 93001 CONSULT THE TYCOM PMR SCHEDULING SYSTEM FOR SHIP OR COMPONENT SPECIFIC INFO SUCH AS "DD", SPECIAL REQ-MTS, PERIODICITY, OR LEVEL OF ACCOMPLISHMENT 37. CSMP SUMMARY: ACCOMPLISH URO MRC 009 38. 1ST CON: LPO 39. 2ND CON: 41. PRI: 2 42. T/A: 2 43. INT PRI: 44. IUC SCRN: 2 45. TYC SCRN: 46. SPECIAL PURPOSE: A- B- C- D- E- F- G- H- I- J- K- L- E. CO F. TYCOM *********************SECTION V. SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION**************** 48. REP TM: MRC URO MRC 009 ON BRD: NO 49. PREARV: *** COMP INSP FINDINGS AND FORWARD IAW URO/LID MRC 009 *** 50. PLNRMK: THIS DEPOT JOB IS ASSIGNED TO IMA BY TYCOM *** REPORT INSPECTION FINDINGS AND FORWARD IAW URO 009 *** 50A. IUCRMK: 50B. TYCRMK: 50C. IMARMK: ***************************SECTION VI. PLANNING************************** 51. PMR: URO MRC 009 52. PER: 000 53. ISS: 7302 54. SPEC DATA: HP1JC006547 QLV: 55. QA S/S: YES NUC LI: NUC WPR: SP CLN: SPECID: RADCON: LI: NON DT: SAE DIV: SP TST: NOISE: OTHCON: 56. SR K E: 0091 SP INT: YES D/D REQ: PREOVH: AFTOVH: DEPART: K.E.: UROS DUE K.E. DATE: NORMALLY DONE BY: 1 DEP **********SECTION VII. REPAIR ACTIVITY PLANNING/SCHEDULING ACTION******** 57. L/A RWC 58. SKD STRT 59. SKD COMP 60. PMHR 61. K/O 62. TASK L 10C 04 JAN 93 18 JAN 93 0002 001 PACKAGE A 38A 04 JAN 93 18 JAN 93 0027 001 INSP A 93A 04 JAN 93 18 JAN 93 0008 001 INSP A 93B 04 JAN 93 18 JAN 93 0002 001 QA 93. RAUIC: 05851 L Y SPEAR 94. WK RTN #: 99. JOB ORDER NO: 95. EST M/D: 96. EST M/D $: 97. EST MATL $: 98. EST TOT $: 100. LEAD P&E: 101. DATE OF ESTIMATE: 23 NOV 92 102. FAT: 103. ACT MHRS EXP: 104. DATE COMP: G. COMPLETED: H. ACCEPTED BY: ******************************SECTION VIII. SUPPLY DATA****************** PRI DOC NUM NIIN/PART# DESC QTY STATUS APPENDIX B URO MRC AUTOMATED WORK REQUEST FOR FMA ACCOMPLISHMENT

p. 912

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-25C-1 APPENDIX C

PERIODIC MAINTENANCE REQUIREM ENTS REPORT DATE: 10 APRIL 2003 URO CHANGE NO: 119 Mar 2003 INVENT ORY URO/HIP SORTED BY SYSTEM SSSU NLON NSSF NLON 68316 COMPID LINE ITEM COMP SERIAL R

MJC NO M

PROC TYPE MAINTENANC E INSTRUCTION DOC STA T M D L D LAST WRK CTR JSN C C LMA DATE DUE DATE PER ALT REMARKS/COMPLETION INFO JSN DATE HSC RIC EIC SYSTEM: 0611 AUDITS AND CERTIFICATION SOE DOCUMENT 005716 P10001 N0008EXCKS036 URO 036 IS O EXJC1967A Sep 2002 Sep 2006 48M/R 0611X5000B X90613CM140 UE0000 R=T34 Complete at the end of each depot availability but not to exceed 48 months. VITAL EQUIP 001252 P10001 N0008EXCKS029 URO 029 IS O X Jan 2001 Jan 2005 48M/R 0611X1000A X90613V0001 IC03000 R=T34 Complete at the end of each depot availability but not to exceed 48 months. SYSTEM: 1110 SUPERSTRUCTURE AND FAIRWATER FAIRWATER 001257 P1005 N0007WKCKC920 URO 003 IS D D Feb 1994 Feb 2004 120M 1111X1000J X90613V0001 A600000 SYSTEM: 1310 PRESSURE HULL ASW1/2 007333 P10035 N0007WKCKC920 URO 003 IS D D X Jan 2001 Jan 2007 72M 1311XAB11C X90613CM027 1108000 ASW29/30 INS 007334 P10034 N0007WKCKC920 URO 003 IS D D X Jan 2001 Jan 2007 72M 1311XAB12C X90613CM027 1108000 ASW80/81 007335 P10033 N0007WKCKC920 URO 003 IS D D X Jan 2001 Jan 2007 72M 1311XAA73C X90613CM027 1108000 CD 35 INSR 007336 P10031 N0007WKCKC920 URO 003 IS D D X Jan 2001 Jan 2007 72M 1311XA781C X90613CM027 1108000 CD 4 INSR 007337 P10032 N0007WKCKC920 URO 003 IS D D X Jan 2001 Jan 2007 72M 1311XA711C X90613CM027 1108000 CD 1/2 INSR 007338 P10029 N0007WKCKC920 URO 003 IS D D X Jan 2001 Jan 2007 72M 1311X8980C X90613CM027 1108000 APPENDIX C SUBMEPP URO MRC INVENTORY

p. 913

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-25D-1 APPENDIX D

PERIODIC MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS REPORT DATE: 10 APRIL 2003 URO CHANGE NO: 119 Mar 2003 INVENTORY URO/HIP SORTED BY SYSTEM CUTOFF DATE: 01 OCT 2003 SSSU NLON NSSF NLON 68316 COMPID LINE ITEM COMP SERIAL R

MJC NO M

PROC TYPE MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTION DOC STAT M D L D LAST WRK CTR JSN C C LMA DATE DUE DATE PER ALT REMARKS/COMPLETION INFO JSN DATE HSC RIC EIC SYSTEM: 5182 STEERING AND DIVING (STRUCTURAL, MECHANICAL, AND ELECTRICAL CONTROL) LKG STDIV DR 003361 P12140 N0008EACKS016 URO 016 IS O/ EAJC1962A Sep 2002 Sep 2003 9M/R 12M 5182X1811B X90613CM100 TL06000 R=260 Complete at the end of each depot availability but not to exceed 9 months from the last accomplishment

SYSTEM: 5400 NORMAL AND EMERGENCY BALLAST TANK BLOW (TITLE FOR 688 CLASS IS EMBT BLOW) RISE BLOW 003813 P12548 N0008EACKS022 URO 022 IS O EAJC1963 X Jan 2002 Jan 2003 12M 5401X0101A X90613BL001 TF01000 STATBLOW LOC 003814 P12546 N0008EACKS022 URO 022 IS O EAJC1963 X Jan 2002 Jan 2003 12M 5401X0105A X90613BL001 TF01000 R=260 Complete at the end of each depot availability but not to exceed 12 months from the last accomplishment. STATBLOW REM 003815 P12547 N0008EACKS022 URO 022 IS O EAJC1965 X Jan 2001 Jan 2007 72M 1311XAB11C X90613CM027 1108000 R=260 Complete at the end of each depot availability but not to exceed 12 months from the last accomplishment. SYSTEM: 5520 MAIN AND VITAL HYDRAULIC (TITLE FOR 688 CLASS IS SHIP’S SERVICE HYDRAULICS) HULL CLOSURE 004440 P13205 N0008EACKS025 URO 025 IS O EAJC2188 X Jan 2002 Jun 2003 72M 1311XAB12C X90613CM027 1108000 R=261 Complete at the end of each depot availability but not to exceed 7 months from the last accomplishment.

APPENDIX D SUBMEPP URO MRC SCHEDULE

p. 914

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-25E-1 APPENDIX E APPENDIX E REQUEST FOR URO MRC PERIODICITY EXTENSION FORMAT 4790 Ser From: Commander, Submarine Squadron To: Commanding Officer, Submarine Ma intenance Engineering, Planning and Procurement (SUBMEPP) Activity Via: Commander Submarine Force, (Atlantic or Pacific Fleet) Subj: REQUEST FOR EXTENSION OF PE RIODICITY FOR URO MRC(S) _______ ON USS (Ship’s Name and Hull No.) Ref: (a) Applicable URO MRC (b) COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3; Jo int Fleet Maintenance Manual, Volume VI, Chapter 25 (c) COMSUB(LANT or PAC) ltr 4790 Ser ____ of (previous letter granting extension of periodicity) 1. Per references (a) and (b), request extensi on of URO MRC periodicity for USS (Ship’s Name and Hull No.) to coincide with Selected Restricted Availability, Overhaul, Depot Modernization Period or Interim Dry-Docking using the data in this table: URO MRC Equipment Guide List Item Number or Component Ident LMA Date Current Due Date Inactive Time Extension Required Required Next Due Date Pierside Days * Drydock Days

001 All June 82 Apr 91 200 days 100 days 7 months Nov 91 002 All June 82 Aug 91 N/A 100 days 3 months Nov 91 003 4.b June 82 Aug 91 N/A 100 days 3 months Nov 91 004 INT Welds June 84 Apr 91 200 days 100 days 7 months Nov 91 005 INT Welds June 84 Apr 91 200 days 100 days 7 months Nov 91 035 All June 84 Aug 91 N/A 100 days 3 months Nov 91 * Credit for pierside days is awar ded for days the ship is tied to the pier. No credit is given if the ship is underway anytime during the day. 2. Inactive time identified for the URO MRCs lis ted in paragraph 1 is the actual allowable time accrued to date since URO MRC was last accomplished or previous extension of periodicity was granted by reference (c). Copy to: COMNAVSEASYSCOM (SEA 07) (080) Commanding Officer, USS (Ship’s Name and Hull No.)

p. 915

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 VI-25F-1 APPENDIX F APPENDIX F SAMPLE WORK PACKAGE SUPPLEMENT

p. 916

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-26-1 VOLUME VI CHAPTER 26 OPERATING DEPTH POLICY REFERENCES. (a) NAVSEA S9086-DA-STM-000 - NSTM Chapter 100 (Hull Structures) (b) COMNAVSUBFOR OPORD 2000 (c) NAVSEAINST C9094.2 - Submarine Valve Operation Requirements for Builders and Post Overhaul Sea Trial Test Dives 26.1 PURPOSE. To provide Type Commander (TYCOM) policy with respect to the maximum allowable operating depths during trials, evolutions to be performed at the various depths, and the prescribed maximum water depth applicable in each case. Some deep diving submarines are limited to depths less than designed test depth pending accomplishment of certain hull and system modifications prescribed by Naval Sea Systems Command (NAVSEA) as necessary to permit certification to design test depth. As these modifications are accomplished during the availability, the integrity of the ships will be certified and they will be permitted to operate down to their design test depth either periodically or without restriction. a. The sequence of events leading to au thorization for operations at the maximum operating depth during postindustrial availability or new construction trials for SUBSAFE ships is: (1) Upon completion of the authorized industrial facility work, NAVSEA reviews the scope, degree and manner of accomplishment and recommends to the TYCOM that the submarine be authorized to test hull strength and integrity at an appropriate maximum keel depth during trials. This depth may be the designed test depth or a lesser depth. (2) Based on this recommendation the TYCOM will normally authorize operation to the NAVSEA recommended keel depth by message to the ship, information to the applicable Immediate Superior In Command (ISIC), Supervising Authority or Industrial Activity (as applicable), NAVSEA, Fleet Commander and Chief of Naval Operations. b. In every instance where the maximum author ized operating depth is exceeded, a report must be made per reference (a). In addition to those addressees listed in reference (a), an information copy must be provided to the applicable TYCOM and ISIC. 26.2 INITIAL TIGHTNESS DIVE. The initial tightness dive following an industrial availability or new construction will be conducted following carefully planned procedures. a. The initial tightness dive will be an especially deliberate, planned, step-by-step evolution using conservative angles and moderate speed, or slower, following the approved Sea Trial Agenda. Caution is required not only because the material condition of the ship is untested at any depth following major industrial facility work, but also because of the crew's lack of recent submerged operational experience. Reference (b) applies.

CHAPTER 26

p. 917

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-26-2 b. The maximum water depth allowable duri ng the initial tightness dive will be as specified by reference (b). The approved Sea Trial Agenda and reference (c) describe those events to be conducted during the initial tightness dive and provide the requirements of the initial tightness dive. The approved Sea Trial Agenda also describes those events immediately following the initial tightness dive. The maximum operating keel depth will be 200 feet. 26.3 DEEP DIVE OR CONTROLLED DIVE. After demonstrating satisfactory hull strength and integrity during the initial tightness dive, the requirement exists to test the hull at submerged depths down to the maximum operating depth. The first approach to these depths subsequent to the repair of major hull or sea connected systems work will be made per the following subparagraphs 26.3.1 through 26.3.4. 26.3.1 Depth Limitations. The Deep Dive or Controlled Dive must be made to the maximum operating depth in water specifically designated for such trials and under specific water depth restrictions per reference (b), and as promulgated in the appropriate TYCOM or ISIC Operation Order. 26.3.2 Conduct of Deep Dives or Controlled Dives. Deep Dive or Controlled Dive depth changes should be conducted in no greater than 200-foot increments when above one-half the maximum operating depth and in no greater than 100-foot increments when below one-half the maximum operating keel depth. Moderate speeds (within the limits of the submerged operating envelope) and angles must be used. Trim must be continually adjusted to provide neutral buoyancy. 26.3.3 Deep Submergence Bill. The Deep Submergence Bill must be in effect with systems in the maximum secure condition and all unnecessary sea connected systems isolated. The main ballast tank blow system must be lined up with all banks within 200 psi of full pressure. Cycling of the rudder and planes through full travel should be limited to the maximum authorized operating depth minus 100 feet at a moderate speed. 26.3.4 Valve Operation. Seawater system valve operations during postindustrial availability and new construction Sea Trials will be per reference (c).

p. 918

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-27-1 VOLUME VI CHAPTER 27 SCHEDULED PRESERVATION UPKEEP COORDINATED EFFORT REFERENCES. (a) NAVSEA S9510-AB-ATM-010 - Nuclear Po wered Submarine Atmosphere Control Manual, Volume 1 (b) NAVSEA S9510-AB-ATM-020 - Nuclear Po wered Submarine Atmosphere Control Manual, Volume 2 (c) NAVSEA S9086-VD-STM-010 - NSTM Chapter 631 (Preservation of Ships In- Service - General) (d) SMS 6310-081-015 - Submarine Preservation General Painting (e) OPNAVINST 5100.19 - Navy Occupational Safety and Health (NAVOSH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat (f) SOBT Video SVT-GT-9336 - Submarine Preservation LISTING OF APPENDICES. A SPRUCE Key Event Schedule B SPRUCE Report Form C SPRUCE Check List 27.1 PURPOSE. The Scheduled Preservation Upkeep Coordinated Effort (SPRUCE) program has been established to ensure internal preservation is maintained at the highest possible level throughout the life of the ship. As a result of increased intervals between submarine Chief of Naval Operations Maintenance Availabilities, effective SPRUCE upkeeps are of prime importance. SSBN 726 and SSGN 726 Class submarines are exempt from SPRUCE upkeeps. Under special circumstances, requests for SPRUCE upkeeps on SSBN726 or SSGN 726 Class submarines will be considered and must be conducted per this chapter. 27.2 SCHEDULING. a. Immediate Superiors In Command (ISIC) must schedule a three-week SPRUCE below decks every 48 months. The SPRUCE must contain a 14-day production period which will not be scheduled to commence sooner than two days following an underway period. Per references (a) and (b), underway periods must not be scheduled within five days of completion of the production period. In summary: Ship returns to port 0 days Preparation period 2 days Production period 14 days Gas off period 5 days TOTAL 21 days

CHAPTER 27

p. 919

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-27-2 b. ISICs must utilize every effort to accomplish a full three week SPRUCE consisting of 14 days of production. ISICs may approve a shorter SPRUCE below decks of 5 to 14 days of production time on a case-by-case basis due to operational requirements. Total allotted time for SPRUCE will at no time be less than 12 days to encompass preparation and gas off periods. A shorter production period will equate to a corresponding reduction in the overall amount of square footage accomplished during the scheduled period. When a shorter period is executed for below decks SPRUCEs, meticulous attention should be given toward the accomplishment of additional below deck SPRUCE periods to ensure sufficient preservation is achieved to facilitate 33+ years hull life. SPRUCEs not meeting three weeks in duration must be properly documented by ISICs to ensure a complete history of ship’s preservation is available. Ship returns to port 0 days Preparation period 2 days Production period XX days Gas off period 5 days TOTAL 7+XX days c. ISICs must schedule a one-week SPRUCE fo r the sail interior every 24 months. Sail SPRUCEs can be coincidental with routine availabilities. d. A SPRUCE must not be sc heduled during other Ship’s Force or Fleet Maintenance Activity (FMA) upkeeps with the exception of the five-day gas off period which may be scheduled during a follow-on upkeep. A SPRUCE should not be scheduled within the six-month period prior to a Chief of Naval Operations Maintenance Availability. A SPRUCE should not be scheduled within six months after a Depot Modernization Period (DMP), Engineered Refueling Overhaul, or Engineered Overhaul because of the industrial activity’s preservation programs. e. The initial base date for scheduling is the official completion date of the ship’s last DMP, Engineered Refueling Overhaul or Engineered Overhaul. 27.3 RESPONSIBILITIES. 27.3.1 Type Commander. a. Administer the SPRUCE program. b. Maintain a file of SPRUCE lessons learned and distribute to ensure that all commands concerned have the latest information available. 27.3.2 Immediate Superior In Command. a. Schedule and coordinate SPRUCE upkeep s per the Key Event Schedule of Appendix A of this chapter. b. Coordinate submarine crew training. c. Monitor the effectiven ess of the SPRUCE program.

p. 920

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-27-3 d. Chair a SPRUCE debrief with Ship’s For ce and FMA to review the effectiveness of the SPRUCE and generate lessons learned. The results of this meeting will be included in the Ship’s SPRUCE completion letter. 27.3.3 Fleet Maintenance Activity. a. Provide training, tools, consumables, services, and required support personnel. b. Provide technical guidan ce consisting of around the clock coverage by a coatings inspector trained to the requirements of reference (c) and reference (d), as applicable. The coatings inspector will perform all inspections necessary to ensure proper preservation is accomplished and will complete Appendix B of this chapter for each area preserved. All completed forms from Appendix B of this chapter will be submitted to the ship for inclusion into their SPRUCE completion letter. 27.3.4 Submarine Commanding Officer. a. Ensure preservation is performed by Ship ’s Force using the procedures contained in references (c) and (d), as applicable, through (f). b. Ensure Ship’s Force personnel are relie ved of all requirements other than those necessary to maintain the safety and security of the ship during the SPRUCE. c. Designate an officer or Chief Petty Officer (CPO) to serve as the SPRUCE Manager. d. Ensure the ship is divided into preservation zones. Each zone will have an officer or CPO in charge during the SPRUCE. Conduct a thorough preservation inspection of each zone, assisted by an FMA coatings inspector (if possible) at least 90 days prior to the start of the SPRUCE to determine and prioritize the preservation to be accomplished. Appendix C of this chapter must be reviewed as part of this inspection. e. Submit completion letter to the Type Commander (TYCOM) via the chain of command. This letter must report results of the SPRUCE, problems encountered, lessons learned, and must contain completed forms from Appendix C of this chapter.

p. 921

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-27A-1 APPENDIX A APPENDIX A SPRUCE KEY EVENT SCHEDULE 1. The ISIC is responsible for ensuring adherence to the following schedule to assure the effective planning of a SPRUCE upkeep. The ISIC will act for the ship to complete items should an underway period preclude timely accomplishment. The ISIC will alert the ship’s Commanding Officer and the TYCOM in the event that any of the following time frames will be exceeded. DAY ACTION -90 ISIC ensure SPRUCE is on the ship’s operating schedule. Schedule the SPRUCE with the FMA. Notify TYCOM (N3, N4, or both) of planned SPRUCE dates. -90 Commanding Officer assi gn SPRUCE manager and zone supervisors. Ship and FMA conduct preservation inspection. -90 Commanding Officer submit OPNAV 4790 2K or 2L requests for powder coating services. Ships must make effective use of these services to enhance the effectiveness of preservation for components located in hostile environments. -90 ISIC and Commanding Officer arrange for respiratory protection physicals, initial respiratory training for the ship’s Hospital Corpsman, and respirator fit-checks for crew by FMA Occupational Safety and Health personnel. The crew must be trained in respirator use by the ship’s Hospital Corpsman. -90 ISIC and Commanding Officer make plans for crew technical training. -30 Commanding Officer establish painting "T iger Team" and ensure adequate number of personnel are assigned to accomplish the upkeep commensurate with ship checks. The Tiger Team should include personnel not necessary to maintain the safety and security of the ship. Issue a SPRUCE watchbill. -30 Commanding Officer review and conduct tr aining with assigned personnel and Work Center Supervisors. Establish a General Military Training program incorporating requirements of references (c) and (d), as applicable, (e), and (f) and the ship’s paint schedule. Provide the SPRUCE Plan of Action and Milestone to the ISIC for review. 2. Conduct a 21-Day SPRUCE in the following manner: DAY ACTION -2 Tiger team make preparations for SPRUCE. 1-2 Ship’s Force preparations for SPRUCE. 3-16 Ship’s Force execute SPRUCE preservation work. DAY ACTION 16 ISIC, Commanding Officer, FMA conduct SPR UCE debrief. Commanding Officer submit SPRUCE completion letter. 21 Ship’s first available underway date.

p. 922

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-27B-1 APPENDIX B

p. 923

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-27C-1 APPENDIX C APPENDIX C SPRUCE CHECK LIST 1. Has a Navy Occupational Safety and Hea lth or Environmental Protection Agency representative been onboard to ensure compliance with occupational health and environmental regulations? 2. Is the ship aware of all required traini ng (Hazardous Material, Respirator, Technical)? 3. Assess level of effort required to accom plish SPRUCE. Assess type and quantity of tools and paint required. FMA informed for planning purposes. 4. FMA coatings inspector review SPRUCE re port form (Appendix A of this chapter) of this chapter requirements with the ship. Discuss why, how, and when these inspections are required. 5. Does the ship have a copy of Subm arine On Board Training Video SVT-GT-9336 (Submarine Preservation)? 6. Does the ship hold the most recent revi sions to NSTM Chapter 631 (Preservation of Ships In-Service - General) and reference (d)? 7. Is the ship aware of the appr opriate uses of powder coatings? 8. Does the ship hold the most recent "le ssons learned" distribution from the TYCOM?

p. 924

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-28-1 VOLUME VI CHAPTER 28 CABLEWAY ASSESSMENT REFERENCES. (a) NAVSEAINST 9304.1 - Shipboard Electrica l Cable and Cableway Inspection and Reporting Procedures (b) DOD-STD-2003 - Military, Standard, Electri c Plant Installation Standard Methods for Surface Ships and Submarines LISTING OF APPENDICES. A Sample Cableway Assessment Message 28.1 PURPOSE. The Cableway Assessment Program is a comprehensive inspection of shipboard electrical and fiber optic cables, conducted by Fleet Maintenance Activity (FMA) cableway assessment teams. The requirements for cableway assessments are contained in reference (a), which defines the training requirements, assessment criteria, and reporting procedures relevant to the assessments. 28.2 HAZARD CATEGORIES. The surface force ships and aircraft carriers electrical cable and cableway assessment program is designed to identify and correct cable and cableway safety hazards in a prioritized, orderly manner, consistent with ship and personnel safety. The three categories of deficiencies are defined as: a. Category 1 - IMMEDIATE HAZARD: Defici encies which are, or have the immediate potential to be, personnel safety hazards, electrical fire hazards, or which negate firebreak integrity. b. Category 2 - POTENTIAL HAZARD: Defici encies which require corrective action to ensure continued reliable safe performance or to maintain watertight integrity, but are not an immediate danger to personnel or equipment. c. Category 3 - NON-HAZARDOUS: Defici encies which are not hazardous to personnel or equipment but are not in compliance with approved standard installation practices. 28.3 DEFICIENCY CORRECTION. The intent of this program is to ensure that deficiencies classified as Category 1 are corrected immediately. Deficiencies classified as Category 2 should be scheduled for repair during the ship’s next regularly scheduled industrial availability as work priority permits. Category 3 deficiencies should be corrected whenever such repairs can be accomplished in conjunction with other scheduled repairs or alterations involving the cables or cableway in which the deficiencies exist. 28.4 ASSESSMENT SCHEDULING. 28.4.1 Initial Assessment. Initial cable and cableway assessments are conducted on each ship to establish a baseline configuration to ensure compliance with reference (b).

CHAPTER 28

p. 925

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-28-2 28.4.2 Follow-up Assessments. Follow-up assessments must be conducted within 12 months prior to a major or minor Chief of Naval Operations availability. The purpose of this assessment is to validate the integrity of ship’s cableways, identify discrepancies that require depot or commercial level work effort, and to train responsible Ship’s Force personnel to meet requirements of paragraph 28.6.5 of this chapter. Both the initial and follow-up assessments will be comprehensive, complete ship assessments. 28.4.3 Partial Assessments. Following availabilities which modify shipboard cableways, ships may request partial assessments to validate the quality of the modified or newly installed cableways. 28.5 CABLEWAY ASSESSMENT ASSIST TEAM COMPOSITION AND PROCEDURES. a. FMA Electrical Cableway Assessment s hops ideally consist of 12 FMA personnel. The recommended shop manning is six certified personnel and six personnel in training. Certified personnel must have satisfactorily completed a cableway assessment or repair training course and satisfactorily demonstrated their practical knowledge based on enclosure (1) of reference (a). Personnel in training may assist in cableway assessments after satisfactorily completing the classroom training modules per reference (a) and satisfactorily demonstrating their practical knowledge to an FMA appointed certifying assessor. Assessors should be E5 or above, with shipboard experience, and from the following source ratings: AE, EM, ET, EW, FC, FT, GM, GSE, IC, IT, STG, and STS. b. For assessment or assist visit purposes, the FMAs should establish sub-teams of one certified assessor, one trainee, and one Ship’s Force member. Assign as many sub- teams as necessary to assess the entire ship. The assessed ship will assign a minimum of one Ship’s Force person per FMA sub-team from the source ratings in sub- paragraph a, for the purpose of training, and to assist in shipboard assessment and repairs. Each FMA will assign one HT (qualified welder) to assist during shipboard cableway repairs. c. In addition to technical training, all t eam members must be trained to administer Cardio-Pulmonary Resuscitation. d. Upon completing the assessment of the entire ship, assessment teams will assist in the correction of cableway deficiencies as time and schedules permit. Repair efforts will concentrate on removal of dead-ended cables, correction of watertight integrity items, and Category 1 discrepancies. 28.6 RESPONSIBILITIES. 28.6.1 Immediate Superior In Command. Ensure assigned ships are scheduled to receive required cableway assessments and training. 28.6.2 Regional Maintenance Center. Schedule assigned ships for cableway assessments or assist visits and coordinate the training effort of Ship’s Force personnel by the FMA. 28.6.3 Fleet Maintenance Activity. a. Establish the following to suppor t the Electrical Cableway program:

p. 926

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-28-3 (1) Electrical Cableway Assessment and Repair Teams for the accomplishment of scheduled cableway assessments. (2) Training program to support FMA trai ning needs as specified in Part II of enclosure (1) of reference (a). (3) Training program for ship’s personn el. Training of Ship’s Force personnel will include classroom training before the assessment and shipboard practical training during the assessment. b. Give daily progress report s (briefing, if possible) to ship’s Commanding Officer, identifying Category 1 findings and any other areas of concern. c. Upon completion of the assessment, subm it a final report per Appendix A of this chapter to the applicable Type Commander (TYCOM) (N434), info the Immediate Superior In Command (ISIC) and the Regional Maintenance Center. The final report should contain a list of Ship’s Force personnel trained as cableway assessors or repairmen, including names and rate and rank. 28.6.4 Cableway Assessment Team. a. Locate, identify, and categorize electrical cableway discrepancies on ships. b. Train Ship’s Force to assess, repa ir, and maintain shipboard cableways. c. Correct identified discrepancies whic h are beyond Ship’s Force capability, or document discrepancies for future correction. d. Provide guidance for the repa ir of deferred discrepancies. 28.6.5 Ship Commanding Officer. a. Assign Ship’s Force personnel (E4 or above ) from source ratings listed in paragraph 28.5.a of this chapter for FMA cableway assessment repair training. After completing training, they will serve as quality assurance personnel to minimize future discrepancies by contractors and electrical installation teams. They should identify, track, and repair cableway discrepancies within their departments. b. Correct outstanding discrepancies listed in the final cableway assessment report. c. Within 30 days of completion of the assessment, enter all unrepaired Category 1 discrepancies in the Current Ship’s Maintenance Project. Schedule these items for corrective action at the earliest opportunity. 28.7 REPORTS. Upon completion of the cableway assessment, the assessing agency must submit a final report using the format of Appendix A of this chapter.

p. 927

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-28A-1 APPENDIX A APPENDIX A SAMPLE CABLEWAY ASSESSMENT MESSAGE FM (FMA)// TO USS (SHIP’S NAME AND HULL NO.)// INFO ISIC//(AS APPROPRIATE) RSG/RMC//(AS APPROPRIATE) BT UNCLAS//N04790// MSGID/GENADMIN/(ORIGINATING FMA)// SUBJ/ ELECTRICAL CABLEWAY ASSESSMENT REPORT FOR USS (SHIP’S NAME AND HULL NO.)// REF/A/DOC/COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3// AMPN/REF A IS JOINT FLEET MAINT MAN/VOL VI CH 28 PROVIDES GUIDANCE IN CABLEWAY INSPECTIONS// RMKS/1. CABLEWAY ASSESSMENT OF USS (SHIP’S NAME AND HULL NO.) WAS CONDUCTED PER REF A FROM (START DATE) TO (COMPLETION DATE) BY (INSPECTING UNIT). RESULTS ARE: CAT 1 CAT 2 CAT 3 TOTAL ITEMS IDENTIFIED _____ _____ _____ _____ ITEMS CORRECTED _____ _____ _____ _____ ITEMS REMAINING _____ _____ _____ _____ ITEMS DOWNGRADED _____ _____ _____ _____ 2. CABLE/CABLEWAY DISCREPANCIES. QUANTITY PERCENTAGE DEAD-ENDED CABLES ________ ________ IMPROPER EQUIPMENT/BULKHEAD PENETRATIONS ________ ________ COLLARS/CHAFING RINGS WITHOUT FIRE STOP ________ ________ MISSING CABLE HANGERS ________ ________ TUBES NOT PACKED ________ ________ TUBES NOT BLANKED ________ ________ CHAFED CABLES ________ ________ EQUIPMENT IMPROPERLY MOUNTED ________ ________ CONNECTERS MISSING TEMPSEAL ________ ________ IMPROPER SPLICES ________ ________ EXCESSIVE SLACK IN CABLES ________ ________ INCORRECT BEND RADIUS ________ ________ MISSING COVERS ________ ________

p. 928

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-28A-2 APPENDIX A IMPROPER BANDING ________ ________ IMPROPER CABLE RUNS ________ ________ FIRE BOUNDARIES MISSING FIRE PROTECTIVE COATING ________ ________ 3. THE FOLLOWING ITEMS WERE CORRECTED: QUANTITIES DEAD ENDED CABLES ________ DEAD ENDED CABLES PROPERLY END SEALED ________ NEW CABLES INSTALLED ________ IMPROPER EQUIPMENT PENETRATIONS DOWNGRADED WITH APPROVED METHODS ________ FIRE BOUNDARIES TREATED WITH FIRE PROTECTIVE COATING ________ (LIST ANY OTHER TYPES OF DI SCREPANCIES AND QUANTITIES CORRECTED) 4. FIRE PROTECTIVE COATING (TYPE) HAS BEEN APPLIED TO ALL ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS THROUGH DESIGNATED FIRE ZONE BOUNDARIES (IF ALL DESIGNATED BOUNDARIES WERE NOT COATED, IDENTIFY REMAINING BOUNDARIES TO BE COATED). 5. ELECTRICAL CABLE/CABLEWAY INSPECTION IS COMPLETED (OR) ELECTRICAL CABLE/CABLEWAY INSPECTION IS COMPLETE WITH THE FOLLOWING EXCEPTIONS (LIST COMPARTMENTS OR IDENTIFY BOUNDARIES). 6. THE FOLLOWING SHIP’S FORCE PERSONNEL WERE TRAINED AND HAVE SATISFACTORILY DEMONSTRATED THEIR PRACTICAL KNOWLEDGE IN CABLEWAY INSPECTION AND REPAIR TECHNIQUE. PERSONNEL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THEIR RESPONSIBILITY FOR QUALITY ASSURANCE OF CABLEWAYS INCLUDING INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE OF CABLEWAYS: NAME RATE/RANK DOD ID# ________________ ________ ________ ________________ ________ ________ ________________ ________ ________ ________________ ________ ________ BT NOTE: ENSURE MESSAGES ARE FOLLO WING CURRENT MESSAGE FORMAT AND CURRENT PLAIN LANGUAGE ADDRESS DIRECTORY (PLAD) IS UTILIZED.

p. 929

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-29-1 VOLUME VI CHAPTER 29 HEAT STRESS CONTROL AND REPAIR OF THERMAL INSULATION REFERENCES. (a) NAVSEA S9086-VH-STM-010 - NSTM Chap ter 635 (Thermal, Fire and Acoustic Insulation) (b) OPNAVINST 5100.19 - Navy Occupational Safety and Health (NAVOSH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat (c) NAVSEA S9086-RQ-STM-010 - NSTM Ch apter 510 (Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning Systems for Surface Ships) LISTING OF APPENDICES. A Inspection Guide for Excessive Heat 29.1 PURPOSE. To provide guidance for reducing excessive heat generation and the control of asbestos lagging and insulation material. 29.2 HEAT STRESS. a. Excessive temperatures not only cause discomfort to personnel and the risk of burns from hot surfaces, but also lead to inattentive or inefficient watch standing, and the inability to perform maintenance. They also lead to jury-rigging of ventilation systems, often making the situation more severe. While the principal problems are centered in the engineering spaces, these conditions also exist in other heat producing spaces (i.e., laundries, sculleries, and auxiliary machinery spaces). b. The causes of excessive temperatur es in ship machinery spaces are: (1) Radiant heat from steam piping valves and machinery which has missing, water-soaked, or deteriorated insulation. (2) Steam and water leaks. (3) Boiler air casing leaks. (4) Ventilation system deficiencies, such as, inadequate cleaning, improper maintenance or grooming, and design inadequacies. c. Several steps have been taken toward correcting the problem of heat stress. (1) Fleet Maintenance Activities (FMA ) have increased their capability to accomplish lagging of piping and machinery. (2) Special teams have been set up in so me FMAs to aid ships in inspecting for insulation deficiencies. (3) FMAs are outfitted with hand held pyrometers. (4) Fire room lagging repairs are priority items during Chief of Naval Operations Maintenance Availability.

CHAPTER 29

p. 930

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-29-2 29.2.1 Measurement of Insulation Surface Temperatures. a. Check and calibrate the pyrometer per th e instrument directions. Checking for the proper emissivity setting is particularly important. The following emissivities apply to this procedure: (1) Navy white paint (clean) - 0.9 (2) Navy aluminum paint (clean) - 0.4 b. Sight the pyrometer on the object to be insp ected. Record pyrometer readings for each location tested. Measure and record ambient dry bulb readings in proximity to the surface being inspected for each location being inspected. When inspecting piping systems, scan the pipe run with the pyrometer. When a location with deteriorated insulation, producing a hot spot, is passed, the readings will increase significantly. Record this location as requiring insulation replacement. (1) Items or systems being inspected mu st be at normal operating conditions and temperatures. (2) If the pyrometer acts er ratically (i.e., zero not adjustable), place the instrument in a cool air stream until the instrument stabilizes and then proceed with the readings. (3) When not in use, store the pyrometer in an area having an ambient temperature of less than 100 degrees F. c. Determine the maximum allowable surface te mperature, as shown in reference (a). If the recorded temperature exceeds the maximum allowed per reference (a), corrective action must be taken. d. Appendix A of this chapter is a checklis t guide to be used in locating areas of excessive heat generations. 29.2.2 Heat Stress Area Stay Times. Heat stress is measured with a Wet Bulb Globe Thermometer per the instructions contained in reference (b). Using the Wet Bulb Thermometer readings, calculate stay times from the Stay Time Tables of reference (b). 29.3 INDUSTRIAL AVAILABILITY LAGGING PLAN. For any industrial availability period where major lagging work is expected, prepare an overall lagging plan, and schedule repairs that permit coordination with other planned work. The plan must show which areas to be repaired contain asbestos. Visual inspection and use of a pyrometer, when underway, is normally sufficient to reveal areas needing repair or replacement. For each piping system inspected, mark up a copy of the system piping diagram to show specific repairs needed, and attach the marked up diagram to an OPNAV 4790/2K work request. 29.4 ASBESTOS LAGGING AND INSULATION. 29.4.1 Asbestos Control and Safety. All personnel must understand and adhere to the policies and procedures provided in references (a) and (b) regarding the handling of asbestos. Those persons that meet the criteria in reference (b) must be enrolled in the Asbestos Medical Surveillance Program.

p. 931

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-29-3 29.4.2 Repairs to Asbestos Lagging or Insulation. Exposed asbestos thermal insulation poses a danger to personnel who may breathe in the airborne fibers. Damaged asbestos insulation must not be left unattended. Corrective measures include: a. Application of ARABOL (MIL-A -3316) for minor insulation damage. b. Use of aluminized fibrous glass to protect insulation in high traffic area. c. Use of chafing gear and ot her protection to reduce damage. d. Training work center or work party pers onnel who may be contributing to excessive insulation damage. e. Alerting all shipboard personne l to report any insulation damage. 29.4.3 Removal of Asbestos Lagging or Insulation. a. If removal of asbestos lagging is required to carry out equipment repairs, request that the Type Commander arrange for a special asbestos handling team. The team will be assigned from either an FMA or contractor, depending on the size of the job. b. If the ship is away from its homeport and damage occurs, remove minor areas of defective asbestos insulation using the methods specified in reference (a). Ship’s Force must be made aware of the health hazards involved in removing asbestos, and know the measures required for personnel safety. c. To simplify cleanup and reduce health h azards from dust, collect any debris from removed asbestos lagging in containers, per the requirements of reference (a).

p. 932

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-29A-1 APPENDIX A APPENDIX A INSPECTION GUIDE FOR EXCESSIVE HEAT 1. Insulation. a. Visually check piping, lagging pads, and bulkhead insulation for: (1) Deteriorated (crushed or frayed) lagging or pads. (2) Wet or oil soaked lagging or pads. (3) Missing pads. This is also a burn hazard! (4) Surface temperature. 2. Valves. a. Visually check valves for: (1) Leaking bonnet or sp iral wound metal gaskets. (2) Proper packing adjustment. (3) Damaged or worn valve stems. (4) Proper lagging. 3. Boiler Casing Joints. a. Visually check casing for leaks. 4. Drains. a. Visually check steam drains fo r leakage and system misalignment. b. Check funnel drains for overflow conditions or missing contamination covers. c. Periodically check orifice plates for oversize conditions. d. Inspect for leaking or bypassed steam traps. 5. Bilge Levels. a. Dry bilges. Visual, no water present. b. Wet bilge. Visual, minimize bilg e levels to control humidity levels. 6. Deck Plates. a. Ensure proper deck plate types (solid or open grate) are in place. Ensure proper airflow pattern. 7. Ventilation. a. Visually inspect for system cleanliness per reference (c). Particular attention must be paid to clogged exhaust screens, dirty ventilation ducting, missing or mutilated ductwork and misdirected terminals. b. Check system for breaks or openings due to corrosion. The system must be intact to deliver the proper velocity (minimum 250 Cubic Feet per Minute at each station).

p. 933

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-29A-2 APPENDIX A Check for closed or partially closed “Circle William” dampers and inoperative fan motors and controllers. c. Main spaces should have a negative air pr essure differential of 1/4” to 1/2” (water) with supply and exhaust systems running at normal settings.

p. 934

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 VI-30-1 VOLUME VI CHAPTER 30 PORTABLE TOOL ASSISTANCE PROGRAM 30.1 PURPOSE. To provide guidance in the acquisition of portable tools, not normally carried onboard ship, and the priorities for loaning these tools to a ship in an availability. 30.2 PORTABLE TOOL INVENTORY POLICY. Shipboard preservation conducted during a Chief of Naval Operations Maintenance Availability requires an inventory of power tools beyond a ship's daily needs or normal allowance. Ships in Naval industrial activities can borrow the necessary tools directly from the activity’s tool inventory under the Fleet Support Program. Such service is not routinely available to ships undergoing availabilities in a private industrial activity, because the private activity cannot legally be funded to perform this function. For ships undergoing availabilities in private facilities, tools are available in varying degrees from most Fleet Maintenance Activities (FMA). 30.2.1 Distribution Priorities. The FMAs should maintain an adequate inventory to meet anticipated needs of assigned ships. When the demand exceeds the availability, the distribution of portable tools will be based on the following priority: a. Priority I - Ships in availabiliti es in private industrial activities. b. Priority II - Ships in Fleet Maintenance Activity Availabilities. c. Priority III - Ships in availabilities in Naval industrial activities. d. Priority IV - All other ships. 30.2.2 Borrowing Procedures. a. The borrowing unit advises the lending FMA of the type, quantity, and date tools are required and the scheduled availability completion date. b. FMA personnel assemble a tool package in the variety and quantity requested. c. When the tools are picked up, an invent ory receipt must be signed by an authorized representative from the borrowing command. The borrowing unit is financially responsible for the tools. 30.2.3 Borrowing Ship’s Responsibilities. a. The borrowing unit is financia lly responsible for the tools. b. Routine maintenance (electrical safety check, fitting replacement, etc.) must be accomplished by the borrowing command. c. Tools and equipment must be returned promptly upon job completion or no later than the due date. d. Upon return and inspection of the tools, char ges will be levied to the borrowing ship in the following manner: (1) Lost Tools (to include tools not return ed when due). Ships that fail to return tools when due will be reminded by letter or message that they have overdue

· 2/4